A Chaotic Phase

The morning after arriving at the Cherry Blossom Kirusi Khatia awoke more refreshed than she’d been in months. Even her time at the monastery at Lian B’hir had not been as restful as this, given the intense training the monks there had put her through to teach her the summoning of their ethereal fire. But here there was nothing she needed to do, no lessons to be learned, no painstaking mental forms to master, no guard duty. Just the mellow relaxation of good food and those wonderful hot baths… the young bathman had needed to practically pour her onto her futon last night after the soak and the massage! 

She’d barely had time to note the sounds of Suija moving about in the room next to her own, with only time for a brief flicker of relief, knowing she and that fool Snow Crow had returned safely, before she’d drifted off into the deepest sleep she’d enjoyed in years. Now, by the light filtering through the grilled fretwork of the windows, it must be the third hour past the dawn. She hadn’t slept this long since she was a girl!

With a luxurious stretch and a yawn that threatened to crack her jaw, Khatia rose from the futon and quickly arranged the blankets into neat, military order. Then she dressed in a simple kimono, enjoying the rare luxury of not needing to don at least a part of her usual armor. Which was, nonetheless, bundled up in the corner and ready to go at a moment’s notice.

Most of the others were still gathered around the breakfast table, although they had mostly finished their meals. She piled her plate from the sideboard and sat down to listen to her companions’ desultory conversation as she ate. Eventually, once she’d satiated her initial hunger, Khatia realized that one of there number was missing.

“Is that slug Snow Crow still abed, then?” she asked, smiling as she plucked the last morsel of pork from her bowl and popped it into her mouth.

“No, I was just about to send one of the servants up to rouse him,” Edain said with a laugh. “They are about done serving for the morning, and if he doesn’t hurry I’m afraid he’ll have to wait until the midday meal to break his fast.”

But when the young maid returned a few minutes later to say that the gentleman was not upstairs, and that his futon did not appear to have been slept on, the humor around the table vanished. 

“But I thought he was back last night,” Khatia said. “I heard Sujia moving about her room before I drifted off, and I assumed that meant they had both returned!”

Sujia, what happened on your evening walk?” Edain asked, turning to the young monk. “Didn’t Snow Crow return with you?”

Sujia didn’t appear to have been paying much attention to the conversation, and it took her a moment to focus on the question. “Oh, no, I came back on my own,” she replied after a moment. “He seemed rather put out that I had accompanied him, and when we reached the edge of the hamlet he lingered. I got the impression that he was waiting for someone, and wished I would go away. Knowing his habits, I assumed he’d made an assignation with some farm girl (or boy), so I bade him good night and gave him his wish.”

Sujia, we all heard how dangerous it is to be alone in this region! Why would you leave him?”  Khatia demanded, surprised at her friend’s cavalier attitude. “And when could he have made any assignations anyway, we’d only been here a few hours?”

“Well I don’t know, do I?” Sujia replied a bit sulkily. “He seems able to seduce some people with just a glance, so maybe at one of the farms we passed that afternoon? Anyway, he made it clear he didn’t want my company. There didn’t appear to be any danger lurking around, and anyway I’m not his keeper!”

“OK, there’s nothing to be gained by finger pointing,” Edain said, looking a little surprised at Sujia’s reaction but trying to soothe her. “We’d better go and look for him… and if I find him in some hayloft having a roll, we’ll be having words!”

Viroj had taken out his moonstones while all this had been going on, and now cast them on the table. The others watched curiously as he read them and interpreted what they said about the future. After minute he smiled and gathered up the stones again, slipping them into their velvet pouch.

“If I read these aright,” he said, “there’s no significant danger ahead today for the lad.”

“Well, no offense, but you’ve been wrong before Moon Monk,” Khatia snorted. “If it’s all the same to you, I think I’d better go out and find the laggard boy.”

“No offense taken,” Viroj said serenely. “The stones are never wrong, even if I don’t always understand their message properly. And I think you’re right, we need to find our wayward lad, so if I may, I shall join you.”

“I’d better come along too,” Sujia said equably enough, although she shot Viroj an annoyed look for some reason. “I can show you where I last saw him, which is the best place to start I’d think.”

By the time Khatia had donned her armor and returned to the main room Shingli had joined the expedition as well. Edain elected to stay behind in case Snow Crow wandered back on his own, and Madame Wei wished them the blessings of Kaya Kwen in their task.

• • • • •

Shingli studied the ground very closely around the spot to which Sujia had led them. He was a pretty good tracker, one of the few skills his father had actually approved of, but he was finding the signs here… disturbing. The spot was a modest glade just north of the road on the western edge of the hamlet, and the ground was perfect for reading the signs – flat, cropped turf, still damp from recent rains – yet the story it was telling…

“Something odd went on here,” he said at last, pointing out the various markers as he spoke. “See there, the troubadour’s boot prints entering the glade, and then they turn… these smaller prints I assume are Sujia’s, you see she enters the glade but not very far… then she turns and leaves. OK so far…

“But now something else is here. I’ve never seen anything like these marks, and they just seem to… well, if there were trees overhead, I said something dropped onto Snow Crow… there’s a brief scuffle, see these marks here… then something is dragged for a ways…”

He moved across the glade toward the copse of trees on its far side, intently studying the ground, then gave a cry. He darted forward and pulled a zither case from behind a low bush several yards from the edge of the trees, holding it up for the others to see.

“That is certainly the lad’s case,” Viroj said, taking it and undoing the latches. “And the zither is still within. Oh dear!”

“Yes, that’s it then,” Khatia said with a scowl. Shingli noted that she seemed to scowl a lot. “There is no way Snow Crow would leave that damn thing behind, no matter how hot the carnal temptation. Shingli, you say there was a scuffle and something was dragged away. Was it Snow Crow? And who or what was doing the dragging?”

“I can’t be certain,” the youth replied, “but the drag marks look like those of boot heels, and his are the only boot marks in the glade. The other marks… well, it was either several people walking on sharp stilts and moving in perfect unison… or it was a single large creature… with eight legs.” He stretched his arms wide to indicate the spread he was talking about.

“And to make matters worse, all the marks just vanish right here, about a yard beyond the bush where the zither was.”

“What do you mean “vanish?” Khatia demanded. “You mean they disappear going into the wood?”

“No, I mean they just stop, several yards short of the nearest trees,” Shingli insisted, flushing. He was embarrassed to have to defend an explanation that he didn’t fully understand himself. “I can’t explain it, but that’s what the markings say. Maybe whatever it was could fly, maybe it leapt all the way to the trees… I just don’t know.” 

Khatia seemed as confounded as he felt, and after going over it all again had to admit there was only one thing to do. “We need to find this haunted cave that Madame Wei believes is at the center of all this. If we can’t track whatever this is, we’ll have hope we can find its lair.”

“Even loss and betrayal can bring us awakening,” Sujia intoned, evoking even more puzzled looks than her pronouncements usually did. She then volunteered to go back to the kirusi to inform Edain and Madame Wei of what they’d found, and to fetch back the Ponna Hanni. Frankly, Shingli was not sorry to see her go… she was acting even more odd than usual. Still, he didn’t know her, or really any of them, all that well yet and so kept silent.

• • • • •

Madame Wei was able to provide Edain with more detailed directions to the hermit sage’s long-abandoned cave and mid-morning was passing when the group set out at last. It took a little over an hour of brisk walking for them to arrive at the hill rising out of an encircling copse of trees that was known locally as the Spectre’s Knoll. It was maybe 50 yul high, with rough granite faces on several sides and a domed crown. The nearest farmer’s fields are a good chu away, the nearest structures perhaps twice that.

The entrance to the cave complex was about two-thirds of the way up the slope – and not quite as they’d been led to believe. Madame Wei had described it as being an opening between the roots of a great tree, reached by a narrow path between a sheer cliff and a deep sink hole. Time appeared to have changed things – the tree had fallen, and although the entrance could be seen, indeed seemed to be larger with the angled roots torn away, it was not so easily reached. The remains of the narrow trail could be seen at both ends, but a rockfall had obliterated the central portion, making it impassable. 

Fortunately, the great tree had fallen downslope and across the 10 yul wide sinkhole, providing an alternate, if potentially treacherous, approach. Standing at the edge of the great hole, Viroj stared down into the dark depths and sighed. The entirety of the rocky shaft was filled with criss-crossing strands of thick webbing, layer after layer of it going down… well, who knew how far? The layers obscured his vision beyond a few yul.

“Spiders,” muttered Edain in disgust. “Why’d it have to be spiders?” Viroj knew his friend had a particular loathing, if not actual fear, of arachnids and winced in anticipation of the lad’s reaction when they met whatever monstrously large type had created these webs – and apparently stolen their companion.

At Viroj’s suggestion, they rigged a rope system along the fallen tree, for while it seemed quite broad and solid enough to bear them all across, he wasn’t willing to take any chances that could be avoided. His presentiment proved justified when, as Khatia, the last person to cross, was almost over, near disaster struck. Sujia, apparently trying to help, lost her own footing and stumbled heavily into Viroj, almost knocking him off the log. With some effort he kept his feet, but in doing so slammed into Khatia, who plummeted over the side with a yelp!

Fortunately the rope around her waist brought her up short with no more than her legs caught in the webs. “Damn, these things really are sticky,” she called up, reassuring her friends she was alright. “I can barely move my legs where they’re caught…”

“Maybe we can drop a torch down,” suggested Sujia, helpfully. “Burn away all those webs.”

“But I’m not fire-proof,” Khatia pointed out drily from where she hung. “I’d rather not go up with the webs, thank you.”

Viroj heard Sujia mutter very sotto voce “So no dragon in your future, Khatia,” which he thought  rather odd, and even more obscure than usual. But he was busy pulling on the rope, along with Edain, trying to pull Khatia up and he shrugged it off. By main strength the fire-archer was able to pull her legs out of the clinging grip of the webs, and then her friends quickly hauled her back up and on to solid ground.

Viroj noted with approval that the new lad, Shingli, had positioned himself at the edge of the chasm directly above where Khatia had hung, his guandao aimed down and at the ready should any spiders of unusual size attempt to seize the prey vibrating the webs so tantalizingly. “Well done!” he said, clapping the youth on the shoulder in passing.”You show good initiative, young warrior!”

To Sujia, he mildly suggested that she be more careful in future, under such dangerous conditions, to which the young monk only said “Your worst enemy can’t hurt you as much as your own thoughts” before wandering off toward the cave mouth. He frowned after her, then shrugged in his usual bemusement at her pronouncements, and finished coiling up his rope.

Once passed the stony opening, framed by the uprooted tendrils of the fallen tree, the descending passage grew high enough to let all but the tallest of them stand upright – only Edain, bringing up the rear at Sujia’s insistence, had to stoop a bit as they wound their way down and to the right. After about 10 yul and, Viroj estimated, 8 yul in depth, the narrow entry passage opened up into a roughly kidney-shaped chamber.

It was a dozen yards on the curving long axis and about 3 to 4 yul wide, with stalactites of various sizes hanging down from a rough ceiling 3 yul overhead. But what immediately grabbed Viroj’s attention as he stepped into the cave was the spectral figure of an old man floating in the center of the area. As he came to a sudden stop, eyes wide, the figure raised its head and looked straight at him – Viroj’s blood went cold.

Then Khatia, who had been directly behind him, slammed into his back, making him stagger forward and almost into the apparition. Shingli ran into her, and Sujia in to him, – only Edain managed, barely,  to avoid the pile-up. Stretching up to his full height with a groan, he started to say “What’s going on? Why did you all—“ but cut himself off as he caught sight of the faintly glowing specter.

Which was now laughing. Very hard. The otherwise dignified old man, dressed in the brown and black robes of a Zhoanzini sage, with long white hair and a flowing white beard, was bent practically in two in a fit of laughter that shook its slender form. “Oh dear, I wish you all could hear me,” the specter gasped at last, wiping a ghostly tear from its eye as it straightened itself. “I haven’t had such a laugh in decades!”

“But we can hear you,” Viroj said in puzzlement, his initial apprehension giving way to confusion at this very un-ghostly behavior. “I mean, you do sound like your voice is coming from a great distance, as if across a mountainside, but we can hear you. Or… at least I can.” He turned his head to look inquiringly at his companions.

“Oh yes, I can hear him too,” Khatia agreed, looking very curiously at the strange apparition. The others all nodded and murmured various agreements as well, and the ghost looked both startled and delighted. 

“I assume you must be the ghost of the old sage who once made this cave his hermitage?” Khatia asked.

“Oh, but this is wonderful!” the image of the man exclaimed in his queer, distant voice. “The dimensional resonances must be strengthening, allowing you to hear as well as see me. But to address your assumption, young woman, I am not a ghost! Well, not technically. Although I suppose the nuances will be lost on most laymen, I am actually a physical manifestation of the consciousness of Shu Liang, scholar, sage, and sorcerer, trapped in the dimensional manifolds between my native reality (and yours, of course), and a finite, but still enormously large number of variant realities.”

“A physical manifestion?” Viroj said, passing his hand through the old man’s chest and encountering no resistance, not even the chill he’d half expected, based on the ghost stories of his childhood.

“Yes, well, my mind is physically manifest within this dimensional membrane,” Shu Liang replied, clapping his hands solidly together with the distant sound of flesh on flesh. “But while I can make myself visible in your world, I cannot otherwise interact with it – indeed, until now I haven’t even been able to make the air move enough to make myself audible… hmmm, I wonder… if this strengthening of the membrane continues, might I eventually be able to manifest fully on my native plane again?

“Well, that’s a puzzle for another time, and I’m sure of little concern to you. I assume you are heroes of some sort, and here about the damn phase spider?”

“Is that what it’s called?” Khatia said, stepping up beside Viroj. “We suspected it was an arachnid, probably of great size, but beyond that we know nothing of it. Other than that it has been terrorizing the countryside for months now, and has recently carried off one of our companions.”

“Ah, I’m very sorry to heat that,” the physically manifested consciousness of Shu Liang replied. “Although it doesn’t surprise me, for the terrible creature has laid a clutch of eggs in recent months. It is preparing its lair for their quickening, which I fear is imminent. Thus it’s hunting much further abroad than has been its wont, and bringing as much prey back to provide sustenance for its vile brood once hatched.”

“What exactly is this creature… a phase spider you called it?” Viroj demanded. “What can you tell us about it?”

“It is a creature – there is some heated debated over whether it is native to our material plane or to the ethereal plane – that can, and does, manifest itself physically, while also being able to move to the ethereal plane at will. It has a corporeal body, like any other animal, but its ability to phase that physical body out of synch with the material plane, and so exist on the ethereal plane while seeing into this plane, makes it a terrible hunter. It watches its prey while invisible and intangible, then phases into the material world to attack with utter surprise.

“I fear this particular specimen is where it is now because of me. You see, I have – had – spent my life studying the physics and metaphysics of the various planes of existence, and particularly the planes of parallel, or alternate, realities. I sought some way to see into these other realms of infinite possibility, and it was that research that led me to seclude myself in this cave complex. You see, this area already had a slight weakening of the dimensional barriers between worlds, which I was able to detect and hoped to use.

“And I succeeded, after years of effort and painstaking experimentation! I had worked out the key to peering through the dimensional walls and into worlds similar to ours, yet not the same. I prepared to make use of my techniques in a full-blown test.. and instead tore a rift open across the planes of existence.

“My body was blasted to oblivion in an instant, but my mind was caught between a thousand dimensions, somehow. Now I hover between realities, trapped, able to see into some material realities, but never able to touch or interact with them, not even with this, my native one. But the rent I tore remains, an open wound in the fabric of reality, and as long as I remain trapped it will not heal. It was this wound in space that drew the phase spider, for it makes it even easier for her to use her abilities here than in any other place.

“And now, she has mated, and after devouring her mate, has laid her clutch. If they are allowed to hatch, her brood will number in the hundreds, and they will be a blight on the land for a hundred klicks in every direction…”

Viroj had noticed that during this monologue that Shu Liang had become increasingly more translucent, and his voice more faint and distant. The old sage seemed to notice it himself, for when he spoke next it was with some urgency.

“Listen, the membrane is thinning again, I do not know how long I have to speak and be heard, nor when these conditions may exist again. I was not entirely unaware of the danger in what I was attempting, all those years ago. I took precautions… there is an amulet, and a pouch of powdered silver, on my physical remains… and a paper, describing a ritual using them… if performed at the nexus where this began, that is, my mortal remains,it will free me at last… and when I move on to wherever we go after death, the rent in reality should begin to heal…”

“Our first responsibility is to rescue our companion, if he still lives,” Kahtia said, ”and then to remove the threat this phase spicer and her brood represent to the good people hereabouts. Only then can we turn our attentions to your deliverance, Shu Liang.”

“Good enough,” said the not-ghost with a sad smile, his voice barely audible. Then, slowly, he faded away, exposition accomplished…

With the specter of the old sage gone, the Wanderers finally took a closer look around the cave. The eastern wall was open into a much larger chamber, two yul lower down and accessible by a climb down a short but steep slope. The area appeared to be open to the sinkhole above, and pale sunlight filtered through the mass of webs that filled the shaft, dimly illuminating both chambers.

Although dimmer in the smaller chamber, by this light they could see that tattered webs clung to the walls in various places, moving in a faint breeze they couldn’t feel. More disturbingly, however, were the large cocoons that gradually became visible as their eyes adjusted, hanging in nooks and alcoves in the walls.

“As I feared,” Viroj said, using his sword to cut through the fibers of the one nearest him. “These are earlier victims of the spider.” The desiccated, skeletal remains of what was once a man sagged out of the rent in its fatal cocoon, empty eye sockets staring at the monk almost accusingly.

Fearing that one of the cocoons might hold Snow Crow, the group quickly began cutting into the six other cocooned remains scattered about the cavern. They found four very old skeletal remains; two  rotting corpses, no more than a few months old; and one woman dead only a tenday or so. To everyone’s relief, none of the corpses were Snow Crow’s.

Viroj, by virtue of no one else wanting to do so, searched the various bodies for clues or for anything useful. Unfortunately, the only items of interest were on the final, most recent body, everything else being either utterly mundane or too rotted to be of use. The poor woman, however, had 15 gold coins in a pouch, a silver pendant on a silver chain, and a worn deck of cards with an extra card tucked inside—the Queen of Wands from an entirely different deck. That card bore an inscription on its back in Telnori: “May fortune favor the bold.”

“Didn’t seem to favor her much, did it?” Suija sniffed when he read it aloud to the group. He shrugged and slipped the card back into the deck, stashing it with the other items in his pack.

Edain insisted on a solemn moment of silence for the dead, and then said a brief prayer. He seemed to ignore Sujia’s snappish, muttered comment that they were wasting daylight. Or maybe he just didn’t hear it. Viroj noted it, however, and by her sideways glance he thought Khatia had too. What was wrong with the girl today? She seemed uncharacteristically out of sorts, especially snapping at her beloved Pona Hanni

• • • • •

Once Edain had finished his few words, the group made their way carefully down to the larger, lower chamber. In the better light there they could see there were no bodies stuck to the walls here, but they did find the rotted remains of a wood structure that appeared to have once been a ramp down from the “larder” as Edain had started thinking of the entry chamber and its ghastly fruit. In the center of the area was a continuation of the sinkhole above, if smaller. It too was filled with webs, but far fewer of them and less solidly packed.

“The webs aren’t too thick,” Sujia noted, peering over the edge. “I can see the bottom, maybe ten yul down? I guess we’re going to have to use the rope again, and climb down.”

She seemed strangely cheerful at the thought, Edain noticed through his own unease. He had been on edge ever since they’d come across the web-shrouded pit, and his mood hadn’t been improved by the cocooned corpses they’d had to cut down. He’d always been a little uneasy around spiders… not afraid, exactly, just uncomfortable. And that was when they were tiny and he was enormous in comparison…

Viroj was pulling out his rope again and reluctantly gauging the best spot to drop it into the pit to avoid as much webbing as possible, when Shingli called from the far side of the chamber. There was a high ledge there, about four yul up along the northeast section of wall, and another scattered pile of rotting lumber on the floor beneath it.

“I think this used to be a stair,” he said, poking at the decaying wood with his guandao. “Like the ramp from the entry. If so, there must be an exit up there, right?” 

Khatia headed over to look at the remains, as the young fighter fixed his weapon across his back and began climbing the steep, but not sheer, wall beneath the ledge. Reaching the top he scanned about then pointed to the north.

“There’s a clear passage down this way. Only a small hole in the floor the other way. I think—“

Edain never learned what the warrior thought, as out of the dark recesses of the ceiling above him a huge dark shape dropped, all legs and claws and clusters of glowing eyes. The Pona Hanni cried a warning, but Shingli’s reflexes were amazing – without even looking up he ducked and rolled aside, narrowly missing the clashing mandibles that could have decapitated him! 

Not wasting an instant, he continued rolling right off the side off the ledge, deftly grabbing at several handholds to slow his fall. He landed on his feet with a grunt and was pulling his guandao free before the spider had quite realized it had missed its prey.

Khatia, warned by Edain’s cry, whipped her short sword up barely in time to block an attack by a second spider. She fended off the mandibles and turned the parry into an attack of her own, but the chitinous legs managed to knock her blade aside before she could strike an eye cluster. She flowed with the block, and felt her blade slide into a leg, but was unable to block the monster’s counterstrike – she dodged back, but a claw raked down the left side of her face, opening a deep gouge in her cheek.

Edain cleared his mind and prepared to invoke the Peace of Inspiration. But just as he was about to unleash the energy to call it into being, Sujia slammed into him on his right side, and ritual fizzled out. She didn’t even seem to notice, for she was rushing forward to hurl a shuriken at the spider which had leaped down from the ledge in pursuit of Shingli. The warrior had blocked its first snapping lunge when she released her deadly star, but Edain thought the collision with him must have thrown her off, for the spinning blade missed the spider entirely. 

Unfortunately, it didn’t miss Shingli, and embedded itself in his left calf. He gave a grunt of pain and staggered, but he didn’t go down, thank the Immortals! Driving back the spider with a flurry of attacks, he gained the space to reach down and pull the shuriken from his flesh, tossing it aside.

While this was happening Viroj had loosed an arrow at the spider looming over Khatia. Edain saw the shaft plunge into the “hip” joint of one of the creature’s left legs, making the beast stumble briefly. Khatia took advantage of this to slash her sword across its pale, scabrous abdomen, unfortunately opening only a shallow wound, although it did seem to give the thing pause.

Shingli had been parrying and counterattacking his foe, and Edain saw him dive in low after another missed bite, driving his guandao into the beast’s thorax. As it reared back, shrieking in pain, he instantly followed up with a thrust that drove his great blade deep into the spiders abdomen. As he ripped the blade free, the creature shuddered and collapsed in a growing pool of bluish ichor.

Edain drew his own sword and moved to support Khatia, who continued to parry and slash at her own opponent. Without the reach of a weapon like Shingli’s guandao, however, she was at a disadvantage against its long, and numerous, legs. As Edain moved forward, he noticed Sujia turn and attempt another shuriken attack, this time on Khatia’s opponent. But again her throw missed its target – and again hit friend instead of foe! The throwing star embedded itself in Khatia’s right cheek, barely missing her eye, and the fire archer went down without a sound.

Edain cried out, and Viroj launched another arrow when he saw his friend go down. Like the shuriken, it too went wild and missed its target. Fortunately it didn’t hit Khatia, instead splintering against the far wall of the cave. Viroj cursed and drew another arrow…

Shingli, his blade still dripping with ichor, charged the short distance to Khatia’s prone form. As the second spider stooped to bite its fallen prey, his swinging blade sliced clean through a claw, severing it. As the beast reared back, Shingli lunged forward and drove his weapon into its abdomen, impaling it. He braced the guandao against the ground held the spider pinned, legs thrashing, until it stilled and died.

“We are but guests, visiting this world,” Sujia muttered softly, looking sad.

Edain had little attention to spare her, however, as he rushed to Khatia’s side. Viroj was there a second later, moving Shingli gently aside so he could examine their friend’s wounds. Khatia’s face was covered in blood, although the spider claw gash was the worst of the wounds, ragged and long, if not as deep as Edain had first feared.

Kneeling next to her, with Edain cradling her head and Shingli standing guard, alert for any further arachnid attacks, Viroj attempted to invoke his Silken Wrappings of Ki ritual. It would promote clean, quick healing, but his concentration was broken by Sujia as she dropped down next to him and began trying to treat the wounds with her own healing skills.

“Void take you girl, what is wrong with you?” The Moon Monk cried, watching her clumsy attempts and distracted from his ritual. “Are you trying to give the poor woman a scar? Here, move aside, let me do that.”

Although his ritual had failed, Viroj’s physician skills were enough to clean and field suture the two wounds before a dazed Khatia began to revive. Sujia leaned in again to try and help her friend up, but Khatia pushed her away in annoyance as she staggered to her feet. Apparently she remembered well enough where the attack that had dropped her had come from.

“Anger is a wind which blows out the lamp of the mind,” Sujia said primly, backing off. Edain wondered if that was meant to be an apology, and by the look on her face Khatia was wondering the same thing.

“Well, that was horrific,” Edain said, once Khatia was back on her feet, however unsteadily. “But whatever those were, I don’t think either was the phase spider we were warned about.”

“No, both were smaller than whatever took Snow Crow,” Shingli agreed. “Maybe half the size? And they certainly didn’t use the ‘phasing’ attack the old ghost described.”

“Well, whatever they were, we seem to have cleared them out,” Viroj said. “I think we should take a rest here, give ourselves some time to recover, especially you Khatia. We can eat the nice lunch that Madame Wei packed… Shingli, will you help me drag these corpses to the far side of the room, please? Edain, if you’ll get Khatia seated on that nice flat rock and get the food out?”

• • • • •

Khatia really didn’t want to hold things up, and wanted to protest that she was fine when Viroj suggested a rest. But a wave of nausea swept over her, and she kept quiet, letting Edain help her over to that surprisingly comfortable-looking rock… her face ached, she had a headache, and as the food was spread out on a smaller rock nearby, she realized she was starving. She always was, after a fight.

While Edain was laying out the food, various dried meats and fruit, several cheeses, and two loaves of crusty white bread, Khatia eyed Sujia covertly. She didn’t really blame the girl for the wound, although they would need to have a serious talk about aiming ranged weapons into a close combat situation. But she was increasingly convinced there was something seriously wrong with her friend. 

At the moment she was rummaging through her pack and muttering to herself. She pulled out her special teapot, the one Khatia knew she always used to brew that special tea that she was so close-lipped about. She then continued digging around, growing increasingly frustrated, apparently at not finding whatever she was looking for. With an angry hiss she shoved the pack away, picked up the teapot… and, in a totally unexpected fit of pique, smashed it to flinders on the stone floor!

“By the Ideal!” Edain barked out, whirling around in surprise at the sound of shattering crockery. “What is the matter with you Sujia?!”

Sujia glared at him for an instant, then seemed to shrink in on herself. Eyes suddenly downcast, she apologized, with a heavy sigh. “Please forgive me, Pona Hanni. I am… greatly distressed by the pain I have caused my friends in my futile attempts to aid them. I am afraid I channeled that distress inappropriately just now, and hope I may be excused for so forgetting my training.”

With a sigh Khatia spent several minutes helping Edain reassure the anxious monk that no one was (too) mad at her for the unfortunate incidents during the fight. Sujia seemed to accept the reassurance, and seemed much more her usual self during the ensuing meal and the brief rest that followed. By the time they were ready to resume their penetration of the phase spider lair, Khatia herself was feeling almost back to normal.

She even insisted on taking the lead as they entered the passage Shingli had discovered, and thus it was that she was the one who found Snow Crow. He was cocooned against the wall in a wide spot in the tunnel, much like the victims they had discovered in the ‘larder’ (and now that Edain had mentioned that name to her, she couldn’t get it out of her mind). Unlike those poor souls, however, he was still alive. 

It took a minute for her and Viroj working together to cut him out, as the webbing was much fresher, and stronger, than the earlier cocoons. Edain caught the unconscious troubadour as the last strands gave way, and lowered him to the ground. Although he was breathing, if shallowly, no amount of shaking, face patting, or water seemed able to revive him. 

Viroj, rolling Snow Crow over half way, pointed to a nasty set of puncture wounds on the back of his neck. “No doubt the venom of this bite is what keeps him unconscious. It should wear off on its own, in time. But I have no idea of how much time might be needed.”

“Now that we have him, should we carry him back to the kirusi?” Shingli asked, while keeping his eyes scanning the passage both ahead and behind.

“And leave this monstrous ‘phase spider’ to continue preying on the countryside?” snorted Khatia. “If we leave now, I suspect coming back will be much more difficult. The creature may yet be unaware of us, but that won’t be true for much longer. I say we go on and finish this.”

“Not to mention the ritual Shu Liang asked us to perform,” Viroj added in agreement.

A consensus was reached, and the remaining cocoon webbing was pulled from the wall and used to make a sort of bower for the insensate musician. Before they left Edain laid the zither case, which he’d been carrying, next to his friend. “A sort of reassurance, should he wake up before we return,” he explained at Khatia’s quizzical look.

The group then continued on down the passage as it descended, turning west and then southwest, widening and narrowing randomly. It also seemed to flicker occasionally, taking on slightly different appearances in ghostly, colorless visions of the tunnel as it might have been… or was, elsewhere. It was disorienting, and by the time they finally debouched into a new cavern and the visions ceased, everyone was shaken and a bit unnerved.

At the end of the passage was a short flight of actual stairs, carved from the living stone. These lead down into a long, narrow chamber that curved gently back to the northeast. The alcove was dominated by a roughly oval depression in the stone floor – a hollow filled with a grisly collection of molted spider exoskeletons. Khatia saw Edain shudder in disgust at the sight and, truth be told, she couldn’t blame him.

Both she and the Pona Hanni were more than willing to just bypass this charnal pit, but Viroj and Shingli felt it was worth exploring. Suija just shrugged, and joined Khatia and Edain against the wall while Shingli poked through the layers of chitinous shells with his guandao. When this revealed several glints of metal, Viroj actually hopped down into the hollow to reach them.

“Hmm, each layer of exoskeleton is larger than the one below it,” the Moon Monk noted as he scoured the shallow pit. “I guess this is where the phase spider comes to molt when she grows too big for her current shell. Interesting… I bet this top one, the latest molt, might be worth something to an alchemist. Or maybe to an armourer… might make a very tough exoskeleton for a man, eh?”

Shingli seemed particularly taken with this idea, given that he currently wore no armor himself beyond his iron half-helm and his bracers. His old, mercenary-issued armor had been left behind in the aftermath of that final, doomed battle in the high passes, and the monks of Lian B’hir had not been of a martial bent.

“Maybe we can take it on our way back,” Khatia sighed, understanding the youth’s desire but unwilling to have him burdened before a fight with unnecessary items. “Who knows, maybe we’ll have an even fresher exoskeleton by then.”

In the end, Viroj managed to scrape together 45 coins of various denominations; a plain silver ring; a wax-sealed leather vial, marked with the sigil of Inarima, containing some liquid; and a small leather pouch containing three uncut garnets. With this stashed in his pack, the group moved on…

• • • • •

Viroj was relieved to see that they only had a short way to go before the narrow passage widened out and opened into a vast chamber. The air was shimmering with an otherworldly quality, and translucent shapes flickered at the edges of his vision. At the center of the chamber, as in the ones above, was a pit, the smallest iteration yet of the sinkhole. While smaller, its opening was completely choked with layer upon layer of dense webbing, forming an almost solid mass of silk that obscured whatever lay below. 

The web structure, he noted queasily, seemed to pulse with a faint, sickly pale blue luminescence. Around the perimeter tattered rags of webbing fluttered in an unfelt breeze, and scattered cocoons hung from the ceiling or were attached to the walls, while the floor was littered with bones picked clean of flesh. And still the faint shapes flickered at the edge of his sight.

“I think we must be near the heart of whatever dimensional rift Shu Liang created,” he said, trying to focus on what was real, and not the ghostly overlaps of the Ethereal Plane or the colorless echoes of the chamber existing in multiple worlds simultaneously. “It looks to me like it might be the phase spider’s lair… so let’s be especially cautious, eh?”

The others nodded as they slowly spread out to examine the large cavern, all of them clearly trying to ignore the tantalizing glimpses of other versions of reality. But for all their caution, none of them had any experience with a creature that could do what the malevolent phase spider could…

Shingli was the furthest into the cavern, on the far side of the pit from most of the others, and it was no doubt this that made him the creature’s first target. Viroj saw her flicker into existence directly behind the lad, and before he could even shout she had sunk her slavering mandibles into his left hip. He cried out in pain, and tore himself away, swinging his guandao wildly, but she faded away in an instant. Shingli staggered two steps and collapsed.

Everyone except Suija rushed toward the fallen youth. Viroj heard her muttering to herself “So that’s the mother getting revenge for her children whom you killed,” before realizing she was attempting to invoke some ritual. He dropped to his knees next to Shingli, waving off a still shaken Khatia’s attempts to render aid. His own ministrations were effective, and the fighter’s robust constitution soon brought him out of his swoon.

“I’m – I’m OK,” he said, as Edain helped him to his feet and Khatia handed him his guandao. “But why has the monster not attacked again?”

“I think we have Sujia to thank for that,” Edain said. “I know that feeling in the air, that sense of calm that comes from your ritual Song of Defense, isn’t that so, Sujia?”

“Yes, I succeeded,” the monk admitted, bowing her head – although before she did Viroj almost thought he saw a look of chagrin, not modesty, on her face. “It will be unable to attack again for a time, unless directly threatened itself.”

“That’s brilliant,” the Pona Hanni said, smiling at her. “But I’m just glad you were able to exclude the rest of us from the effects, or we might be in real trouble.”

Sujia shrugged and bobbed her head again.

Sticking close together, the group continued to search. At the southeast corner of the large chamber they found a passage, partially obscured by hanging webs, leading east and then north, at the end of which was a small alcove.  Barely ten feet across, within it a human skeleton lay slumped against the far wall, dressed in the tattered remains of brown and black robes. 

“I think we’ve found the remains of Shu Liang,” Khatia muttered. “Even though we haven’t really taken care of the phase spider, I suppose we might as well perform the old man’s ritual. Maybe it will make it tougher for the cursed beast to phase, or whatever.”

The sage’s bones were positioned as if he had died sitting upright, one hand outstretched toward a circle of strange symbols carved into the stone floor. The symbols still glowed with a faint, pulsing light, casting unsettling shadows across the chamber. Viroj took the lead again, and searching the mouldering remains soon found a copper amulet, incised with strange runes, a pouch full of powdered silver, and a leather-bound journal.

On the last page of the journal was the ritual, which was simple indeed. Placing the copper amulet in the center of the glowing runes (clearly his intended viewing portal, and now the focus of the tear between dimensions), Viroj sprinkled the silver powder over it while intoning the words “The door is opened, the threshold crossed, the watcher release.” 

The glowing sigils flared to blue-white, then began to fade. As they did, the spectral form of the old sage appeared before them, smiling. He mouthed the words “thank you,” gestured at the small table behind his remains, then turned and quickly faded away himself.

“Well, that was… anti-climactic,” Khatia said when it was over. The carved sigils had stopped glowing, and the strange flickering images of other worlds no longer played at the edge of sight. A sense of solid reality slowly settled over the group.

“I think that last gesture of his meant we were welcome to whatever we find in that desk of his,” Viroj said, moving to search it. Even Edain didn’t object to this bit of looting, and he quickly gathered several items of interest, including Shu Liang’s spellbook, a wand of milky white quartz, an old scroll, 40 gold coins in a purse, and a silver ring engraved with arcane symbols. “I suspect this research journal of his may be worth something to other sages or the like,” he added, stuffing it atop the other items in his pack.

Moving out into the larger chamber again, Shingli took a longer look into the central pit. “Think this might be where that spider has laid her eggs… even through the webs I can see many faint glints…”

Khatia stepped forward to look for herself, Sujia close behind her, her hand on her dagger. It was clear to Viroj that the fire archer was attempting to ignite her blade with that spell she had learned, Devrik’s Brand, but was having some difficulty. Suija must have sensed it too, for she stood at her friends back, focused intently on her efforts.

Suddenly a flash of flame shot out from Khatia’s sword in a wide cone of heat and light. Fortunately, Shingli was able to leap aside quickly enough to get no more than a light singe, but almost all the webs in the pit went up like dry tinder! Exposed at the bottom, through the smoking tatters of the few surviving webs, where hundreds, perhaps thousands, of glistening blue-black spheres, each one the size of a plum.

Before anyone could react, the phase spider appeared in the air directly over Khatia. She brought her blade up and rolled backward at the same instant, barely avoiding the rending claws.  Viroj raced forward as Khatia swung in a fierce counterattack, only to see the spider vanish again.

But some sixth sense warned the Moon Monk, and he was prepared, already turning as the creature phased in at what it thought was his back. Instead, it found his blade slashing down and taking a deep bite out its right foreleg. With a shriek of pain and fury, the spider vanished.

“Up against the south wall,” he cried out. “Close together, so it can only attack from the front!”

Everyone moved to obey, but even as they fell in place the beast appeared above Edain. He had the Sky Blade out and tried to impale the monster, but she rolled in midair and her legs knocked the ebony blade aside. He in turn dodged her snapping mandibles, and swung his sword around to entirely sever the foreleg which Viroj had wounded. At the same time her left fore-claw snapped out and savaged Edain’s left forearm. She shrieked and he roared, both in pain, as she vanished once more.

As the group moved westward, their backs to the wall, trying to reach the exit, the phase spider appeared in front of Khatia again. She blocked the scrabbling claws and and fended off the attack, the spider fading out Shingli moved to attack from the side. In that moment Viroj had an epiphany – in this formation, they could guard each others sides, save for the ends of the line, where one side would always be vulnerable…

But surely the creature will go for any gap in the line, especially at an end, were a victim would then be isolated. Being at the right end of the line, he held himself back, opening up a space between him and Shingli. Sure enough, the phase spider appeared between them! Viroj was ready, and as she attacked he dove under her snapping jaws and slammed his blade hilt-deep into her thorax, then pulled with all his considerable strength to rip it out sideways. 

The spider shrieked, shuddered and died, legs curling up around her savaged torso as her guts spilled out in a stinking rush.

• • • • •

While Viroj was busy taking the dead spider’s head, and Shingli was eyeing the arachnid’s armored carapace with calculation, Khatia was determined to destroy the vile nest of spider eggs. Given what they’d gone through to defeat just one of the tings, she shuddered to imagine how they could deal with hundreds.

She considered just dropping some torches down amongst the clustered eggs, but they looked quite moist, and she doubted that approach could destroy them all. No, in the end it would have to be hand work to ensure every last egg was destroyed. With a sigh she pulled her own coil of rope from her pack and secured it to an outcropping of rock a yul or so from the edge of the nest pit.

“You shouldn’t go down there alone,” Sujia offered up diffidently. 

“Well, it would go faster with two,” Khatia agreed. “But – and no offense – you’re not really outfitted for the job.” She motioned at the monk’s sandaled feet and lone dagger.

“Well then, perhaps Shingli would suit,” Sujia suggested. “Next to you, surely he is our best warrior, and well equipped for the job?”

“Well, I don’t know about that,” Viroj snorted, coming up behind Sujia, hefting the spider head in a makeshift sling of scavenged spider silk. He dropped the thing and put his hands on his hips, looking at the two women. “I’m perfectly capable of squashing a few eggs!”

“Well, of course,” Suija agreed, bowing. “I meant no offense, but just thought our two strongest men, yourself and the Pona Hanni, should remain up here and on guard, in case any spiders or other fell beasst remain.”

“But Shingli is injured,” Viroj objected. “Between his constitution and my treatments we’ve slowed the venom, but he’s still weak, and limps like—“

“I’m fine,” Shingli said sharply, having come up in time to catch the drift of the conversation. “Not, perhaps, at my very best, I admit, but certainly well enough to squash some eggs.”

“Fine,” Khatia said impatiently. “Let’s get this over with. I want to be done here, pick up Snow Crow, and be back at the Cherry Blossom Kisuri in time for supper.”

Sujia smiled, Virorj harrumphed, and Shingli just looked pale. 

Khatia went first, rappelling down the vertical side of the pit. It was a bit over 8 yul to the vaguely concave floor, and she didn’t even try to avoid landing on any eggs. The quicker they get destroyed, the better – although the stench that rose from just a few crushed eggs was giving her second thoughts about the whole venture. Well, all the more reason the be quick about it!

Shingli was about halfway down the rope when his left leg buckled as he swung in – for a moment Khatia thought he was going to keep it together, but then she heard him gasp, saw his grip loosen on the rope, and he was falling. With a deeply serious curse spit out between clenched lips, she got her arms out and knees bent just in time to catch him. At the last instant he managed to snag the rope with his free hand, slowing himself enough that they both went to the ground without serious injury.

“Sorry, sorry,” he kept saying as Khatia pushed him off of her and clambered back to her feet.

“Not really your fault,” she sighed, giving him a hand up. He was limping worse than ever, but at least he seemed able to stay upright. “I shouldn’t have listened to Suija, and taken Viroj instead – you’d have been better on the guard duty. But done’s done, we’re here, so let’s get the job done and get out.”

Shingli nodded, hefted his guandao, and they set about destroying every last spider egg they could find…

• • • • •

Veroj sighed in relief when he saw that Shingli’s fall hadn’t injured either of his friends. He did think it rather pointed up the fact that he should have gone down instead of the lad, but done was done. He and Sujia watched for a few minutes as the two warriors methodically began destroying spider eggs, but the stench that was soon wafting up from below was almost overwhelming. Wondering how they could stand it, scarves over mouths or not, he decided he really should pay attention to his guard duties. Turning around, he stepped a couple yul from the pit and began scanning the dark ceiling above for any hint of movement…

He was dimly aware that Suija had remained behind, but hadn’t given it much thought. He must have been worried on some level, however, on alert for something besides spiders – or perhaps it was some subliminal sound in the air behind him. Whatever the cause, he whirled suddenly around, bringing his buckler up to defensive position just in time for it to catch the blow from Sujia’s faintly glowing Iron Hand attack!

The force of the blow was such that it actually deformed the metal slightly, shoving him backward several steps. Viroj drew his short sword, but hesitated to attack his friend – the girl had clearly gone mad! The look on her face was cold and feral, and not anything he’d ever seen there before – and her eyes were pits of madness. He had no desire to hurt her, and would fight to subdue her, knowing there were no certainties in situations like this…

He struck with the flat of his blade, but her reflexes were preternaturally fast. She knocked the blade aside, came in under his buckler, and slammed her Iron Hand into his chest. He was falling back, away from the attack even as it landed, or he thought it might have broken half his ribs. As it was, it drove the air from his lungs and sent him reeling back, stunned and gasping desperately to breathe.

Where the Void was Edain? he wondered as dark whorls swam in his vision, even as he finally managed to draw in a wheezing breath. Ah, there he was, running from the far side of the pit… but Sujia had turned toward him… she was gesturing, and waving her hands… 

Suddenly Edain stopped short, clutching at his face. Viroj didn’t know what the young monk had done, but he could breath again, and he leapt forward. With her back turned and her attention focused on the Pona Hanni, he’d bring the pommel of his sword down on her head and—

Sujia whirled around just as he was in striking distance, driving her still faintily glowing fist straight at his face! He desperately twisted aside, and the blow landed on his right shoulder instead. It spun him halfway around, and the world went dark as he collapsed to the stone floor…

• • • • •

Edain had been so focused on watching for external threats that it had taken him a minute to notice what was going on across the the gap of the pit. The growing stench was forgotten as he saw, with alarm, that Sujia had summoned her mystical Iron Hand and was attacking Viroj! Had she gone mad? Was someone else controlling her? Either way, he had to stop her!

As he began running around the pit toward the combat it was obvious that Viroj was fighting at a handicap, clearly trying not to actually injure or kill their friend. Sujia showed no signs of any similar restraint. He saw the Moon Monk stagger back, clearly stunned by a blow to the chest – his gasping mouth, like a gaffed fish, might have been comical under other circumstance, Edain thought.

Suija had seen him coming, Void curse it, and she turned with a sharp gesture and a stream of musical words aimed at him… and suddenly Edain was weeping uncontrollably! In disbelief he realized his friend had invoked the Tears of the Immortal ritual against him, and he was blinded by the never-ending stream of tears pouring from his eyes. Try as he might to focus, the world was nothing but a colored blur, and he dared not move far, the edge of the pit was too near…

His only hope was to invoke his own ritual, the Peace of Inspiration, which might keep her from fighting. Of course he’d tried to use it twice already today, without success – maybe the third time would be the charm? He never got the change to find out, as halfway through the invocation something – he assumed it was Sujia by the size and the scent – slammed into him, stealing his breathe and bending him over. 

The next thing he knew he was slung over her shoulder, bouncing as she ran, gasping and half staggering, toward the exit passage. Or so he presumed, he still couldn’t see a thing.

“Void curse you Suija,” he grunted, “what do you think you’re doing! Put me down, blast it!”

“Not until you are safe, blessed Pona Hanni,” she gasped out. 

How the Void was this 5’ 6”, 130 pound girl running with his 5’10”, 180 pound body over her shoulder?! he wondered. “Sujia, I am perfectly safe! Why have you attacked our friends—“

“They are no friends of ours, blessed one… they have been plotting against you… from the beginning… they were going to kill you… I had to protect you…” her words were coming in gasping bursts, but she continued to stagger on. She was clearly delusional, and he had to stop this. With all his strength he wrenched himself out of her grip and flung himself to the side.

She gave a cry of despair as he pushed away from her, and then a shriek of fear – he barely had time to wonder why as his foot came down on nothing, and he fell. Question asked and answered!

Shit! They must have been at the narrowest stretch of floor between cave wall and pit… he flailed wildly and his hand caught a tattered remnant of web and clutched… it ripped away, but had slowed him a bit… another tatter, this time it held longer… and then he hit someone’s outstretched arms, followed by the ground…

• • • • •

Khatia heard the yelling and confusion above them, but when no one answered her and Shingli’s questioning calls, she’d headed back to the rope, the other fighter on her heels… only to find it drawn up! The sound of Edain yelling something unintelligible led them back to the other side of the pit. Slipping and sliding on the slime of hundreds of smashed spider eggs, they barely made it in time for Kahtia to catch Edain as he tumbled into the pit, clutching at webs as he fell.

Picking herself back up, Khatia looked up to see Sujia peering down at them, her face such a rictus of fear and rage that it froze Khatia’s blood. Then the young monk was leaping down the sheer wall of the pit with an agility and speed so unbelievable it momentarily stunned the fire archer. But when she saw the girls fist begin to glow, years of battle instincts kicked in.

Sujia leaped from the wall directly at her, empowered fist raise for a killing strike, but Khatia dodged under the blow, and drove her sword up with all the power of her considerable strength straight into the monk’s breastbone. Pommel first, fortunately for them both. This time it was Suija who had the breathe knocked out of her, and she was slammed back by the force of the blow into the stony wall. Her head snapped back against the stone, and she crumpled, unconscious at Khatia’s feet.

Staring down at the crumpled form, Shingli shook his head and said “ I’m starting to think that shuriken in my calf wasn’t an accident…”

• • • • •

It took no little time for the group to get itself together, but eventually Viroj recovered consciousness and was able to toss the rope back down to the others; they were able to haul the limp form of Suija out of the pit, followed by Shingli, who was unable to climb; they pieced together what had happened, and realized Sujia had been going slowly wrong for some days, although they still had no idea why; they recovered Snow Crow, who was beginning to come out of his venom-induced stupor just enough to stumble along, with some help, back to the surface; Viroj was able to secure a cart and horse from the nearest farm house, allowing Snow Crow (once again out of it), Sujia (still out of it), and a protesting (but not very hard) Shingli to ride the six or seven chu back to their kirusi.

It was deep in the gloaming before the Wanderers arrived back at the Cherry Blossom Kirusi, the first stars gleaming in the purple-blue vault of heaven. Madame Wei was waiting for them at the open doors, warm light streaming through them and several strong houseboys standing ready with stretchers for the injured. Edain was too exhausted and deeply worried to wonder how she had known what they needed, and was simply grateful for it. 

She herself saw to the injured, and her tender ministrations soon had the two unconscious companions awake and sitting up, although both were strongly admonished not to leave their beds for a day, at least. Shingli she suggested needed at least two days of bed rest, after which he would be fit to begin gradually exercising the wounded hip and leg. After giving each invalid a draught to help them a restful and healing sleep, she invited the remaining three companions to join her in her private sitting room to discuss the situation.

“For your young friend the troubadour I have no worries. Although he took a larger dose of the spider’s poison than the young warrior, it was never a killing toxin, but one meant to paralyze and incapacitate… such creatures want their victims alive when thy begin to devour them. He will be himself in a day or two.”

“Oh dear, I was hoping we might see an improvement,” sighed Khatia, at which Madame Wei raised an eyebrow. Khatia blushed and bent over her tea cup. Madame Wei smiled benignly and went on.

“The young warrior will also be whole and well again, but it might take a bit longer – he got a small dose of the poison, and with your help, demon hunter, his powerful constitution threw it off quite quickly. Mostly. But the bite on his hip damaged muscle, and that will take a while to heal. Between the two of us, however, he should be back in fighting form in a tenday, maybe less.

“It is your friend Suija that concerns me most deeply, however, and there the news is not good. I recognized a darkness within her when you arrived, but its nature was obscure to me. Now I think I have a better idea of what has cast this pall over her soul. I have examined the shards of her teapot, which you collected and brought back, Khatia, and the traces in the wrapping papers found in her pack, in which you say she kept her “special” tea. Even from its residue I recognize this mixture.

“I know it best as Soulsbane, although it has other names, in other times and other places. It is a drug forbidden in every civilized society, and even the barbarian nations generally eschew it. For it is a terrible thing, addicting the user after just a single use, in many cases, and weakening their will, leaving the victim open to suggestion and manipulation in ways only a powerful psychic might otherwise achieve. 

“It also degrades the mind over time, eventually driving the victim to insanity and complete mental collapse… but in the meantime, they are the helpless tools of any who know of the addiction and use it to implant suggestions and commands. It is almost impossible for someone to accidentally become an addict, as the herb is extremely rare and its effective preparation suppressed by church and state. Have you any idea how Sujia came to this sad state?”

“But you say that special tea of hers was actually this Solusbane?” Edain asked, looking bewildered. “That seems impossible, it was given to her by our Abbas, Fyang Yu, himself. He has long been her mentor, since rescuing her from some dire situation in her childhood, and this tea was a ritual they shared together for years. Are you saying that he’s an addict too?”

“That seems very unlikely,” Madame Wei replied gravely. “It is far more probable that he was the one who addicted her, and sought to control her. I suspect we will find, if we can clear the poor girl’s mind, that he in fact never drank the “special tea” at all, but only commanded her to believe that he did. But clearing her mind is the problem. As long as the supply of drug is steady, the victim can last years, even decades with little effect to their minds. But if it is withdrawn, they grow paranoid, delusional, and in all too short a time insane.

“You say, Khatia, that you believe she ran out of her tea about a tenday past, yes? Well, her recent actions are in keeping with the timeline I would expect… which means we have little time left if we are to save her mind.”

“How can we save her,” Khatia demanded. “Is there some cure you have? Or if it’s not here is there some way we can procure it?”

“There are two other herbs, both rather rare themselves, that when prepared in combination can wean the addict from the influence of Soulsbane. I know the preparation of this counter-drug, as it happens, but I do not posses the ingredients. I do not know if it is even possible to find them in the time we have…”

“How much time is that?” Edain asked, his face pale. He still couldn’t believe that Fyang Yu could be so evil – or that he himself had been so blind to that evil, if it was true…

“Another tenday, at the most,” Madame Wei replied sadly. “And that only if I keep her asleep with my own special draught for 18 hours out of each day. If I let her wake and sleep normally, then three days, perhaps four. I’m sorry.”

“But I think we should let her wake,” Viroj said suddenly, sitting up straight from the slump he had assumed at the terrible news. “You are very wise, Madame Wei, but there are things about us of which you may not know. I believe there is a way around this dilemma, but it will require Sujia to act, and of her own volition.”

Madame looked dubious, but when she learned there were dragons involved… she smiled knowingly and agreed to the experiment…

• • • • •

 Sujia awakened slowly the next morning. She had only dim, fragmentary memories of the last several days, and she did her best to suppress even those. At least she seemed to have slept through a night without the terrible nightmares… for the first time in a tenday or more…

After she’d picked listlessly at her breakfast tray, there was a knock at her door and Madame Wei, Khatia, Viroj, and the Pona Hanni had entered. They gathered around her bedside, and after a few consoling words from her friends… wait, were they still her friends? She seemed to remember… no, she remembered nothing! After the others spoke, and she hardly heard them, the old lady began to talk… and her words locked Sujia’s attention utterly.

And when the old crone was done, Sujia had denied it all! It was impossible that her special tea had been some terrible drug, and that her beloved, respected Fyang Yu had used it to bind and twist her soul. They were all out to get her… even the Pona HanniFyang Yu had been right about him, he was a false avatar, no true incarnation of the god at all… she should have killed him, not wasted her time on all the others… how blind she had been!

She was so lost in her furious thoughts that she hardly noticed when Viroj bent over her and slipped an earring into one of her lobes. As he leaned back, looking intently at her, suddenly her mind became clearer. The terrible thoughts were still there, but they seemed smaller now, and she could look at them critically… yes, they were absurd, why had she ever thought they were reasonable?

“I have given you my Fortress of Will earring,” Viroj said as her face cleared. “It should help you resist the mental control you’ve been under, and the delusions the drug fostered.”

“We’re doing this,” the Pona Hanni said, leaning forward, taking her hands, and looking deep into her eyes, “because we want you to use one of the applications of the Pearl of Healing which the dragons gifted to you – use it on yourself, to cure yourself of this terrible addiction. If you don’t I’m afraid your mind, even buttressed by the earring, will eventually… disintegrate.”

Sujia looked back at the avatar of her beloved god, and saw only love, concern and acceptance. Truly, he must be divine, if he could look at her like that after what she had done… for under the will-boosting power of the earring she remembered it all, and all too clearly. But then she looked at Khatia, and at Viroj, and saw the same loving concern in their eyes! Maybe she wan’t so unworthy after all…

 “If you are still willing to aid me after all the harm I have caused, I will steel my mind to endure.”

With a delighted smile, Khatia handed her the enormous pearl, which Sujia realized her friend must have taken from the hidden compartment in her pack earlier. The gem was cool in her hand and the eight sigils glowed faintly. She ran a finger over each one, considering. She would not, of course, use the larger sigil, that of Inarima, the Immortal Goddess of Healing, for that one only might bring back a single soul from the dead. She might be in bad shape, but she wasn’t dead yet. Of the seven smaller sigils, she chose that of the Guardian Dragon of the East, for her long lost home in the east of the land.

Closing her eyes, Sujia pressed her finger firmly on the sigil and said aloud the great dragon’s name, “Azquin’long.” The etched symbol flared blue beneath her finger, and she felt a pleasant warmth spread throughout her body. She was only aware of the terrible effects of the Soulsbane on her body, and especially on her brain, as they vanished, like morning mist in the heat of the sun. She knew, absolutely, that she was now in perfect health, the addiction erased, her mind healed. Her soul, of course was another matter…

“I appreciate the loan of your earring,” she said to Viroj, pulling the bit of jewelry from her ear and handing it back to him with a shy smile. “It helped, for without it I don’t know if I would have had the strength to use the pearl.”

Khatia, with a glad smile, handed her a glass of water and Sujia drank it down in one go… she was ferociously thirsty, she found. As she set the cup down she noticed a bead of water on her finger, and held it up close so she could examine it.

“ In one drop of water are found all the secrets of the oceans,” she said in wonder.

“Well, I’m glad some things haven’t changed,” Khatia said, laughing happily. The others joined in, and after a moment, so did Sujia.

Carpe Dragon

Viroj tightened the girth on the new mule one last time, and stepped back to admire his handiwork.  It had been his idea to get a second animal for the journey up the Zhú-Zu River to its source at Loushang Mountain; and necessary as it turned out. His other idea, the arrangement of bamboo poles with two open-topped casks on either side, would certainly have over-burdened Edain’s poor mule, Va-Halk. Now, they could actually relieve that beast of a bit of its original load since K’hor-Wen (the name had come to him in a dream) could handle more weight than just the yoked barrels, even after those were filled with water.

If one were going to be transporting a magical, talking carp up a mountainside to ask favors of a golden dragon, Viroj felt strongly that one should do it in style. He’d considered adding some paint and maybe a nice bit of metal fretwork to the repurposed water casks but, as Edain had gently pointed out last night, they had neither the time nor the funds to waste. In any case, the Pona Hanni was sure that Zhú Zu would appreciate the accommodations when she needed them, humble as they might be.

His contraption had been the last piece of gear to be put in place, and the merry band of wanderers, as Viroj liked to think of their unconventional crew, set out for Yaohima an hour past sunrise on 29 Byan. As before, the first day’s travel though Kirai’an’s hinterland of farms, orchards, small hamlets, and larger villages went quickly and without notable incident (if you didn’t count the matter of the drover, the flock of vicious geese, and the fancy lady’s palanquin). The same small inn in a largish village accommodated them again their first night out. Viroj was pleased to find that night that he was well-remembered there, when the same charming serving wench slipped into his room again…

They spent the second night of the journey once again camped on the ridge overlooking the southern reaches of the Bamboo Sea. The sunset this time, however, was mostly lost in the heavy overcast of the day, only a few golden-red rays breaking through just as Azima touched the horizon. Khatia managed to bag a yearling piglet from a sounder of wild boar before the light was gone, and Viroj rather thought he’d outdone himself with its roasting, if he said so himself. He’d even managed bacon, of a sort, the next morning, to his companion’s pleased surprise.

The third day was rainy with only occasional, and short-lived, sun breaks for most of it. Even when it wasn’t actively raining, cold water dripped from the endless leaves of the bamboo forest to assure they never really dried out. Viroj wasn’t surprised when Khatia called a halt in the mid-afternoon as the showers finally began to taper off. 

“We’ve agreed that it’s best to keep the actual purpose of our journey to ourselves,” she said as she shook the water from her cloak and automatically checked to see that her bowstrings were dry. “Most especially the bit about the magical river spirit in the form of a talking carp. Staying overnight again in Yaohima will make that more difficult, I think. I suggest we call it a day and make camp now, so we can arrive at the hamlet early tomorrow morning.”

“I suppose that would limit the need to lie,” Edain sighed. Viroj knew the lad disliked even the simple deception of his incognito, never mind outright deception. But he wasn’t stupid, and understood the need for occasional… misdirection… in life. Especially life on the road.

“Indeed,” he agreed, giving the taller man a hearty slap on the back. “And less chance of Snow Crow here slipping up in song or verse, right?”

The young troubadour refused to rise to the bait, merely rolling his eyes as he pulled his pack off of Va-Halk and rummaged in it for dry clothing. “You know,” he said as he pulled off his damp tunic, “it occurs to me that maybe we should have asked a bit more about this “river spirit”…  in case we’re being played, I mean.”

“Too late, at this point, I suppose,” Edain shrugged, opening his own pack… and carefully not looking at Snow Crow’s slim, muscular torso, Viroj noted with an inward smile. And he saw that Sujia pinked up a bit herself, darting a quick look at their half-naked companion before looking away with a determined lift of her chin. 

“Of course we are being played,” she said diffidently. “I have always assumed the carp is really the dragon, and that she needs us to get her back to the focus of her power so she may regain her true, dragon form. Didn’t anyone else notice her reaction when I quoted the old saying about the carp leaping through the Dragon’s Gate and transforming into a dragon?”

Edain was apparently the only one who hadn’t heard the very common folk saying before, Viroj realized. Not surprising of course, given his foreign origins… and to be honest, he’d missed the connection himself. It was such a common-place, generally used to illustrate the idea that an individual’s great effort can lead to life-changing transformation, that he hadn’t even thought to relate it to the current situation. For all that she was self-effacing so much of the time, there was a lot going on in young Sujia’s head…

“It could be,” Snow Crow agreed. “If she is actually the dragon, then it makes sense in a way, I suppose…”

“Or she could be just what she says she is,” Khatia interjected as she pulled the larger of the two tents off Va-Halk. “It’s not an unreasonable guess, Sujia, but when dealing with supernatural entities it’s probably best to just go along with what they claim. At least until we have some solid proof of deception.”

Discussion on the subject continued as they set up camp and prepared supper, but by the time everyone was ready to retire, it was generally agreed that Khatia was probably right. Besides, Viroj thought as he settled in for the first watch, what practical difference did it make in terms of their own actions, at least at this point?

•••••

Khatia was a little on edge the next morning as they approached the hamlet of Yaohima. While its inhabitants were nice enough folk, she wasn’t sure how they’d react to the very overt supernatural element of their current quest. The last thing she wanted was to have to fend off superstitious yokels trying to stop them out of misguided fear… or for their own good.

As it turned out, her concerns mostly unfounded. As she’d hoped, by the time the group arrived at the hamlet, most people were about their daily tasks – tending to their few crops or the bamboo that was their mainstay, feeding livestock, mending tools or clothes – the usual for peasant life. Most folk they did see were surprised, if pleased, to see the strangers again so soon, but didn’t stop what they were doing beyond a wave and a smile.

Fa-Huan, however, set aside his sharpening of a wicked-looking scythe to formally greet them. “What brings you back so soon, honored ones?” he inquired, after he’d seen them all seated and offered refreshments, which they’d politely declined.

“We are heading further up the Zhú-Zu, beyond Songxi,” Edain said. As the nominal head of their little group, Khatia was generally pleased to leave these social interactions to him. Strategy was certainly his prerogative… as long as he deferred to her on the tactical decisions, of course… which he mainly did. He was surprisingly good at delegating the right job to the right person, she’d found, and then trusting them to do it.

At the headman’s surprised look he added, “We feel it’s important to find out what really happened  that night five years ago. Was the Guardian of Loushang Mountian responsible, as the rumors you’ve heard suggest? Or are other rumors we’ve heard, involving poor engineering, mismanagement, and official malfeasance true? Either is unsettling, in their own way, and the truth is always better than uncertainty.”

“That is wisdom, reverend one,” Fa-Huan sighed, frowning. “But I fear for your safety on such a journey. Aside from a possibly angry, or maybe mad, dragon at the end, the lands between here and the mountain have grown wild since that night. Dangerous beasts are rumored to have made their way into the hills to the north, and the Yanduvai Gorge has always had a strange reputation. Is there no other way?”

“I’m afraid not,” Edain said, turning on the charm. “But we appreciate your concern, sir, and promise to take every precaution. I think you know what we are capable of, yes?” 

The older man had found himself nodding and agreeing, with a resigned smile on his weathered face. Khatia had notice that when Edain really tried, almost no one could resist his charismatic grin… even she was affected, she thought wryly. Although she was getting better at moderating it, with prolonged exposure. And it certainly did come in handy, as now. Fa Huan accepted his guests’ reassurances, and rose to see them off.

“I hope that all goes as well as you plan,” he said at the hamlet’s edge, pulling Edain briefly aside, only Khatia within hearing. “And if it does, might I ask a great favor of you? To watch for any sign of the fate of my lost son, Fa Zhon

“We know he must be dead, but being unable to perform the rites, to have his remains at rest here in his home, has been a great sorrow to his mother.” He paused for a moment, then bowed his head. “And to me as well. Even knowing the worst would be better than this uncertainty.”

“Of course, sir,” Edain said gravely. “We will certainly do everything we can to bring you any word, even if we can’t promise a body.”

The older man accepted this promise with a deep bow, then turned back to his home and his tasks. The companions continued on down the narrow path running beside the burbling Little Sister Creek to where it joined its larger sister, some 100 yards beyond the tiny settlement. There was a wide, rocky clearing there, open to the cloudy sky. The occasional sun breaks sparkled on the waters, very different from the usual dappled green dimness when the waters ran beneath the bamboo forest. 

“So, do we just call ‘here fishie, fishie, fishie,’ or what?” Snow Crow asked after they’d stood there for several minutes, feeling increasingly foolish.

“I am not sure,” Sujia replied drily, “that is a sufficiently respectful way to summon a magical, talking carp, who might actually be—“

“Right here!” the familiar piping trill of Zhú Zu came from almost directly at their feet. The large, shining gold and white carp looked, if anything, even more beautiful than she had when they’d first met her. Her glittering head poking above the dark water, whiskers rippling gracefully as she spoke, Khatia had forgotten how luminous those large black eyes were. And how full of intelligence… but the intelligence of a river spirit, or tamu? Or of a transformed dragon?

“I’m so glad you have returned, my friends,” the shimmering fish went on, wiggling enthusiastically. “Am I correct in assuming you have agreed to undertake my commission to bring me safely to Loushang Mountain and the Dragon’s Gate to seek my old friend, the Guardian Jin Zhi? But of course you have! Silly to think you would have come all this way just to tell me no!”

“Your logic is flawless, beautiful and wise Zhú Zu,” Edain said, and Khatia admired his ability to keep a straight face. They’d all agreed, talking about it over the camp fire each evening, that river spirit or dragon, one could never go too far wrong in lavishing praise onto supernatural beings. “We have indeed come to help you achieve your goal, and your true form… and receive the reward you have promised us when we fulfill that duty.”

“Ah, yes,” the carp replied… a bit less enthusiastically, or was that Khatia’s imagination? “For each of you, one wish… a wish that is within my power to grant, of course. I’m a river tamu, after all, not one of the yagoi

“For which you should be grateful!” she giggled, and did one of her signature back-flips, splashing Edain’s feet. “Shall we begin? The day is young, but we have far to go!”

“We have prepared a method of transport for you, noble spirit,” Viroj said before Edain could answer, pulling forward the mule with his fish-carry contraption on its back. He unlatched one of the buckets and knelt at the river’s edge to show the carp and to fill it with water. “I designed and built it myself!”

“Oh dear,” Zhú Zu said, clearly surprised. She showed no immediate desire to leap into the now water-filled container. “What a… clever man you are, Mekha Viroj! And so thoughtful, too. I hope you won’t be offended if I decline to take advantage of it just yet, however…”

Khatia carefully hid her smile at the crestfallen look that briefly flashed across the Moon Monk’s round, bearded face before he regained his usual jovial demi-smirk. She really shouldn’t laugh – it was a truly good idea, and he had worked hard on it – but the way he’d been going on about it the last four days, you’d have thought he’d invented the wheel.

Zhú Zu must have noticed his disappointment as well, because she quickly added “But I will certainly be glad for it as we go on, especially when we reach the wild rapids of Yanduvai Gorge! You must have been inspired by Kai Yi himself to have come up with it so quickly.”

Mollified by this, Viroj dumped the water back into the river and reattached the bucket to the poles with only a little sigh. The humans turned to follow the still half-overgrown road that followed the west side of the river course, while Zhú Zu swam near the bank, leaping and calling out to them every few minutes. The dim greenness of the great Bamboo Sea soon closed in around them again, and  Snow Crow and Zhú Zu sang duets together, or sometimes at one another, as the miles passed.

A little over two hours of pleasant travel brought them once more to the shores of the small lake that had formerly been the village of Songxi. It was a little less than a tenday since they’d left the place, and yet already little evidence of the former settlement remained. Only three buildings still stood amidst the dark waters now – the Ancestors’ House, on its raised stone base, like a small island; the Watchtower, with it’s own foundation of stone set atop the village’s highest point; and the Temple of Songxi, the only building made almost entirely of stone, the eaves of it’s two short towers 15 feet above the surface. While much of the bamboo that had still grown, even half drowned, seemed to have been reabsorbed, an abundance of water lilies in a riot of colors remained in great swathes across the lake.

The group paused for a few moments of respectful silence, in memory for the lost souls that had once haunted the spot – and, at least for Khatia, to make sure no echo of the grief and rage that had bound them remained. To her relief, she sensed nothing but the stillness and rightness of nature there now. Still, she was as happy as the others to move on around the lake and grateful that it was too early in the day to even consider making camp near its shore.

Of course getting around the lake slowed them considerably, as the old road had passed through the village and was now as drowned as it. It took over an hour of pushing, and occasionally hacking, through the bamboo forest to finally reconnect with the path as it emerged from the water on the far side of the lake, to find Zhú Zu waiting for them. She’d seemed  as anxious as the humans to get past the lake, perhaps moreso since she would have to swim through it. Khatia had thought the carp was considering Viroj’s buckets for a moment, but in the end she had just taken a deep breath darted out into the lake.

Although it was past midday by the time they reconnected, by silent agreement they pressed on, more quickly now, to put some real distance between Songxi and themselves before stopping for lunch. After that the land began to rise to either side of the river course, becoming more hilly, and they passed several waterfalls and minor rapids. Zhú Zu navigated these with, well, supernatural ease, Khatia noticed. Viroj noticed as well, but just shrugged when their eyes met after the magic carp almost flew up a 15-foot water fall.

The next day continued on much the same, with the land gradually rising and becoming rougher, the river narrower and swifter, and the road more notional. The flood that had roared down the river course five years ago must have scoured the river bed and the slopes to either side for a considerable distance, Khatia thought. But five years was enough time, in a sea of fast-growing bamboo, to erase almost any trace of even a cataclysm so great. Only the human-made road still showed obvious signs of the damage done that night, littered with rocky debris, overgrown in many places, and washed out completely in others.

At Zhú Zu’s suggestion the humans made camp a little earlier the second night out from Yaohima than they might otherwise have done. In a wide clearing, with a deep and calm pool for her, they set up camp as she explained her reasoning.

“We are very near the mouth of the Yanduvai Gorge now – perhaps another two hours march for you. As you have seen, the– my river grows wilder and swifter now, and will only grow more so within the gorge. While I could swim it, it is becoming exhausting even for me, trapped in this form as I am. So, dear Viroj, tomorrow when we set out I would very much appreciate the use of your clever conveyance, if it’s not too much trouble.”

“Of course, noblest of tamu,” the Moon Monk replied, bowing deeply. “It will be my very great pleasure to accommodate you, and no trouble at all.”

Well, no trouble for you, Khatia thought wryly. But I’m not so sure K’hor-Wen would agree.

• • • • •

As Sujia prepared breakfast the next morning she was pleased to see clear sky above her, pale with the as-yet unseen, in this deep river valley, light of dawn. The last several days, while thankfully dry, had been consistently cool and cloudy, with only occasional sun breaks. Now it looked to finally be a decent, sunny day, and she could feel her spirits rise at the prospect. 

They lifted even more at the first sip of her special tea. Its sharp, astringent bite sent a shiver of pleasure through her whole body, and she could feel her tension wash away. It was to brew this treat in privacy, the gift of her beloved mentor, that Sujia made sure she was up first, and in charge of the morning fire, every fifth day or so when they were on the road. It was much easier when they were at an inn, of course, but even so she managed… although perhaps for not for much longer. 

She had made the special tea last almost twice as long as Abbas Fyang Yu had said it might, by carefully using only the absolute minimum of the dried leaves as she could and still invoke its soothing effects. But this morning she’d taken stock, and doubted she could get three more cups from what was left. She had tried to spread it out, sipping it only once a tenday rather than twice, but the nightmares began to return all too soon… she’d never made it past the seventh day before needing the soothing relief again. She could only pray that she might find more of the tea in the next large city they visited… but that was a worry for another day, and for now there was work to do…

After a quick breakfast she helped Viroj fill the buckets of his carp-carrying contraption and settle the whole thing on the back of the mule. K’hor-Wen craned his neck back and gave her a doleful look as she tightened the last strap, but only sighed with equine resignation and went back to chewing bamboo shoots. A most phlegmatic beast she thought, giving his flank an approving pat.

Edain lifted Zhú Zu from the river and quickly plopped her into one of the containers, whereat she promptly leaped out, over the back of the mule, and into the other one. She poked her head out of the water and explained, seeing the Pona Hanni’s surprised look. “This one will be closer to my river, and I like to stay as close as possible to my… true body, as it were. But it is nice to have a choice!”

The magical carp’s estimate the day before had been spot on —  two hours after they began the days march the companions reached the southern end of the Yanduvai Gorge. The countryside had been growing ever steeper and rougher beneath its endless cover of bamboo, the path beginning to take more circuitous routes away from the river course and then back to accommodate the terrain. Now, ahead of them, sheer walls of terraced rock soared up out of the swaying greenery to both sides of the river, and it took Sujia’s breath away.

The flat river country around her home village of Hejiagou [hedge-EE-ah-gow], and later the great expanses of the city of Kyenin, had accustomed a young Sujia to the wide open skies of the flatlands. Her first true experience of mountains had come when honorable Fyang Yu had brought her to Tahara-Li and the vast, sky-blocking range on whose knees it sat. She had been stunned then, and she still thrilled at the sight of rugged, hilly lands, never tiring of their endless variety. This gorge was exceptionally beautiful, she thought, and quite worth the effort it had taken to get here. While bamboo still predominated, other varieties of trees clung to the cliff sides and crowded along the many shelves and terraces that broke up the rocky walls.

The road wound up the hills and into the gorge on its west side, eventually leveling out perhaps a hundred feet above the narrow, swift-running river as it roared around boulders and over deep falls in the canyon below. Another hundred feet of rocky granite wall rose to their left, always steep where it wasn’t sheer. The road, to Sujia’s initial surprise, became much better as they travelled further into the gorge.

“No doubt because the flood from the burst dam never reached this high,” Khatia suggested, when she voiced her surprise. “Not quite, anyway. If you look closely, I think you can see the mark along the opposite wall where the high water line was.”

Her friend was right, of course, and Sujia was suddenly taken by how truly terrifying that flood must have been — the mark was not many feet below the level of the path they trod. A hundred foot wall of water had roared down this canyon that night, and while it had spread out and lessened in height once past the gorge’s mouth, the volume hadn’t changed… poor Songxi had never stood a chance.

The sun was finally high enough in the sky to cast a strip of golden light along the clifftop above them when a sudden roar echoed across the canyon and brought the group to a sudden halt. Just in time, as a boulder almost four feet across flew from their left, barely missing Viroj, who had been taking point just then. The rock hit the edge of the cliff to the right of the path and bounded off into space, arcing down toward the river. Any sound it made hitting the water was drowned out by the general, echoing roar of the river in the canyon — and a second, more bestial roar from their left.

A second, even larger boulder hit the narrow path, causing the Moon Monk to leap back, almost knocking over Edain. He drew his sword and shook it at something Sujia couldn’t see from her position in their single-file marching order.

“Hey!” he yelled, brandishing his weapon furiously and looking left and up. “There are people walking here!”

A surprised grunt, very deep, came from that direction, but no more boulders. Zhú Zu’s voice piped up from behind Sujia, who was leading the mule carrying the carp. “Oh dear, I suppose I should have mentioned Jian Li before now,” she said, sounding embarrassed. “I wasn’t sure he’d survived the flood, to be honest, but by the sound of it… well, please don’t be alarmed by his looks! No need for blades, good monk — he may be an ogre, but he’s a very special ogre, and not a threat to us. Not unless we threaten him, that is.”

By this time the whole group had moved forward, following Viroj and Edain, to see what had got the Kwan Kari monk so worked up. The cliff face turned sharply inward at that point, forming a crevasse about 15 feet wide, but narrowing quickly as it clove back into the rock wall. The floor of the cleft rose up as it narrowed, ending in a large cave mouth about twenty feet in and ten feet above them. In that dark opening stood a figure that quite took Sujia’s breath away.

Jian Li, as their carp guide had named him, was indeed an ogre — easily seven feet tall, massively muscled, with skin as red as a temple roof, and a bestial face framed by black hair along his jaw and chin. The long, thick black hair on his head was pulled back tight into a tail contained by a bronze ring, and two massive, bull horns curved wickedly up from either side of his forehead. His ears were large and pointed, his eyes black and deep set beneath thick brows, while his nose and mouth were almost muzzle-like. He was clad only in a worn and frayed kilt-like garment that barely contained his massive thighs, held fast by a wide, ornate belt of bronze and tooled leather. Elaborate leather sandals, carved bronze bracers, and a jeweled pendant around his massive neck were his only adornments.

Sujia had never met another being who exuded such pure, absolute, and apparently self-unconscious masculinity. “Who knew ogres had perfect 8-packs,” she murmured to Khatia, who could only shake her head in equally stunned agreement.  

“No need for the blade, good monk – an adherent of the worthy Kai Yi, if I read your robes aright, yes?” the ogre said, his deep baritone sending a shiver straight down Sujia’s spine to her … well never mind to where. If the looks on their faces were any indication, it had done the same to most of the others. Only Viroj seemed unruffled by the creature’s powerful presence… although he did lower his sword – in surprise, if nothing else.

“I do apologize for endangering you with my rather vigorous rock-tossing,” Jian Li went on, “inadvertent as it was, I assure you. You are the first travelers along this path in almost five years, I’m afraid, and thus quite unexpected. Still, it’s good to see people again… a sentiment that is, to be frank, equally unexpected.”

“And why is that unexpected?” Edain asked, when Viroj just stood there looking uncharacteristically uncertain.

“Well, one does not choose to live as a hermit, in a remote and difficult to reach canyon in the heart of the Bamboo Sea, if one is an extrovert. I do enjoy my solitude, but without my books and maps, five years alone is a bit much even for me. The surprise is that I’m only just now realizing it. But tell me, please, what brings such an odd collection of people on such a dangerous road as this one has become?”

As usual, Edain took up the task of spokesperson and gave the unexpectedly erudite ogre a brief, if succinct, recounting of the events of the past tenday, including their meeting and agreeing to help a magical talking fish. Sujia introduced Zhú Zu, who was gracious but unusually subdued – the loquacious carp had chatted merrily with one or another of the humans almost the entire trip so far, but now seemed almost tongue-tied. Sujia wondered if she was as affected by Jian Li’s overpowering maleness as much as she was.

“The spirit of the river?” the ogre asked, speaking directly to Zhú Zu. “I’ve lived here 80 years now… how is it I’ve never been aware of you before now?”

“I seldom manifest in a way you could see,” the carp said diffidently, somehow manifesting the impression of a shrug. “My current predicament should make it obvious why that is. But if you have not been aware of me, I have certainly been aware of you, my good ogre, at least from a distance. Jin Zhi has spoken of you to me as well.”

“Hmmm. Strange that the reverse is not true,” Jian Li mused. “Still, a dragon is discreet, if nothing else, and I am sure there are many things she has not shared with me over the years. Just as I trust she has not shared my own secrets with others.

“But where are my manners? Here I am, keeping my first guests in years standing on my doorstep, when you must be weary and ready for the mid-day meal. It’s almost noon, will you not stop awhile  with me, and join me in a repast? I’m afraid the accommodations I can offer are not what they once would have been, but what I have I share freely.”

After a brief hesitation, mostly on Viroj’s part (Sujia thought he wasn’t entirely convinced that an ogre’s invitation to lunch didn’t mean they were meant to be the lunch), the group followed their host into the cave. After securing the mules Viroj followed last, with Zhú Zu strapped to his back in one of her barrels.

Once past the narrow entrance, the cave widened out into a fair-sized vestibule of sorts. To the right another opening led down, curving to the left as it descended. This corridor, as Sujia decided to think of it, seemed hand-hewn from the rock, its walls rawer than those of the cave. It seemed to spiral downward as if around some central point, until finally it debouched into a cavern perhaps twice the size of the vestibule above. 

This area was obviously set up as a crude living area for Jian Li, with a large arrangement of furs in one nook serving as his bed, a rough table lashed together by vines in the center, and a small hearth in another, smaller nook where a narrow crack in the stone allowed smoke to rise up out of the cave. A large slab of wood near the table, cut from the bole of a single tree, served as the only seating Sujia could see. The hearth fire and a medium-sized glowstone set in the center of the table provided dim, but sufficient, light.

“Please forgive the crudity of my current accommodations,” Jian Li sighed as he ushered his visitors into the space. “I have had to make do as best I can these last five years as I slowly – oh, so very slowly – dig my way back to my true home. I can see you have questions, but let us eat and I can tell you the tale as we do.”

The travelers had carried their own mess kits down with them, Snow Crow having correctly surmised that a hermit, ogre or otherwise, was unlikely to have any great store of plates, cups or cutlery – certainly not enough to serve six. A large pot of some sort of vegetable stew was bubbling over the fire, and smelled delicious, although when Khatia offered up the remains of the venison from her last hunt to add to the pot, the ogre very politely declined.

“I appreciate the offer,” he said, with a slight bow, “but I have been strictly vegetarian these past 80 years… well, if you don’t count eggs and the occasional cheese. I hope this won’t be a problem, but if you feel the need for meat, I won’t be offended.”

They had all agreed the stew would be just fine as it was… and once their host had dished it out into their various plates Sujia, at least, thought it was better than fine. Indeed, it was perhaps one of the best-tasting dishes she’d ever had, a blend of flavors that was complex and rich and hard to describe. Of course, maybe it was just the fact that she had been eating mostly trail rations for the last several days… but she didn’t really think so, as she scraped her bowl for the last little bits and wondered if it would be unmannerly to lick it clean.

“Eighty-five years ago, I was not as you see me now. I was a young ogre, just ten years from the egg, and in the first flush of maturity. Even then, though, I was different from my cousins, I think. Certainly less inclined to the rages and violence of our kind, and more… introspective, I suppose, whatever that means for an ogre. What it meant for me was that I lost my first fight over territory and a female. Lost to that standard-issue ogre, Rik H’ona… and I hope Shin Ri made him miserable. Licking my wounds, and maybe secretly relieved, I wandered far seeking something I couldn’t put a name to. Eventually I found myself in the Bamboo Sea, and within the bounds of the guardianship of Jin Zhi, although I didn’t know it at the time, of course.

“I first met the golden dragon Guardian of Loushang Mountain on a spring day when I was hunting my next meal. Which in the event was a beautiful Loshing bird… you’ve likely never seen one, as they are native to this region and very rare. Multihued feathers like a rainbow, golden beaks, and silver eyes, they’re about the size of a pheasant… hardly more than two mouthfuls for me, but I was very hungry at that point. Just as I was about to bite the poor thing’s head off, Jin Zhi appeared in the air over me.

“Please don’t eat my feathered friend, ogre,” she said to me in that beautiful, rich soprano I would come to know so well. “She has chicks in her nest, and there are so few of her kind left, I fear for the survival of the species. Will you not let her go?”

“Honestly, I barely understood some of those words, but I did get the gist of what she was asking. Now, to you the course of action when you find a dragon hovering over you and asking you to do something might seem obvious. Not necessarily so to an ogre. Certainly that stone-head Rik H’ona would have simple gobbled down the bird and attacked the dragon; and died shortly thereafter, no doubt. I felt that urge, but I also felt something else… awe, I realized much later, for something so much greater than I was.

“I released the bird, which I think actually surprised Jin Zhi. She had expected me to react like any other of my kind, and had simply been going through the motions, which her own morality dictated, of giving me a chance. To her credit, she thanked me, and then asked for my story – the first time any creatures had ever taken an interest. We talked for an hour that day, before she pointed me to some particularly tasty root vegetables and flew off to her home. I must have impressed her, though, for the next day she returned. We talked some more, and she gave me an amulet… I put it on, and the world changed, forever.

“My mind expanded in an instant, and it was like the scales fell away from my eyes. I suddenly understood – well, how little I had previously understood, and how much more there was to the world than I had ever imagined. I was quite stunned. Jin Zhi understood, and she helped me through that difficult transition from barely-able-to-walk-and-talk-at-the-same-time to a truly sentient thinker. Her second gift to me that day was my first book, which she used to teach me to read, and eventually to write. 

“In time, with her help and guidance, I mastered book and brush, and began to build myself a library, using intermediaries to find and purchase books for me in the cities of men. I have read the great masters of philosophy, history, science, magic, and metaphysics. And geography, a particular favorite of mine. With this body, and the prejudices of most Umantari, it is not easy for me to travel, as you can imagine – but in books, I have visited every land from the islands of Shoidan to the Archipelago of Oceania.

“It was my love of geography and travel that led me to maps, both the studying and the making of them. It is through my map making, primarily, that I acquire the funds to fuel my book-buying addiction. I understand that the maps of the Hermit of Yanduvai Gorge are very much in demand in many cities of Ty Kyen and beyond.”

“Wait, you’re the famed Hermit of Yanduvai?” Viroj burst out. “I’ve bought a map or two of yours myself, in my travels. They are exceptionally accurate! But I heard rumors last year, in Pandari… they say no new maps have come in years, and that the Hermit must be dead.”

“Ah, I was afraid of that,” the ogre said, shaking his head sadly. “Since the night the dam was destroyed I have been unable to contact my sources in the outside world, even if I could reach my library and scriptorium.”

“Yes, you mentioned something of that earlier,” Sujia said. “I take it this is not your usual abode, then?”

“Indeed not, young monk,” Jian Li replied. “My home for many years has been an ancient edifice buried deep in the walls of the gorge. Shown to me by Jin Zhi, who says it was built long ago by the Shíou Jūmí [SHE-ow joo-mee] and abandoned by them an age past, it suited me perfectly. Room enough for me, my books and maps, and my scriptorium where I could write and draft at leisure… growing chambers for mushrooms as well, and for other subterranean plants favored by the ancient stone-dwellers, to keep me fed. From there I carried on correspondences with scholars and wise folk from many lands, created my maps, and wrote a book or two of my own… under pseudonyms, of course.

“That all ended the night of the flood. I was awakened by the shaking of the earth, for although the Shíou Jūmí build well, I felt the tremors nonetheless. Grabbing a glowstone, I headed up through the caves to my entrance hall, as I call it, and stepped outside — into a raging storm! I was just in time to see a wall of water roaring down the canyon, carrying earth and stones and trees in a terrible maelstrom. I feared for my life then, and retreated back to the mouth of the cave, only for another tremor to bring it crashing down almost on top of me. For a moment I despaired, trapped between two deaths. But the floodwaters never quite reached me… it was close thing, though, a matter of feet.

“To make an already long story shorter, I have spent the last five years digging out the entrance to my home. In the beginning, I traveled up the gorge to try and learn what happened and to speak with my old friend. But Jin Zhi was silent, the Umantari settlers gone, and Imperial Rangers were murdering any survivors – why I couldn’t imagine, but I wished no part of that. So I scavenged what I could, quietly, and retreated back here to begin the long, dreary task of trying to regain my sanctuary, stone by stone…”

Sujia was impressed. “At, say, ten stones a day such as we just saw, that means you must have removed… over 10,000 stones so far,” she said, quickly doing the maths in her head. “How much more do you have to go, do you think?”

“Your calculations are not far off,” Jian Li sighed. “And I would have achieved my goal a year ago, if not for that!” He gestured sharply at the far wall of the chamber, which appeared to be of a different type of stone than the rest of the cavern. “A great plug of granite, somehow here in the matrix of limestone that makes up most of the gorge, collapsed like a portcullis across the entrance to my home. I have had to work around it down to this level… I calculate the Shíou Jūmí complex lies not ten feet beyond this point. Sadly, granite is much more difficult than limestone to break and move, at least with the poor tools I was able to scavenge from the ruins of Laketown. In a year I have managed to remove less than two feet, as you can see…”

A divot of that depth, about the height and width of the ogre, dimpled the gray stone wall. It seemed obvious to Sujia that it would take another five years, at least, to break through. Assuming Jian Li’s numbers were right, of course. She felt bad for the poor fellow, exiled by mere feet from all that he loved and valued…

“I’ve had a thought,” Snow Crow said suddenly, popping up from where he’d been sitting cross-legged on the floor to approach the granite wall. “I acquired an artifact, back in the ruins of Songxi, and I think we might be able to use it solve your problem…”

“Oooh, I see where you’re going,” Zhú Zi piped up from her barrel next to Viroj. “And if I use what little water magic I still control in this form, I think… Viroj, be a dear and fetch that second bucket of water, won’t you?”

When the bemused Moon Monk had returned with the extra water, the river spirit infused the stone wall with the liquid, magically forcing it into every crack, fissure and pore. When she had finished, Snow Crow stepped forward, pulling the crystal rod from his robe and pointing it at the divot in the granite. Speaking the control word, a beam of almost invisible blue-white light flashed out to splash against the stone, turning it white with a rime of sudden frost. Cracks sounded from within, and chips flaked away…

“You didn’t get all the water,” the carp said to Snow Crow. “Hit it again!”

The bard hesitated a moment, realizing he had no idea how many times he could use the device before it stopped working… ah well, in for a grot, in for a qián, he thought. The second beam of cold energy struck the wall and more snaps, crackles, and pops could be heard from within.

“Now, let’s see what this can do,” Edain said, drawing the Sky Blade and stepping forward while Snow Crow hastily backed away. “The blade is said to be indestructible, able to pierce any defense. Let’s test that…”

He swung with all his considerable strength, and the black blade cracked into the frozen granite with a ring and a sharp crack. A large chunk of the stone fell away, along with a shower of smaller chips. He took a second swing, and even more fell away.

“Amazing!” Jian Li cried, clapping his massive hands together in delight. “But we should take full advantage of this, while the cold lasts. I have a potion here, which can confer the strength of a giant on any who drink it… there are four doses, pick the three strongest amongst you and together let us see how much progress we can make together!”

The ogre tossed back a gulp himself and then offered the vial to the humans. After a brief discussion Edain, Khatia, and Viroj each took a dose until the vial was empty. Khatia later told Sujia that almost instantly, she felt a surge of energy flow through here, a vitality she’d never experienced before. In the moment, Sujia watched with astonishment as Khatia and the men went to work on the granite block, sword and fists tearing it apart as if it was made of earth.

In twenty minutes they burrowed through the center of the mass until, with one last tremendous punch, Jian Li broke through the final blockage. Roaring in triumph, he dashed through the opening and into a corridor of dressed stone, his guests not far behind him. Sujia thought the others must feel as excited as she, energized by the obvious joy radiating off the ogre.

The corridor was a dozen yards long and ended in an intricately carved, arched doorway with double doors of black ironwood. Jian Li pushed the heavy doors open as if they were made of balsa, and strode into his home for the first time in five years. After a moment of obviously deeply felt emotion, he pulled himself together and motioned for the humans to enter.

The room was square, a hundred feet on each side, with a colonnade of intricately carved pillars running around the perimeter, upholding a 10’ wide walkway, a mezzanine of sorts. Wide stairs directly across from the door led up to the delicately balustraded balcony. Beneath the colonnade the walls were lined with two score wooden bookshelves, each one filled with books, scrolls, codices, maps, and numerous other types of information storage methods, as well as the odd object’d art. Four groined arches met thirty feet above the center of the room, with recessed glowstones behind each one casting a soft blue light across the curved ceiling sections, giving the impression of an early evening sky. 

In the center of the room several large table were scattered about, covered in books, maps, blank parchment, containers of pens and brushes, bottles of inks, and the odd plate or goblet. Each table had a single large chair, of varied styles and materials – clearly Jian Li couldn’t be bothered dragging a single one about to wherever he might need it. Sujia did note that there were at least two more normally-proportioned chairs tucked away behind a nearby pillar. She also marked the three doors on the mezzanine level, one set in the middle of each wall, forward and to either side, that must lead deeper into the structure.

“Forgive me my distraction, my friends,” the ogre rumbled over his shoulder as he moved quickly between the tables, scanning their contents, touching a book here, lifting a map there, tsking over dried, hardened brushes. “It’s been so long, and I was afraid I might never regain my home, my sanctuary — I’m quite overwhelmed!”

After a time the ogre was clearly satisfied that nothing was terribly amiss, and that his lair remained as he’d left it that night five years earlier, and turned his attention back to his guests. He insisted that they must stay for the night, now that he could offer appropriate accommodations. “And besides,” he added when they demurred, “the day is shortening now towards sunset, and I do not think it wise to travel the canyon path at night. A brood of the filthy Ying Shao have built a nesting colony another two hours up the road, and while you might sneak past in the dark, the path is narrow there… it would be a poor repayment for your great gift of aid if I let you perish so.”

It took little convincing to get the companions to agree, and Khatia went up to retrieve the mules and stable them in the cavern outside the complex, while Sujia agreed to accompany Jian Li to his farming caverns to gather food for their supper. Zhú Zu seemed particularly distressed at the news of the Ying Shao – as she passed the carp’s barrel Sujia heard the fish muttering to herself. 

“Why would she allow such a thing? Really, it’s unheard of…”

In the caverns, which turned out to actually be large purpose-built expanses clearly meant for subterranean agriculture, Sujia managed to pump Jian Li for more of his own life story, and what he knew of the dragon they were going to see. He was willing enough, in exchange for her own story, and she tried to keep it as innocuous as possible. She suspected the canny ogre read more from what she left unsaid than she might have liked, but he didn’t push and eventually moved on to the information she was angling for.

Jin Zhi is at least 500 years old,” he began, “although she has never shared the precise year of her birth with me… dragons are quite canny about that sort of thing, even with friends. I do know for certain that she came to Loushang Mountain, and took up her current post as its Guardian, 308 years ago. From all I have ever heard, she has always been a good and faithful protector to all those living in the lands she considers under her mandate.

“Certainly she has been a good friend to me, in ways I can never repay but will always be grateful for. I have come to realize, over the decades, how lonely her life must be… until the disaster, she would visit me at least once a month, on average, and we enjoyed many great conversations, even some lively debates, often based on our readings of books from my library. 

“Indeed, the only time I’ve ever known her to go silent for any length fo time was about 50 years ago, when I didn’t see her for almost a year and a half. I was quite worried that something terrible had happened to her, but no news came from my other sources, and I consoled myself that news of the fall of a dragon would spread across the land like a fire. I assume some esoteric errand of dragon-kind must have kept her away then, although she would always very deftly turn the conversation if I pushed her about it. Eventually I stopped asking.”

“Do you think perhaps she has been killed this time,” Sujia asked, a little tentatively, worried about upsetting her host. “Perhaps the Imperials did it, and the destruction of the dam was a side effect of the battle. That might explain the strange actions of the Rangers, killing any witnesses to such a monstrous crime…”

“It is… possible, I suppose,” Jian Li said as they made their way back to his library, loaded with baskets of mushrooms, of a dozen kinds, as well as other, less identifiable vegetables. “I have considered it, certainly, how not? But really, it is hard to imagine the circumstances under which even a company of Imperial soldiers, however well trained and seasoned, could have even harmed a golden dragon of her age and size. Still, with some Ancient artifact, perhaps… and it would explain the murderous actions of the Rangers I saw.

“But the truth is, I don’t believe it. I have been to the Dragon’s Gate several times these past five years… although not in the last 15 months , thanks to those foul harpies up the gorge… and while she has never answered my call, nonetheless I have felt her presence. It is not logical, nor rational, and I can offer no proof, but I feel in my bones that she still lives, and has not abandoned her home, even if it seems she has abandoned her duties for some reason.”

Or perhaps the Imperials did try to killers her, but only managed to trap her in the form of a carp, Sujia carefully didn’t say aloud. That might explain both her absence and Jian Li’s certainty that she lives…

Dinner that evening was robust and delicious, and frankly Sujia hardly noticed that there was no meat. Snow Crow sang some ballads, told some tales, and performed a scene from one of Quon Lon Yi’s more obscure comedies, The Rampant Philosopher — which turned out to be one of Jian Li’s favorites. While there was no wine or beer, the clear, cold water from the ogre’s cisterns seemed more substantial, somehow, than ordinary water, and she felt almost tipsy as the evening went on. To the point of actually joining in when everyone began singing old folk songs… and the odd bawdy tavern tune as well.

Even Zhú Zu joined in on some of the songs, and Sujia quite forgot to ask her about what she’d meant earlier until she was drifting off in her bedroll, near one of the banked braziers. Oh well, it was probably nothing…

• • • • •

The next morning, after a hearty breakfast of leftovers, which Viroj had to admit tasted even better than they had the night before, the Wanderers prepared to take their leave of the Hermit Ogre of Yanduvai Gorge. Jian Li, still uncertain how to properly repay the great debt he felt he owed them, handed Edain a leather tube about two feet long. Within it were rolled up several beautiful, and beautifully detailed, maps of the surrounding lands, including one showing precisely how to find the Dragon’s Gate.

“Those other papers,” the ogre explained as Edain shuffled curiously through them, “are letters of introduction to and instructions for my agents in three cities in southern Ty Kyen. Cities you are likely to pass through on this journey of yours, if I have understood you aright. They instruct each of them to give you whatever aid and assistance you might need, which is within their power to grant, in perpetuity. Certainly any of my maps which may aid you in your travels are on that list.

“The letters also give them notice that any rumors of my death have been greatly exaggerated, and that I am not only alive, but back in business and they should begin sending agents once again. I trust you will fill in any details they may seek, and that you feel are safe for them to hear. All three know what I am, so you need not keep that secret fromthem… although I would appreciate it if you don’t spread that information in general.

“Should you ever have need of the knowledge in my library, or the secrets of my maps, you have only to send word to me and it shall be yours as quickly as I can manage it. Not a terribly fungible reward I’m afraid, but it is what I can offer. Along with this,” he added, holding up a large vial in a leather case. “It is the twin to the Potion of Giant Strength which we used to such great effect yesterday. Four doses, and may they prove a true boon to you should trouble find you on the road.”

Viroj was still having a struggle fulling getting his head around the erudition, courtesy, and general pleasant nature of the enormous, muscular, very red and horned ogre. While certainly of no relation to demonkind (and the monk shuddered at the thought of a demon seizing possession of a creature already as strong as Jian Li), he’d heard tales of others of his Order dealing with ogres from time to time, when such came down into civilized lands raiding and pillaging. He could see now why such encounters were not beloved by any sane man…

Still, he was glad to have met this particular ogre, and was very glad they hadn’t had to fight him. Even between himself, Edain and Khatia, he wasn’t entirely certain how such a conflict would have ended. Instead, they had enjoyed a wonderful meal (he’d actually asked for, and received, several of the ogre’s recipes), a pleasant and entertaining evening, some vital information, and a good night’s sleep. And if Jian Li’s information was correct, he’d get a fight later today, if not the kind he preferred.

He’d had to deal with the Ying Shao, the mountain harpies, a time of two in the past, and while they were hardly a threat on the level of an ogre, they were nasty and dangerous enough. At least they weren’t walking into the situation unknowing and unprepared… of course, unless the wind was against you, the stench from their nests usually gave fair warning of what was ahead. 

“This is such a beautiful place,” Sujia said, about an hour before midday. “So unlike the area where I grew up. The land is so… three-dimensional in the mountains. And the river below us…”

“Yes, I love the mountains myself,” Viroj agreed quickly. “Although as a lad they could make my family’s travels more difficult, especially if we had to flee… er, that is, if we were in a hurry to reach new towns.” Maybe if he diverted her with a tale she wouldn’t—

“The stone fights the river and is shaped by it,” the young woman intoned, nodding her head thoughtfully.

Damn, another of her inscrutable aphorisms, or whatever they were. He never knew how to respond, and she seemed to have some obscure utterance for every occasion. But he was saved from awkwardness this time by a slight shift in the wind… on it, he caught the first acrid whiff he’d been waiting for.

“Let’s stop here,” he called out, holding up a hand. He was in the lead, with Sujia following, then Khatia, Edain behind her, and Snow Crow nominally in charge of the two mules. The animals had also caught the scent, and if they didn’t know precisely what it meant, they definitely knew they didn’t like it. If the carrion-eaters attacked, the lad might have his hands full keeping the beasts from bolting back down the trail – or over the cliff. As Jian Li had said, the path had been narrowing for some time, and looked significantly more narrow ahead. If they had to fight, better here where there was a least a bit of room to maneuver…

He had cast his Moonstones after breakfast, while the others were preparing for their departure, and his reading had looked good. He had actually been fairly confident when they set out that they would face no battle today; but that confidence had dimmed as the morning went on. Auguries had certainly saved his life before, but they’d also mislead him a time or two, especially in his younger years. He’d learned to temper his youthful, arrogant certainty in his stone-reading ability with some humility and mature caution.

“By the Seven Virtuous Immortals, what is that stench?” Sujia blurted, gagging slightly and turning pale as the wind shifted again, carrying the smell of putrefaction, feces, and a rank, sour body odor more strongly towards them. 

“The charming scent of the Ying Shao our ogre friend warned us of,” Viroj replied, trying not to gag himself as he scanned the sky and the cliff tops above them. Even prepared and with some experience, there was no NOT reacting to that horrible miasma. 

“Well, at least it means the wind is blowing away from the nest,” Khatia said, holding a cloth to her face, to little relieve if her expression was any guide. “So perhaps we can slip past…”

But the wind had been blowing the other way for the last half hour, Viroj thought. Damn!

“Here they come,” he cried as he reached for his bow. Six winged humanoids, each about the size of a 12-year-old boy, crested the cliff top not twenty feet ahead of them, their dark red skin looking almost black against the bright sky. Fortunately the sun, while high, was slightly behind the creatures and not directly in their own eyes. Viroj saw the familiar, part-human, mostly avian heads, with their massive, wickedly curved beak-like mouths full of razor teeth; the large feathered wings sweeping back from hairy shoulders; the wicked talons on their human-like legs; and the short, barbed tails. They each carried a stick, almost as long as themselves and sharpened to a wicked point at both ends, in their three-taloned hands.

Khatia already had her bow out, and an arrow nocked, as the creatures wheeled about, screeching, obviously working themselves up to attack. But she didn’t yet raise it.

“This is your only warning!” she called out in that deep, military bellow that always took Viroj by surprise when he heard it. “Back off now, and you will live to see another day!”

Sujia looked as surprised as he did at this unexpected turn. Was the archer really that unfamiliar with these beasts, to imagine that they understood civilized speech? He wasn’t really sure they had actual speech even between themselves. Sujia seemed to share his thoughts, for she looked back at their companion and said “Embrace the fire within, persist with unwavering hope, and let nothing extinguish your unstoppable spirit.”

“What?” Khatia asks, looking as confused as Viroj felt.

“Might this not be a good time for your fire arrows?” the younger monk clarified, gesturing at her friend’s lowered bow.

“I hardly think I need fire to dispose of this trash!” Khatia snorted.

Before she could say any more, one of the wheeling harpies made a dive toward them, spear aimed and an ululating shriek busting from its gaping beak-mouth. Sujia instantly had a shuriken in her hand, and Viroj could barely see it as it flew towards its target. But the creature saw or sensed it, and jinked to avoid it. But it was forced to pull up and away, aborting its attack.

“That  was a warning shot!“ Khatia bellowed again. “Withdraw and let us pass – we have no interest in your nests. But attack us and you will all die!”

To no one’s surprise, except maybe Khatia, another harpy dove in to hurl a crude spear at the archer. She nimbly dodged it, Viroj noted with approval, but was visibly annoyed. She finally brought her bow up… but he was quicker. His arrow pierced the flyer’s neck, sending a tremendous gout of blood spraying into the air. It dies almost instantly, and its limp body, wings thuttering like sails on a ship taken aback, plunged into the canyon to vanish into the roaring river below. 

Khatia got off her own shot barely a second later, before the rest of the flock could even react, taking another of the beasts in the left arm. The arrow pierced the arm and pinned it into the wing behind, apparently severing an artery, given the spray of blood that spurted out. The harpy dropped its spear, and tried to wheel and flee, but only turned in a circle before it lost consciousness and followed its fellow into the canyon.

“Clearly, I need to learn how to use a bow,” Sujia muttered just loud enough for Viroj to hear, and he smiled as he drew another arrow from his quiver.

The four surviving Ying Shao were shrieking in redoubled fury now, and glancing back the Moon Monk saw Snow Crow struggling to calm the agitated mules… apparently by singing to them? Not a strategy that would have occurred to Viroj, but it seemed to be working, so he turned back to what was now definitely a battle.

Edain, rather than drawing his new sword, seemed to be trying to invoke a ritual – the Peace of Inspiration, Viroj thought based on what little he could make out over the cacophony above them and the river below. But if it was, it didn’t seem to work, as the remaining harpies seemed to become even more enraged.

Indeed, one of them swooped directly at the Pona Hanni, who belatedly drew the Sky Blade for a wincingly clumsy counter attack. The blade might cut through any defense, Viroj thought in dismay, but only if it actually hits something

The harpy’s spear went into Edain’s left arm, straight through the bicep. The creature couldn’t follow up however, Viroj saw with relief, as it was forced to dodge his friend’s waving black blade. Unfortunately, a few seconds later Edain’s eyes rolled up and he collapsed, from shock and, probably, blood loss.

Viroj sent his next shaft at the harpy hovering over Edain, clearly seeking to finish his victim off. He cursed as the arrow narrowly missed, but it did have the effect of driving the creature away, at least for the moment.

While all this had been going on, he’d been peripherally aware that several Ying Shao had dove in to attack both Khatia and Sujia. One of the two on Khatia jabbed a spear at her, but missed, while getting within range of her sword. It cut across the creatures belly, drawing a deep welling of blood, but unfortunately not disemboweling it. Nonetheless, it flapped frantically backward and beat for the sky, even as its partner came in from the other side. Khatia easily blocked that second spear thrust, forcing the harpy up and away.

Sujia appeared to Viroj, for just a moment, to be frozen in panic, standing stock still as a third Ying Shao dove at her spear first, in a killing fury. Even as the Moon Monk loosed the arrow that drove off Edain’s attacker he was reaching for another shaft, knowing he’d be too late to save the young Byan’gon monk. But to his relief he saw she actually needed no saving. 

She hadn’t been frozen in fear, he realized, she’d been gathering her chi… as the spear drove in toward her she pivoted, seeming to move almost casually, in no hurry, and it flashed past with an inch to spare. Then the monk’s fist flashed out, almost too fast to follow, slamming into the creature’s left thigh. Even over the sounds of the fight Viroj heard the sharp crack as bone splintered. Blood splashed out the other side of the leg as shattered bone ends tore open flesh. The harpy dropped to ground with a piercing wail, and began thrashing.

Rather than finishing off the harpy, however, Sujia turned and ran to where Edain lay unconscious and bleeding nearby. With a cry she dropped to her knees and began ripping strips from his robes to try and staunch the bleeding. By her frantic look, and increasing agitation, she wasn’t having any luck. Viroj was torn between running to help her and the realization that Khatia still faced two harpies alone… then he saw Snow Crow appear around the last bend of the trail behind. He’d moved the mules back and presumably secured them. Good, he could help Sujia with Edain, and he could help Khatia.

He turned back to the archer just in time to see her loose an arrow at one of the three carrion beasts still in the air. The shaft plunged into its left side, and it dropped its spear to clutch at the gushing sound. With a strange keening sound it struggled to stay airborne, but dropped to hit hard on a rock outcropping. As it scrabbled feebly at the rock, just before it dropped over the edge of the cliff and the final fall into the river, he realized it was the harpy that had wounded Edain. A pity, he’d hoped to take that one out himself…

He nocked an arrow and prepared to take out at least one of the two who were stooping on Khatia, but hesitated to shoot – they were too close in and the danger of hitting his friend was too great. Well, as soon as one rose high enough…

But as one dove, jabbing its spear at her, Khatia turned aside from the thrust and counter-struck as the harpy flashed by. Her sword took the top of the creature’s head off in a spectacular spray of brain and blood. She let the powerful strike swing her around, bringing the blade up to slice through the crude spear of her second attacker, along with several of its fingers. 

Finally some sense appeared to filter through the harpy’s killing lust, as it realized it was suddenly alone. It looked at its one remaining companion on the ground, whose thrashing and shrieking had stopped, then turned to flee. Viroj raised his bow, but before he could release, Khatia had brought here own weapon up and sent a shaft flying after the escaping beast. It wheeled in the air as the arrow pierced its left wing and arm, then spiraled down to strike the cliff face. Its limp form crashed down to land on a protruding shelve 20 feet above them… Viroj could just see one wing still twitching feebly over the edge.

Remind me not to really get on her bad side, he thought as they both turned back to their comrades. Snow Crow had apparently managed, under Sujia’s guidance and despite his inexperience, to stop the flow of blood from Edain’s arm.

“Knowledge is learning something new every day. Wisdom is letting go of something every day,” he heard her say to the young troubadour, and forced himself not to grind his teeth. At least the lad didn’t seem to mind the quasi-non sequitur, and seemed very pleased with himself. As well the kid should—

Sujia, behind you!” Viroj yelled, leaping forward and drawing his sword. The Ying Shao she had downed was not dead, as they had all assumed when its thrashing and shrieking had stopped. It had lain quiet, and now it used its wings to help it rise, despite the crippled leg, lashing out with filthy, razor-like talons at the young monk’s back.

Sujia reacted instantly to Viroj’s warning, his tone as much as the words causing her to roll forward and twist away from the attack. Still, the talons raked her left shoulder, shedding cloth and sending drops of blood flying. To his surprise she neither cried out nor seemed even to notice the wound. Instead her face had that look of intense concentration he recognized as the gathering of her chi

As the enraged, wounded beast lunged forward again, Sujia lashed out with her right foot, pivoting on the left, to strike its right leg mid-thigh. This time not only was there the sound of shattering bone, but of tearing flesh as well, as her chi-powered kick almost tore off the leg entirely. The harpy collapsed with one last wailing shriek, twitched twice, and went still as it bled out.

“Well done,” Edain croaked, Snow Crow helping to steady him as he sat up. “No survivors. Ever. Not with evil like this…” He was pale, and clearly still shaken and in pain, but Viroj was happy to see him conscious again.

“We have seen to the safety of future travelers,” was all Sujia said as she swayed beside him, wincing now as she felt her own wound. Then she looked up and saw the still feebly waving wing tip of the harpy on the ledge above them. With a quick glance to see that Edain was alright, she closed her eyes and visibly shoved her pain aside. Then she began to climb the rocky cliff face.

Sujia, what are you doing?” Khatia called out in surprise. “It can’t live long, there’s no need—“

“No survivors. Ever,” the monk grunted and continued her climb. Reaching the ledge, she pulled herself onto it and the others saw her dagger rise and then fall quickly, twice. A moment later she was back on the trail with them, handing Khatia her recovered arrow, and finally sinking down to sit with her back against the cliff. Viroj thought she looked exhausted as he knelt beside her and carefully washed out her wound with the flask of rice wine he always carried. Making sure no foreign matter remained, as far as he could tell, he then bandaged her up.

After an hour of rest, a little food (although no one was hungry, Viroj insisted on at least a morsel, with Khatia backing him up), and lots of water, the group prepared to set out again. For himself, he just wanted to get out of the gorge and establish a defensible camp as soon as possible. Edain had recovered enough to sever both claws from the one harpy available to them, running a leather cord between them and affixing it to the head of his staff… a rather gruesome souvenir, the Moon Monk thought, but didn’t say. The several feathers which Snow Crow plucked from the corpse were only slightly better in his opinion.

The young entertainer began to sing a marching song, and to Viroj’s surprise it actually seemed to pick up everyone’s spirits as they marched along. Other songs followed, and time passed swiftly. In two hours they reached the head of the Yanduvai Gorge, and passed what little remained of the shattered dam – stone piers on either side of the canyon.

An hour later they made camp in a large clearing on the west side of the river, which was wider now than in the gorge, if less so than it had been further down its course. There were still a couple hours of light left, but they all agreed they needed to rest and recover. He, Khatia, and Snow Crow took care of the set up, insisting the two wounded just rest. Sujia made a token protest, but Edain backed Viroj by adding that he needed her to look at his own injury. That had been enough to keep her at his side and quiet.

All of this had been underwater five years ago Viroj mused as he began to prepare dinner. Yet you wouldn’t know it now, the bamboo has reclaimed it all! He was worried about Edain’s wound, it had looked too red and inflamed when he’d glimpsed it after Sujia had removed the bandages. His cooking suffered for his distraction, although no one complained or even seemed to notice. As Snow Crow took care of the cleanup, he came over to Edain to took a closer look at his friend’s injury.

“That is looking far worse than it did this afternoon,” Sujia said, peering over his shoulder. She was trying to hide the fear in her voice, but clearly she was as worried as he was by the angry-looking inflammation around the deep gouges. “Perhaps you should try that healing ritual of yours on the Pona Hanni…  Khatia has said it saved her life in the high passes when you first met…”

“Yes, I was also thinking it was time to attempt an invocation of the Silken Wrappings of Ki,” Viroj replied, and sat down cross-legged to the left of Edain. Sujia crouched down on his right and watched intently as he prepared himself. Not that there was much for her to see… all the real work was internal, as he composed his mind and emptied himself, the better to allow Kai Yi the space within to work his healing blessing. Unfortunately, he was having a difficult time achieving the proper head space, and after twenty minutes he sighed and opened his eyes.

“I’m sorry, I cannot seem to invoke the Immortal… I fear if I continue I might actually make matters worse.”

“Well by the Pillars of Heaven, I don’t see how you could,” Khatia snorted. She had got the tents up, and stopped by to check on their leader… and didn’t like what she saw. “I can hardly blame these two, they’ve no combat medicine experience… but I thought you were more skilled at healing than this, monk.”

He frowned, but made no reply save to step aside as she moved in for a better look. She had Sujia fetch a rolled leather case from her pack, and by the light of the campfire set about re-cleaning Edain’s wound before rebinding it .

“I’d like to try and find some herbs I know of that would be beneficial – my dried ones are better than nothing, but given the state of those gouges, Edain, I think fresh would be better. No point stumbling about in the forest, in the dark, though. I’ll get up with first light and try my luck in the morning.”

“I fear we used up our luck fighting those vile Ying Shao,” Sujia said. “And you should not criticize Mekha Viroj so – at least he tried. As did you. The Immortals may answer our prayers, but not always, and sometimes only in their own time.”

“You’re right, Sujia,” Khatia sighed after a moment. “My apologies, Viroj. We’re all tired, tense, and worried, which is my only excuse.”

“No need for apology, my friend,” the Moon Monk shrugged. “As you say, none of us are at our best just now. I know the herbs of which you speak… perhaps we can seek them out together come morning.”

Khatia agreed, and with that they all turned into their sleeping rolls… except for Viroj, who had drawn the first watch.

• • • • •

Snow Crow had the third watch, and sat it perched on a boulder on the edge of the clearing. He wrapped his cloak more tightly around him as dawn approached and the wind picked up. Spring might not be far off, especially here in these lowland hills, but it was technically still winter and mornings were cold. Why couldn’t he possess a magic cloak that fought off the chill and kept its wearer warm, like a real adventurer in the ballads he loved to sing?

As the first light broke over the nearest hills his attention was drawn from his discomfort by a spider monkey sitting high in a bamboo just at the edge of the clearing. As he studied the little guy he realized, with something of a start, that the monkey was staring back at him… rather intently, too. As soon as it realized he knew it was watching, the monkey darted back further into the forest, only to turn and swing back toward him. 

Coming to rest a little closer now, it chittered at him, seeming excited… or maybe angry? It was hard to tell, as he didn’t have a lot of experience with monkeys, beyond those that certain vendors kept in the city of his birth as theft alerts.  By Mien Jai’s left tit, the racket one of those things could raise if you just happened to innocently pick up a little trinket! Still, he bore the creatures no ill will, and this one was certainly interesting, if puzzling.

Both Khatia and Viroj gave him a wave as they set off into the forest with the sky barely light enough to tell a black thread from a white one, but didn’t stop to talk. He wondered what they’d make of the little beast, then shrugged and set about stoking the fire and preparing breakfast. As he moved about their little campsite he noticed the monkey had moved and was now sitting on the boulder he’d vacated… and still watching his every move. Just like those suspicious shop monkeys, truth be told, and he laughed at the thought.

The two would-be herb gatherers returned empty handed and frustrated an hour later. Neither was particularly familiar with the environs of the Bamboo Sea, and weren’t even sure if the herbs they sought grew here. Edain’s wounds didn’t look worse, Snow Crow thought as he peered over Khatia’s shoulder when she un-bandaged them after breakfast. Not much anyway, and definitely not better. He was also feverish, which even Snow Crow knew wasn’t a good sign. 

Zhú Zu, can your magic do anything to help with this,” Khatia asked, frowning at the angry red claw marks… and the slight smell of pus, which even Snow Crow could detect. He was pretty sure that wasn’t a good sign either…

“I’m sorry, no,” the fish piped from her nearby barrel, her gold and white head peering anxiously over the rim at the humans. “The best I can do is manifest some pure, absolutely untainted water that you might use to clean the wound again. If I was… well, fully myself, I might do more, but in this form… I’m sorry.”

“Better than nothing,” the archer replied with a sigh, and used the offered water to carefully irrigate the gouges before re-wrapping the wound with clean bandages, which she had Snow Crow boil in some more of the magical carp water. Edain bore the treatment stoically, but the bard could see it pained him, and his usually weirdly pale face was flushed.

A discussion followed after the Pona Hanni had drifted into a fitful doze, and it was agreed they would stay where they were for at least another day, in the hope that rest and further treatment might help. Sujia, whose own injury, while obviously still painful, seemed to be healing as it should, remained on vigil at Edain’s side. The others moved to the far side of the clearing to discuss how they might find the herbs they sought, or others of similar efficacy that Zhú Zu might know of.

Crow, have you been feeding that monkey?” Khatia asked suddenly. “It seems strangely focused on you, in a very… un-monkey-like way. Not that I know much about monkeys, really… but still.”

“Nope,” he replied with a laugh. “Not so much as a groat. But he’s been hanging around since dawn, or at least that’s when I noticed him…”

“It’s almost like he wants to tell you something,” Viroj said after a moment of watching the little creature. “Like he wants you to follow him, actually.”

“What, because little Shim Xi has fallen down a well and needs to be rescued?” Snow Crow laughed.

“If not that, precisely, quite possibly something equally important,” Khatia said, apparently taking the idea seriously, somewhat to Snow Crow’s surprise. “I’ve heard such creatures can be very bright… Perhaps we should follow it, if that’s what it really wants…”

A few minutes later he and the tall fire archer were pushing through the bamboo as the spider monkey did indeed seem to want to lead them somewhere. In other circumstances Snow Crow might have seen this as the perfect opportunity to once again try to seduce the intimidating warrior, but she remained focused on the task, and as immune as ever to his considerable charms. Intimidating indeed, but magnificent, even if she towers over me! And I do love a challenge…

After an hour or so, including a hop across the river via a set of conveniently places rocks, he was beginning to wonder if this was just a wild goose… well, monkey… chase after all. They were climbing a gentle rise, and he was just about to suggest they turn back, when Khatia held up a hand and brought them to a stop.

“Do you smell that?” she whispered, and as soon as she mentioned it, he did. The smell of cooking fish, faint but unmistakeable. The monkey was chittering anxiously at them, darting back and then forward, as if to encourage them to get their asses in gear. But Khatia moved them forward cautiously, until they stepped out of the bamboo forest to find themselves on a rocky outcropping overlooking a small pond, maybe twenty feet below.

Set back a bit from the shore of the pond to their left was a lean-to shelter, rustic looking but well built and clearly not new. Between the shelter and the water was a campfire, over which indeed a large fish was cooking (a carp Snow Crow noticed, glad their own wasn’t with them), and a man sitting cross-legged on a small square platform of lashed-together bamboo. He had very long, unkempt black hair, a long, wild beard, and looked quite weathered, if hale. He was tending to his cooking and at first didn’t notice his visitors. But their monkey guide hopped and jumped down the rocky slope to their left,  chattering happily. He leapt up onto the man’s shoulder and excitedly pointed up at the strangers.

The man started as he finally saw them, and his hands flew to the ground to push himself away from the fire – Snow Crow realized that his platform must be set on some sort of wheels or rollers. At the same time he noticed how very flat the area immediately around the shelter and that end of the pond was, unnaturally so. Putting it all together, along with the fact that the man didn’t leap to his feet, even though obviously startled, he surmised the fellow must be without the use of his legs.

“People!” The man burst out. “Who are you? How did—“ he stopped then, as he noticed Khatia’s armor, weapons, and generally martial bearing. He looked suddenly wary, but she must have realized why, even if Snow Crow was a little slow on the uptake. She held up empty hands and smiled.

“Have no fear, we are not Imperials, my friend,” she called down, her voice carefully light and as un-intimidating as she could make it. Which isn’t very, Snow Crow thought snarkily. “Nor are we bandits or other such folk. We are part of a group of five… well, six at the moment, I suppose… travelers on a  pilgrimage of sorts. Your monkey friend there discovered our camp last night and was very insistent on leading us here this morning. We mean you no harm… at least insofar as you mean us none.”

The man laughed at that, and seemed to relax. His posture eased and he gestured at his folded legs. “I could hardly represent a threat to a temple choir of children in my current state, much less to a warrior such as you. But please, come down and share my breakfast, there is enough for us all. Yes, even you Temu,” he added, chucking the spider monkey under the chin. 

Snow Crow, at least, wasn’t averse to the idea of second breakfast, and led the way down the slope to the little camp. Khatia followed at a more dignified pace, and made the formal introductions as they sat cross-legged to either side of the fire – close enough for conversation but not so close as be threatening.

“I am very pleased to meet you,” the man said, and his sincerity was palpable. He quickly divided the fish and passed portions to them on wide leaves. “You are the first human beings I’ve spoken with in… it must be five years now, which seems impossible when I think on it. My name is Fa Zhon, a native of a little village—“

“What?!” Snow Crow blurted out, leaping back to his feet and sending his fish to the ground. “We’ve been looking for you — well, for your bones, at least — this whole trip. Honestly, I figured we’d be lucky to find a skull, so this is amazing!”

Fa Zhon looked stunned, while Khatia just closed her eyes for a moment – Was she counting to ten? he wondered. Whatever for? Before he could continue, however, she took up the thread and quickly explained their recent adventures, including the fate of Songxi and their meetings with his family and friends.

“This is so overwhelming,” Fa Zhon said after she brought the tale up to yesterday’s fight with the Ying Shao. “I knew my poor parents must think me dead, and that has been an ache in my heart worse than any physical pain I’ve endured. But it is good to know that they still live, and that my home remains standing – I knew Songxi must have been destroyed, but had hoped Yaohima might survive.”

“Well, with any luck we will be able to reunite you with your family soon,” Khatia said. “We are on our way to Loushang Mountain and the Dragon’s Gate, and once our errand there is done we will return for you and see you safely home.”

“What? No, please take me with you!” Fa Zhon said, looking suddenly desperate. “I would rather risk the dragon again, even certain death, then stay here another hour! I know the way to the Dragon’s Gate, and perhaps I can be of some use if you do find the Guardian, for I have spoken to her myself. Please…”

“I’m not sure your… rolling device… will be able to keep up,” Snow Crow said dubiously. “I mean it’s very ingenious and all, but…”

“No, I will have to carry him,” Khatia said with a deep sigh. She didn’t actually look too put out by the idea Snow Crow thought… and it was true the guy was rather short, all bone and lean muscle beyond his withered legs. Probably didn’t weigh 90 pounds, really.

“In return,” Khatia went on, “it is occurs to me there is something you might help us with. You are a native of the Bamboo Sea, and have somehow managed to survive out here for five years alone and crippled. You must be familiar with the plants to be found hereabout, yes?”

“Indeed, Lady,” the unwilling hermit replied eagerly. “Before my ill-fated trip to the Mountain, I was apprenticed to our healer and I have, out of need, taught myself more in these lonely years.”

“Good! And I’m no lady, so Khatia will do just fine. As we make our way back to our camp, can you show me the way to any healing herbs that might help our injured companion?” She named the specific plants she and Viroj had fruitlessly sought, and Fa Zhon agreed he knew where to find at least one, and suggested other possible substitutes. 

“Very good! Now gather anything you might need, and let us be off. Along the way I would be interested in hearing the tale of how you came to be hear, and how you have survived.”

There was little the man wanted to take beyond his rolling platform, which Snow Crow was tasked with carrying. As they prepared to leave the little homestead, the bard noticed that a band of at least thirty of the little spider monkeys had gathered, unnoticed, in the trees around the pond. They stared down silently at the humans, and Fa Zhon looked suddenly sad.

“I will miss you my friends,” he said, and the emotion in his voice was raw. “You saved my life many times over, and I will never forget you. But I must return to my own people. Thank you.” Then he turned his head away. But Snow Crow saw a tear on his weathered cheek as he did. 

Before they had gone far, however, there came a sudden chittering from behind, and the monkey who had led them here raced across the clearing to fling himself onto the surprised man. 

Temu, what are you doing?” he scolded, although a laugh puffed from him as his little friend grabbed his hair and settled himself on his shoulder. “You can’t come with us… what about your family?” 

The young monkey looked back at his tribe, scattered through the tress around them, and one raised a paw… was it the little guy’s mother Snow Crow wondered? Temu raised a paw in return, then looked away, refusing to be parted from his human friend. In the end the humans gave up trying and pushed on into the forest.

It took them twice as long to return, as Fa Zhon led them to several spots off the direct path where they gathered various herbs and other plants. As they traveled he told his new friends about his life in the past five years, and Snow Crow diligently committed the tale to memory. This was good stuff, and he was sure he could turn it into a half-way decent ballad… with a little creative licenses, of course.

“I was proud, if a little nervous, to be chosen to seek out the Guardian of Loushang Mountain,” Fa Zhou began. “It took me three days, traveling up the dry bed of our poor little creek, to reach the lake the dam had created. I passed through the terraced fields on its west side, avoiding the little village on the eastern shore, and reached the Dragon’s Gate in the late afternoon. For awhile I received no answer, although I was sure I was doing the ritual aright. I was about to give up when suddenly, from the mists atop the waterfall, she appeared.

“The Guardian Dragon was as beautiful as all the stories had said, shining white and gold in the afternoon sun, and seeming to gleam with her own inner light. She was maybe a bit smaller than I’d expected, but of course stories always exaggerate.”

Snow Crow mentally nodded agreement to that. As a story teller himself he was well familiar with the little tweaks reality almost always needed to make the essence of truth come through, even if  the precise details weren’t strictly accurate.

“She was gracious and kind as she asked my business, and I explained what had brought me. The drying of our creek was destroying our livelihood, and we sought her aid. Rain, if nothing else, but could she restore the Little Sister? She agreed she would do what she could, and with protestations of gratitude I left her at the Dragon’s Gate, content in a job well done. 

“I returned down the east side of the lake then, thinking to spend the night at Laketown. There was no inn of course – despite its name, the place was barely twice the size of Yaohima, and considerably smaller than Songxi. I found a farmer (what else?) who was willing to let me sleep in his barn, and whose wife fed me a nice dinner of rice and vegetables with a bit of chicken. I was tired, and retired after helping clean up a bit and chop some wood.

“I was awakened sometime in the night — I’ve never been sure of the exact hour, other than it seemed late — by a terrible shaking of the earth. A terrible storm was raging when I ran outside, one I had slept through somehow, and I was almost killed then as a tree was uprooted by the wind, narrowly missing me. I was soaked in seconds, and in a panic I turned to the house, but it was already empty, the family having fled before me. In the frequent flashes of lightning I could make out people fleeing to the east, where I knew lay the new road the Imperial engineers had built to allow the dam’s construction.

“I would have headed that way myself, but before I could there was another tremendous jolt of the earth and I was knocked off my feet, rolling and sliding down the hill toward the lake. By the time I regained my feet I saw the dam, illuminated by a burst of sheet lightning that turned the night to day for an instant, crack near its center. Instantly the waters tore that crack into a gaping rent, then darkness returned. The next bolt of lightning revealed almost nothing left of the dam and water roaring down the canyon, with a sound I felt more than heard, as the lake began to drain.

“I turned to run again, but now the earth beneath my feet seemed to turn to liquid, flowing toward the quickly shrinking lake. I struggled to keep my feet, but I was carried backward, along with the barn, the house, the trees, everything… it seemed to me that the land to my right was not moving, and I fought my way in that direction, knee deep in flowing mud and surrounded by the wreckage of the village… I swear I had made it to solid ground, or almost, but my memory is hazy. The last thing I do remember is a blinding flash of light and searing pain.

“I don’t think the lightning actually struck me, but hit the sodden earth so close to me that its energy flowed into my legs. When I awoke, it was early morning, the storm was over, the sky was clearing, and I was more than half buried in mud. It was then I found that my legs no longer obeyed me, indeed I could feel nothing of them. I pulled myself out of the sucking mud by the strength of my arms alone, and in doing so I saw a young monkey caught in the branches of a shattered tree.

“Soaked, caked in mud, I thought the poor thing must be dead until I saw a paw move feebly. It was trying to clear its mouth I thought, and… I don’t know why, given my own condition, but all I could think of was that I had to save it. I pulled myself to the tree, and was able to reach the little creature, pulling it onto my chest as I rolled over. It was barely able to breathe; I cleared its mouth of the muck and helped as it hacked up more, until it could draw a proper breath again. 

“Then we both just lay there, beneath the tangled branches of the fallen tree, exhausted. It fell asleep on my chest, its arms around my neck, and I soon followed. Which probably saved my life. I was awakened some time later – it was still morning, but I think several hours had passed — my the sound of voices. I tried to croak out something, but my own throat was dry… I lifted myself to see through the branches. Maybe twenty yards away I saw four Imperial Rangers, who seemed to be yelling at two frightened-looking farmers – one an older man, the other a young woman. 

I again tried to call out, but could only croak, and over the sound they were making no one heard me. I was very glad of that a moment later, when two of the Rangers, at the command of a third, pulled out their swords and drove them into the poor farmers. They left the bodies were they fell, and then set off southward, toward the remains of the dam… and the gorge beyond I suppose. They never looked my way, and I shrank back to make myself as invisible as I could in case they did.

“The rest is rather tedious to tell, really. The monkey, as you probably guessed, was Temu here.” He paused to stoke his friend’s cheek, and the monkey ran his own free hand affectionately through the man’s beard. “He stayed with me that first day, until his mother and some others of his troop found us. She snatched her baby away, of course, and they vanished back into the woods. I prepared myself for death, as I could see no way for me to survive… especially if soldiers were killing any survivors. Perhaps I should have called out, I thought… it would at least have been a quick death.

“Then several of the monkeys, including Mama, returned just before sunset. They brought me food, in the form of fruits and several birds eggs, all of which I devoured without hesitation. They also brought me water, cupped in leaves, and over the next tenday they continued to do tend to me regularly. I regained some strength, and some hope. I pulled myself about by my arms, with the monkeys bringing me sticks and then bamboo poles to use for leverage.

“Eventually, it was they who led me to the clearing with the pond where you found me. I don’t know if that was where they had always called home, or if they moved there afterward, but for the last five years, having adopted me, they have  helped me in ways I would not have believed if I hadn’t experienced it.”

Yes, this is going to make a great ballad, Snow Crow thought with an inner grin as they retuned to camp, about an hour before noon. If I can’t make this tale a money-maker I don’t deserve the blessing of Mien Jai!

After amazed introductions, and a recap of Fa Zhong’s story (which Snow Crow appreciated, as it solidified the key elements in his mind), Khatia set about making a treatment that she felt sure would cure Edain’s seriously worsening infection. She’d had the idea of adding a dose of the Potion of Giant Strength to her usual decoction of the herbs they’d harvested.

“I noticed the other day when we took the potion in Jian Li’s cave that a gash I’d given myself the day before, cutting some bamboo for skewers, was entirely healed afterward. My theory is the potion not only increases physical strength, but the strength of our bodies’ natural defenses as well.”

“So why not just give him a dose directly,” Snow Crow asked as he watched her work. 

“Because I’m not sure, and I don’t think a super-strong Edain in a feverish delirium is something we want to deal with. Or even could, without wasting more doses on ourselves to subdue him. Besides, I want to concentrate the effects, if any, on the infected wound, not spread them around the whole body.”

But he was only half listening at that point, his imagination seized by a sudden inspiration. He had some training in alchemy himself, even if the temple instructors had not been best pleased when he would hare off to that old alchemist on the Street of Miracles instead of working on his perfumery skills. By the Seven Virtuous Immortals, he’d thought, when was he ever going to need to make perfume, even if he had a knack for it? No, alchemy was his preference, if he had to play around with smelly ingredients.

Speaking of smelly, those feathers he’d surreptitiously plucked from the corpse of that harpy might be just the thing… combined with some magical water from the carp, surely something that foul, combined with something that pure, must make a powerful potion… yes, this just might work.

That evening after dinner, when a visibly recovering Pona Hanni politely, but very firmly, refused an offer to dose him with his Healing Crow Elixir, Snow Crow was disappointed, but not terribly surprised. The stuff did smell like a tenday old corpse that had been left in a bog… he nonetheless offered a dose to Sujia, whose own wounds had been treated with Khatia’s paste, despite the young monk’s insistence that she was fine, really.

She’d just stared at him for a moment before saying “Insanity is doing the same thing over again and expecting a different result.” Then she performed a little dance in celebration of all the healing, the real healing, that had occurred today.  

And it had been a terrible dance, he consoled himself as he quietly dumped his elixir out in the river before taking first watch. He then tossed the vial itself in when he couldn’t rinse away the damn smell…

• • • • •

The next morning found Edain almost entirely back to full health. Khatia’s on-the-fly healing paste had broken his fever within hours of being applied, and by morning the gouges were faded to red welts and the flesh around them was no longer swollen or inflamed. He didn’t have quite his full range of motion back in that arm, but was confident it would return in due course. Sujia’s injury was even less visible, the claw marks barely more than white lines on her skin. She and the Pona Hanni would bear similar scars, but she was, very secretly, pleased to have such a connection to the Holy One.

Between Jian Li’s map and the directions of Fa Zhon, it took the group just three hours to reach the natural cauldron of stone carved from the cliffs on the upper slopes of Loushang Mountain that was the Dragon’s Gate. Tiered and fractured walls of shelved stone curved out to enclose two thirds of the bowl, leaving it open to the southwest. A waterfall more than 100 feet high cascaded from the clifftop with a never ending roar, boiling into the circular pool below. Spray filled the air around it with a rainbow mist, obscuring the top of fall. 

Rising from that mist was a massive torii gate, apparently carved from the living stone of the mountain, over thirty feet tall. Its two upright pillars straddled the plunging water, its curved horizontal lintel spanned it, all of it covered in patches of brilliant red moss. At the southwest side of the pool, where the river flowed out into a narrow canyon and plunged down in a series of lesser falls and rapids, stood a construction of carved and fitted stone which upheld a circle of brilliant golden metal facing the waterfall. A natural bridge of stone arched across the river from east to west and curved down to end near the device.

As the group crossed the bridge and approached the dragon’s summoning device, so familiar to him despite the intervening years since he had first seen it, Fa Zhon was experiencing a confusing swirl of emotions. The strongest was, of course, relief and even exhilaration to finally be free from his long enforced isolation, whatever might come next. Embarrassment at having to be carried, and by a beautiful (if very strong) woman at that. But there was also fear – of the immediate future and the possibility of meeting the Guardian again, and fear of how his family would receive him. 

Overjoyed to learn he yet lived, he was sure. At least at first… but life was hard for peasants, even amidst the bounty of the Bamboo Sea. Would they regret having a cripple to care for, when their own subsistence was never as assured as they might like? But he had cared for himself for five long years, the help of his arboreal friends not withstanding. He would have to make them see he wasn’t a burden, despite his disability…

It is an odd group I’ve fallen in with, he thought as the sun-haired foreigner, who seemed to be their leader, approached the dragon’s device and performed the brief ritual Fa Zhon had taught him on the journey up the mountain. Not that I’m ungrateful for them, not at all! They just seem such an unlikely band… 

Two monks of Byan’gon, one of them a foreign giant, the other a young woman of uncomfortable silences and enigmatic utterances; another monk of Kai Yi, a sworn demon hunter, yet strangely affable; the powerful fire archer, professional, intimidating, and yet unusually kind for one of her profession (at least in his limited experience with the breed); and then there was the strange youth who seemed to be some kind of entertainer — definitely a type that he’d had no previous experience of— who seemed affable enough, if a bit odd. Good singing voice, though. How they had come together was no doubt an interesting tale, and perhaps he’d hear it if today went well…

Not that they were off to a great start. Edain had tried several times, and as far as Fa Zhon could see he was doing everything right – it wasn’t a complex or precise sort of ritual – yet no dragon appeared over the roaring falls. The archer, Khatia, had set him down with his back against a large boulder, next to the barrel containing their talking carp, where they could both see what was going on. But not really hear, over the echoing roar of the never ending fall of water. He was more than a little spooked by the talking fish, and was just as glad he didn’t have to make small talk with it. 

He wasn’t sure what the others were saying to one another, but apparently some sort of debate was going on. No doubt as to how they should proceed, since there was no dragon. Go home would’ve been his suggestion, since it wasn’t like they could climb up to the Guardian’s— he gaped in surprise as the youth (Snow Crow they called him) grabbed a large coil of rope from one of their mules and began to scale the narrow cliff face to the left of the waterfall. Was he insane?!

Maybe, but he was also very athletic and agile. He moved steadily up the slick, mossy rocks with neither undue haste nor dangerous hesitation. Once or twice it seemed he’d lost his grip, and Fa Zhon’s breath caught, but each time he managed to hold on, and continue with no apparent diminishment of his confidence. By the time his compatriots had noticed him, he was more than halfway to the top.

The Kai Yi monk, apparently not to be outdone by a mere youth, made to follow… he only made it about ten feet before loosing his grip on the slick stone, sliding and scrabbling back down to land on his ass. No injury done, except to his dignity, Fa Zhon thought… and really, he was almost convincing, pretending he had only meant to test the face, not make a serious climb. When Snow Crow vanished into the mist at the top of the cliff they all watched anxiously… but in just a few minutes the rope came flying out of the rainbow brightness to slap against the cliff, apparently secured to something up top. 

Viroj came over to Fa Zhon, and hefted the barrel with the carp in it onto his back with the help of Khatia. She then crouched down and motioned for Fa Zhon to put his arms around her neck. With a faint grunt she rose up, and once again he was forced to endure the embarrassment of having Sujia secure his legs about his “mount’s” waist with sturdy cords.

While this was going on, Edain had used the rope, after a cautious test to make sure it really was secure, to clamber up the cliff almost as quickly as his musical friend had, only slightly hampered by his still healing left arm. Khatia and he were next, their ascent considerably slower. They were over halfway up when they almost met disaster. Her foot slipped just as she had released the rope with one hand to reach for the next handhold, and they began to fall backward. 

Although Khatia still had one hand on the rope, Fa Zhon’s added weight almost ripped it from her grasp, until he reached out and grabbed it himself, gritting as it momentarily burned his palms until his own tremendous upper body strength arrested their incipient plunge. With a gasped “Thanks!” the archer recovered and resumed the climb.

Edain and Snowcrow were there at the top to pull them up, and she bent to catch her breath. “No point in putting you down yet, my friend,” she said when he suggested it. “Not until we know what’s next. I mean, you never made it up here last time, right?”

“No, you’re right… I have no idea what to expect now,” he had to agree. 

“Nothing but good things,” the carp piped up as Viroj staggered over the edge with his friends’ help, puffing himself. Sujia followed shortly after, carrying Khatia’s bow and quiver along with her own small pack. The mules securely tied below and left with fodder, the group now turned to figure out their next move.

They stood on a shelf of stone perhaps twenty feet deep and thirty wide, strewn with boulders of various sizes at the foot of another cliff face. To the right was the rushing water of young Zhú-Zu River and the western leg of the great stone torii arch that spanned it. There was less than ten feet between the arch and point where the water plunged over the edge, and the opposite leg was only dimly visible in the bright mist. A series of flat rocks protruded from the fast-flowing river, curving under the arch and vanishing into those same mists.

“That is the way forward,” the piping voice of the magical carp cut through the roar of the water – much less loud up here, but still enough to make conversation difficult. “We must pass through the Dragon’s Gate! To go around will only lead us to the empty mountain top… come, we are so close my friends, trust me, this is the way!”

The humans all looked at one another, and shrugged… there was no point in turning back now. With a deep sigh Khatia went first, before Fa Zhon could express his very deep unease at the prospect of her hopping from rock to rock with him unbalancing her. He had thought he didn’t really care if he died, so long as he was no longer alone… but at the moment when they tottered briefly on the third stone he learned that he actually cared very much! Fortunately the warrior caught her balance, leapt to the next stone, and then the next, and they were across.

The river behind them, they could now see that it issued from a great crack in a wall of rock some fifty feet high. From this eastern shore a broad, short canyon opened out into a large mountain meadow, surrounded on all sides by steep slopes of rock. The tops of those slopes were lost in more mist, which merged into the pearly-white of the sky overhead.

In the center of the meadow stood a great basin of worked stone, thirty feet across, filled with clear water. On the far side of the basin rose a short pillar of stone upholding a smaller basin, at the rear of which stood a large raised platform. Water flowed from the upper basin into the lower with a musical sound clearly heard over the now distant roar of the falls.

Edain was the next across, followed by Sujia. Viroj was in the middle of the river stones, Snow Crow just behind him, when he gave a great shout. They all turned to see Zhú Zu leap from her barrel, a sparkling spray of water arcing over the Moon Monk’s head, and plunge into the river. Before anyone could react, she breached the river, leaping high into the air and transforming as she did. In seconds she went from a largish golden-white carp to a very much larger golden-white dragon, golden energy rippling around her shifting form. The transformation complete, she turned and twisted sinuously in the air above them, her laughter that of pure joy.

“That is Jin Zhi, the Guardian of Loushang Mountain,” Fa Zhon shouted, right next to Khatia’s ear. She barely noticed, though, too entranced by the sheer power and beauty of the magnificent dragon turning in the air.

“I knew it!” Sujia shouted at almost the same instant, a warm feeling welling up inside at having her suspicions confirmed. But truth to tell, none of the others looked especially surprised – only awe-struck at the sight before them.

“But she is NOT Jin Zhi,” a sweet and sonorous soprano voice said, filling the air around them with a sound as beautiful to hear as the dragon overhead was to see. The dragon who suddenly pulled up short to hover very still as she stared over the humans’ heads. They turned as one to see a second golden dragon perched atop the stone platform above the meadow fountain. For the second time in a minute, they were awe-struck, this time speechless as well.

If Zhú Zu was big and beautiful, this new dragon was that redoubled. It… no, definitely she Fa Zhon thought, though he couldn’t say why… she was at least 45 feet long, he guessed, although it was hard to be sure while she was coiled on her platformn. Easily half again as large as the smaller dragon, and she gave off a sense of stately calm and majesty that spoke of age.

“If she is not the Guardian,” Fa Zhon said, the first to regain his voice, “then who is she, and why did she claim to be… you, I think, Great Lady?”

The larger dragon laughed, a sound like music, yet with a hint of melancholy in it that invoked sadness in him, rather than joy. “You are wise beyond expectation, Man of Yaohima. Yes, I am Jin Zhi, the Guardian Dragon of Loushang Mountain. And she is my daughter, Jin Hao. My daughter, and my shame.”

Zhú Zu, or rather Jin Hao, slowly moved toward her mother, all joy and excitement gone from her body language. She finally came to rest on the grass before the large basin, and bowed low. “Mother, I have lived in exile for five years, and I have striven to make right the great wrongs I caused, as far as I have been able to — although that was not far, until these humans came along. They freed the trapped souls of drowned Songxi; they restored your friend Jian Li to his home and his work; and, against all hope, they have found poor Fa Zhon alive and will soon reunite him with his family. Is it enough, Mother? May I come home?”

For a long moment the elder dragon looked down on her daughter, her blue eyes aflame with anger, and Fa Zhon was sure she would deny the request outright. But then the fires dimmed and Jin Zhi looked on her offspring with eyes that were merely sad… and maybe a little hopeful? 

“You have indeed done what I bade you, when I cast you through the Gate and confined your spirit to that humble form, Daughter,” she said at last. But have you truly learned that which I hoped to teach you? I wonder… 

“Demonstrate it to me – tell these mortals, who have taken up your cause and aided you, at some risk to themselves, the full story of that night five years ago. Most especially do you owe that truth to the one known as Fa Zhon, whom you first deceived, and so set in motion all that followed.”

Fa Zhon thought the younger dragon looked abashed, but she bowed again and turned to face the humans, who had drawn closer at Jin Zhi’s command. Khatia set him on the ground, and with Sujia’s help arranged his legs comfortably on his rolling platform, which he’d been surprised to find she’d carried up the cliff. Then Jin Hao bowed to them all and began her tale.

“The story really begins some time before that terrible night, I suppose. My mother has tutored me since I was very young in the magics of our kind, and I excelled in many ways, or so she assured me. But  as I mastered the lesser magics and simpler transformations, I grew… very full of myself. I see it now, but then all I could see were the greater magics that Mother kept from me. Hoarded for herself, I imagined, out of jealousy and selfishness. After all, I was fifty years old, practically an adult… or at least I felt that way.

“But Mother insisted I was not yet ready to learn the greater magics, the truly powerful spells she kept in her books of lore. She said I could not yet safely handle the power and responsibility that came with such knowledge. I suppose I became a bit sulky for awhile.” She ignored her mother’s snort at that. “Feeling I was being unjustly treated, though, I found ways to sneak into the library where the Greater Books of Magic were kept, and knew just enough to coax a few spells from them.

“Not that I could really practice them, of course, not here at home. And I was never allowed to roam beyond the mountain alone, because Mother was fearful of anyone learning of my existence. For my entire life she has kept me a secret!” A little unresolved resentment began to creep into her voice then, but she quickly got herself back under control and moved on.

“Then came a day when Mother was called to a great conclave of dragons, the first in over a hundred years. She could not miss it, but she would not take me — no matter how much I begged — and have my existence revealed to the world! In the end, she decided leaving me alone for a tenday or so would be the lesser of her two fears.

“On the day she departed I immediately began to practice those greater spells I had pilfered. I fancied myself growing quite skilled in a very short time. Then, on the fifth day after Mother’s departure, a human appeared at the Gate and sought an audience with the Guardian of Loushang Mountain. Well, wasn’t that me, in my mother’s absence? So I reasoned, at least, and thus I descended the falls to meet with the human.

“Though I did not directly state to you that I was my mother, Fa Zhon, I knew you believed that to be true. In allowing you to do so, I committed a lie of omission, the first of my great sins that day. For dragons, or at least golden dragons, pride ourselves on our integrity and honesty – we do not lie! Well, usually. Obviously.

“When I heard your tale of woe, I would like to say that I was moved by compassion to aid you… as I believe my mother would have been. And there was some of that, truly. But mostly I was excited at the opportunity to wield some real magic for once, and do so in the real world. I saw it as my chance to prove Mother wrong — she would come home and see what I had done, and finally teach me her greatest secrets.

“I was so lost in my fantasy I barely noticed your departure, and I immediately set about preparing myself for the task ahead. How hard could it be to open up a new channel for the spring from which your little creek rose? Even easier, surely, to bring some rain to your folk as well. What an arrogant fool I was!

“I won’t go into the details, it hardly matters, but as everyone must realize by now I lost control of those powers I sought to command. Rain quickly turned to a terrible monsoon, uprooting trees and saturating the ground all around the mountain. Even worse, however, my attempts to shift the earth  and open a new spring led to uncontrolled quakes. I tried desperately to stop what I had started, but I could not. Mother had been right, I wasn’t ready for such power… but the responsibility was mine now, for better or worse. 

“Eventually I managed to dissipate the rogue energies I had unleashed, but the damage was done. The dam was shattered, Laketown washed away in a landslide, Songxi drowned, and (I assumed) the poor human who had asked for my help was dead amidst it all. When I saw what I had done I… I hid myself away, in the deepest recess of our home. It was there Mother finally found me after her return, six days later. At first she feared I had been attacked, but when I confessed what I had done she was… very, very angry.

“In her anger at the scope of the disaster I had created, she banished me, telling me I might not return until I had made what amends for my sins were possible. Then she cast me through the Dragon’s Gate, transforming me as I fell into the carp you knew. Passing through the devastation I had caused, in time I came to drowned Songxi, only to be enmeshed in the terrible, accidental curse of the two lost lovers. For five long years I sought to break that curse, but came to realize I could not do it alone… and you know the rest.”

There was a long silence after she finished, and it was again Fa Zhon who spoke first.

“For myself, as the only one here directly wronged by your actions, Jin Hao… you seem truly contrite, and from what I’ve learned of these travelers’ tales of your journey with them, I believe you have learned from this terrible experience. And you did save my village, in the end, if not in a way anyone would have wished. I cannot speak for the dead or displaced, but for myself… I forgive you.”

Jin Hao bowed again to him, and he saw silver tears in her golden eyes.

“It seems you have learned humility, Daughter,” Jin Zhi sighed. “That is good. I know you feel the pain of all the evil you have caused, and I agree with the mortal, you are truly contrite. But if you are to return home and begin the task of regaining my trust, it is not enough. There is yet one task you must perform – you must best me in the Duel of Shaping.”

The younger dragon drew back in obvious consternation at this pronouncement. “But… Mother, I’m not ready, not strong enough… not yet!”

“And so you echo my own words to you. Yet it is a challenge you must find a way to meet, Daughter. It is the way.”

“But how…” a sudden inspiration seemed to seize Jin Hao, and she rose to look her mother fully in the eye for the first time since she’d regained here true form. “Champions! Is it not a part of the traditional Duel of Shaping that one who is outclassed may name a champion to duel in their stead?”

“Yes, that is certainly true, Daughter,” Jin Zhi replied. “But the champion must be willing, as well as able. I see where you are going… which of your human friends would you ask this of?”

“A single human against a golden dragon? That hardly seems fair, Mother. But five of them, together, might stand a chance.”

“Hmmm. That is rather irregular, but there is nothing in the ancient rules that forbid it, I suppose. Very well Jin Hao, if the humans agree to fight for you, I will allow it.”

“You have done so much already, my friends, will you face this one last challenge for me?” The young dragon asked, turning to look hopefully at the humans.

To Fa Zhon’s surprise it was the young singer who seemed most enthusiastic about this insane idea. The others took only a moment to agree, apparently as crazy as Snow Crow. He quickly wheeled himself across the surprisingly level turf to a point as far removed from the coming fight-to-be as possible, and yet let him see everything. He was suddenly grateful, even if briefly, for his withered legs— they meant he couldn’t be expected to fight. A dragon!

• • • • •

Viroj wondered at young Snow Crow’s unusual enthusiasm for the upcoming battle. He was no coward, the monk had realized that after their first fight at that ruined farm last month, but not being a fighter by nature or training the boy wisely tried to avoid combat when he could. Now he seemed to regard it as a some sort of lark…

“Since none of you are natural shapeshifters, I assume, there will have to be some adjustments made,” the large golden dragon was saying, after hearing their formal agreement to champion her daughter. “You will be allowed to use your natural gifts and customary gear, including weapons, armor, and spells or rituals known to you. No magical aids, however – no enchanted or mystical weapons, no amulets, no potions, and so on — will be allowed.”

Viroj smiled as he saw Khatia disgustedly jam the vial containing the remaining three doses of the Potion of Giant Strength back into her belt pouch. Edain also looked a little less happy as he took off the belt and scabbard holding the Sky Blade, handing them to Fa Zhon for safe-keeping. For himself, Viroj was actually glad he didn’t currently own any magic weapons… you could come to rely on them too heavily, and then be at a disadvantage when forced to fight without them.

“Let the duel begin!” Jin Zhi roared, in voice that shook the rocky hills around them and made Viroj jump in surprise. Then the dragon seemed to shimmer and melt, shrinking and condensing into the form of a gorgeous (and still very large) white and gold tiger with glowing blue eyes. Suddenly Viroj’s incipient good humor evaporated… how dare this great worm take on the holy form of Kai Yi’s companion and helper, the great white tiger Fen Yang?!

With a growl of anger, he drew his sword — but before he could close with the supernaturally beautiful beast Sujia was suddenly there, tumbling forward to come up directly in front of the tiger. Almost faster than he could see she hurled two shuriken deep into the creature’s breast. It let out a deafening roar and swiped a massive paw at the young monk. But rather than roll away, Sujia dove in under the paw and came up to drive a fist into one of the tiger’s shoulders. Her fist had that faint glow that apparently only Viroj could see when she summoned her chi, and the blow staggered Jin Zhi, causing her to stumble slightly. 

Sujia bowed respectfully to the transformed dragon, then darted aside as one of Khatia’s arrows shot through the space she’d been occupying, aimed at the tiger’s heart. But the beast let out another roar and actually leaped over the missile, to come down directly in front of Snow Crow. Running forward Viroj watched in amazement as, rather than dodging or fleeing, the troubadour ducked under another massive paw that looked to tear his face off if it connected, and plunged his dagger into the tiger’s flank. 

The boy rolled quickly aside, and the beast’s distraction gave Viroj the opportunity he’d been seeking. Leaping forward, with a deep bellow he plunged his blade deep into the blasphemous tiger’s breast, piercing its heart. With a roar of pain, the creature shimmered and flowed away from his blade, reforming into a magnificent gold and white eagle with fierce blue eyes…

• • • • •

Edain sighed as Jin Zhi shifted from tiger to eagle form. He hadn’t been having much luck with avian foes recently, and with his left arm still not fully healed, and his inability to use that magnificent sword he was holding in trust, he was less confident than he’d been when they’d agreed to this exercise…

The eagle shrieked, a piercing sound that made his ears feel like they were bleeding, and flapped its vast wings as it rode into the air. Then it stooped straight down on him, talons spread wide. Despite his doubts, Edain leapt forward to counterattack, bringing his staff around in a powerful roundhouse sweep meant to knock the bird from the sky. But it was unbelievably agile, dodging his blow with a sideway twist, and was aided by his own injured arm pulling the blow up a bit short. At least the talons meant to rip his throat out left nothing more than a slight scratch along his neck.

As he rolled away and brought his staff back up en garde, he saw Sujia standing with her eyes closed… what the void was she… ah, he realized with a start that she was trying to evoke a ritual. Whatever it was, she apparently didn’t have time to complete it, as she was forced to roll away herself when the eagle stooped on her. The talons missed her, and then the bird was forced to jink and dodge as Khatia and Viroj unleashed almost simultaneous arrows at it.

Edain saw a sudden opportunity, and ran toward Snow Crow, who had appeared uncertain how to attack an aerial foe. “Boost me!” Edain yelled, and the singer immediately caught on. 

Crouching down he cupped his hands and as the Pona Hanni’s boot landed in them he gave a tremendous heave upward, boosting his friend high into the air. To Edain’s extreme annoyance, however, the eagle was staggeringly fast, turning in midair to dodge his blow and actually ripping a chunk from his cheek! He dropped to the ground in a haze of red pain, trying not to black out. An arrow from Viroj kept the beast off him at least, even if it didn’t hit…

Through the red haze he saw that Sujia was still trying to perform her ritual as the eagle stooped now on Khatia, who had her sword out. She swung at it, dodging talons and beak, and struck it a glancing blow on one wing. This broke the graceful arc of its flight just enough for Khatia to leap up and, with a mighty swing, slice almost entirely through the other wing!

With a last shriek the eagle form shimmered and twisted as it fell, angling itself toward the great basin, where it plunged into the water…

• • • • •

Khatia felt a pang of regret as she sliced through the beautiful eagle’s wing. She had no real desire to hurt the magnificent golden dragon, in whatever form, but she was a warrior and understood the rules in this engagement. It helped a bit that she didn’t really think she, or any of them, could cause the dragon any true, lasting harm. She wondered what form Jin Zhi would take next.

The question was quickly answered as the water in the basin boiled and an enormous golden crocodile with glowing blue eyes rose up, lunging over the side in a shockingly fast waddle. Snow Crow was the closest to the beast, and to Khatia’s disbelief the fool boy somersaulted over the monster’s snapping jaws to land on its back, his ridiculous dagger slamming down on the back of its neck. The blade bounced off the armored plating, of course, and he was thrown off as the croc whipped its head around, the snapping jaws narrowly missing him.

The massive tail, whipping in counterpoint, didn’t miss him, however. Not quite. The youth’s wide grin was replaced by a surprised grimace as it caught his left foot just as he was coming down. Khatia saw him stagger into the water, rather than onto the dry land he’d been aiming for.  The croc turned to lunge after the boy, clearly sensing his disadvantage, waist deep in the water and limping, and Khatia reached for her bow.

But a shaft from Viroj beat her’s by a second – only to be smashed from the air by that massive, flashing tail. Her own arrow struck, but bounced off the armored hide, as useless as Snow Crow’s dagger. But the distraction had been enough, and the troubadour narrowly dodged the snapping jaws, rolling over the stone lip of the basin to collapse, sodden and gasping on the turf.

Edain was staggering back to his feet, blood streaming from a nasty gash in his cheek, and she frowned. He seemed to be having terrible luck lately in battle – perhaps she needed to spend more time with him sparring, work on his defenses. But the thought was shoved aside as the golden croc came surging out of the basin again, intent on biting Snow Crow in half.  Sujia moved in and hurled three shuriken in rapid succession, but each bounced off its armor as ineffectually as the arrows she and Viroj unleashed a second later.

Again, while not harming the croc, the shafts were at least distraction enough that Snow Crow was able to dodge the powerful jaws as they again tried to close on him. This time his spectacular somersault took him over the massive head and this time he wisely rolled away when he came down. Khatia drew her sword, arrows obviously being useless against this powerful form, and moved in, gauging how best to attack.

At the last second she was startled as one of Sujia’s shuriken flew past her head, having again bounced off the croc’s impenetrable hide. That distraction threw her off just enough that she didn’t see the great golden-white tail as it struck her a glancing blow on the right hip. She staggered back as the beast turned quickly, its jaws snapping shut in the air where she’d been a second before. Without conscious thought Khatia counter-stuck, driving her blade deep into the creature’s left knee joint.

It roared in pain, and in thrashing away from her nearly ripped the sword from her grasp. But she managed to pull the blade free and tumble away in the other direction. She staggered back to feet, wincing at the pain in her hip… nothing broken, she thought, but she was going to have an impressive bruise. Suddenly, she felt a wave of calm and peace wash over her… Edain must have  succeeded at invoking his Peace ritual, she thought. But I’m afraid I don’t’ want to be peaceful just now, my friend

With an effort of will she shrugged off the cloying emotions and turned back to face the crocodile – who apparently hadn’t been able to resist the divine call to peace and harmony! It was standing still and looking confusedly toward the Pona HanniKhatia didn’t hesitate. Taking a page from Snow Crow’s reckless playbook, she hurled herself onto the beast’s back and raised her sword over her head. She brought the blade down with all her considerable strength, driving it into the flesh between its shoulder blades. With a roar the creature bucked and thrashed, throwing her off with ease. But even as she landed and rolled away, it shimmered and faded…

• • • • •

Sujia took the sudden silence after the great crocodile vanished to warily move about the makeshift battlefield, recovering her errant shuriken. Khatia was breathing hard, as was a soaking Snow Crow, while the others scanned the area for the dragon’s next appearance.

Maybe it’s over? she thought. Jin Zhi didn’t say how long this duel would go on, after all…

But her hope was short lived, as once again the water in the large basin began to roil. In seconds their next challenge was revealed as an enormous golden crab rose from the water and skittered toward the rim. Its massive claws waved and snapped as it reared up to pull itself out, and Sujia saw its soft underbelly was exposed; without thinking she hurled two shuriken in quick succession. This time they struck, burying themselves deep, and golden ichor oozed from the wounds.

Unfortunately, it wasn’t enough to stop the creature, and one of the ominously clicking, clacking claws seized her around the waist, lifting her into the air. Gasping in sudden pain, Sujia struggled to free herself, looking for another unprotected target for her shuriken. The eyes, on their swaying stalks, were the only option, but seemed too small. Instead, she focused through the pain and summoned her chi into her fist once again; when the flailing claw brought her close enough, she slammed her first down directly between the eye stalks.

The claw spammed open, and she dropped heavily to the ground, clutching at her bruised torso. Before the shining crustacean could reach for her again, Khatia was there, leaping up onto the lip of the basin and swinging her sword. It sliced clean through the joint holding claw to arm, and the appendage narrowly missed Sujia as it crashed to the ground. The crab reared up and then sank back into the water, which immediately began to boil again…

What will it be this time, Sujia wondered, and began searching around for any surviving shuriken…

• • • • •

Snow Crow had taken a needed breather as the others dealt with the dragon’s golden crab form, but as the water boiled again he felt he was ready for whatever was coming next. Though he was still limping a tad from the crocodile’s assault on his left leg, his certainty that this whole fight was without real danger remained solid. A solid 90 percent, yes. Because this was just the classic form, wasn’t it? Golden dragons were known for their virtue and honesty, and as generally non-murderous, at least as far as dragons go. He was sure this was all just a pantomime, and everything would be set right again when it was over. Yes, 85 percent sure…

As a giant golden octopus rose from the turgid water, he drew in a deep breath, and dashed forward. That single golden eye was a simply irresistible target, and he really wanted to bring down one of these animal avatars himself. It wasn’t like he could really hurt the dragon, after all. From the corner of his eye he noticed that Viroj must’ve had the same idea about that eye, as an arrow was streaking toward it and –

Snow Crow almost cheered when he saw a tentacle bat the shaft out of the air. Good, just the distraction he needed to make his own move. He dove between writhing tentacles, dagger in hand, and leaped — to be brought up short with a strangled >urk< as another tentacle wrapped around his neck. He dropped the blade to clutch with both hands at the rubbery, yet steel-like, appendage that was squeezing his throat shut. His hands slid uselessly off the slippery flesh, and his sight began to grow dim…Well, maybe 50 percent sure… 

His last thought, as the tentacle hurled him across the meadow, was I can fly! before everything went black.

He came too slowly, surprised to be doing so at all… his neck felt swollen, his vertebrae lacerated and crushed, and it took all he had to struggle to one elbow. He was laying at the edge of the meadow, and a dozen yards away he saw the golden octopus still writhing around the basin, grappling with his friends. Must not have been out long, then… and Sujia is doing a better job dodging those Void-cursed tentacles than I did.

Indeed, she had gotten in close enough to hurl what looked like it might be her last shuriken right into the center of that huge eye – the spiked metal sank deep and the writhing redoubled, the great golden beak clacking in agitation. Snow Crow saw the octopus sink back into the waters, which slowly settled down again, only the ripples from the water falling from the upper basin marring its smoothness. I was right, the eye was the key he thought before darkness took him again…

• • • • •

Fa Zhon had been horrified when the tentacled monstrosity had hurled poor Snow Crow away by his neck, the body slamming into the rocky base of the cliff near where he himself sat. He’d been insane, of course, but brave nonetheless, he thought, and he was saddened —  then he’d seen the boy take a gasping breath and try to sit up. Relieve had washed over him, and even Temu, who had been cowering this entire time behind him, had peeked over his shoulder and chittered happily.

“He’s not dead yet!” Sujia had cried out, and redoubled her attack on the creature thrashing about in the pool. When she’d vanquished the horror, everyone stood still and looked warily about for the next attack. But Fa Zhon had a suspicion that had been the last one – five forms, for five opponents. He could be wrong, but he thought not.

A moment later there was a flash of white light that blinded him, and when his sight returned Jin Zhi was back in her gold and white dragon form, perched atop the fountain platform once more.

“Well done, my Daughter’s champions,” she called out in her beautiful soprano. “The forms are fulfilled, the duel is done, ancient custom is satisfied. Now gather again before me, and bring the fallen and the halt as well.”

Edain and Viroj picked up the limp form of Snow Crow, but Fa Zhon waved Khatia away when she moved toward him. He was able to move himself about on this relatively flat land, and did so now, rolling over to join the others humans at the side of the fountain. Jin Hao rested on the ground a quarter of the way around the large basin, halfway between her mother and her friends.

“And since this was a friendly duel, as such things go, let us follow another ancient custom,” the elder dragon said, “and set things all aright.” Then she reared up, her mouth opening impossibly wide, a brilliant white light growing within. Before anyone could move, a gout of white flame poured from the dragon’s mouth to engulf the six humans.

But the flame did not burn! Rather it was cool and refreshing, washing over Fa Zhon like the water of the creek at home. It was very pleasant, and as he looked around at the others he saw their hurts, their cuts, their scrapes, begin to fade away. With a gasp Snow Crow sat up, looking like he had just awakened from a refreshing nap.

“Did we win?” he asked, looking around in mild befuddlement, and his friends laughed.

Fa Zhon felt a moment of wild hope, then… until he realized his own legs still remained as lifeless as they had since that terrible night. Well, it was foolish to have got his hopes up, even magic could only do so much. Still, a knot tightened in his chest, just a bit…

“You have done well, champions of Jin Hao, and proved yourselves worthy of her trust. And mine. But what have you learned, Daughter, from all of this?”

Looking abashed, the younger dragon rose up and looked at her mother. “Truly, that no one can do it all alone, that recognizing and admitting one’s own faults is not weakness, nor is depending on others, but rather it is strength. It is possible to accomplish together what one alone could never do.”

“Good enough,” Jin Zhi said, smiling for the first time since her daughter’s return, a truly awesome sight. “But there remains one sin left for you to address, Jin Hao. Now that I release you, and you return to your true form, your native power returns to you as well. With that, you may redeem the last of your errors, at least the last that can be redeemed in this world.”

Fa Zhon thought the other humans looked as confused as he, except maybe Sujia, who smiled and nodded her head. Jin Hao seemed to understand her mother well enough, however, and she rose into the air. In the garceful, mesmerizing way the dragons had of moving through the air she flowed over the fountain and landed again, directly in front of him.

Fa Zhon, these friends have helped me redeem the wrong I’ve done to you, in ending your long isolation, and soon will bring you home again. But now it is in my power to do more, and I will not see you returned to your family less than you were when you left them.”

Golden light flowed across her body, and she wrapped herself around him, lifting him into the air. They spun around, slowly, almost sensuously, for seven turns… and when she set him back on the ground he stood and looked in amazement at her. Stood! On legs that he could once again feel, that obeyed his commands! He took a tentative step forward, and Sujia had to catch him before he fell. But she immediately released his arm, and his next step was more sure… and the next… and then he was running and whooping around the meadow. Temu clung painfully to his hair, confused but sharing his excitement…

When he at last got control of himself and rejoined the group, a bit red faced, he saw that everyone was smiling, even the dragons. He pulled the monkey from his head and bowed low to both Jin Hao and Jin Zhi.

“I thank you for this gift, beyond anything I dreamed possible,” he said. “You have my gratitude and that of my children to the seventh generation.”

“We all know that this does not amend the pain and suffering you have endured,” Jin Zhi said, her smile fading a bit. “But it is what we can do, and if you will permit me I will offer this observation: what you have gone through has changed you, strengthened you, in ways that you would not otherwise have achieved. I foresee that your story is not done yet, and I offer one last gift to you…”

A white scale, rimmed in brilliant gold, separated itself from her back and floated down to land in his outstretched hand. It was warm, with a heat he sensed would never fade, and seemed to glow with a faint white light.

“This may be used once, by you or by one of your descendants unto the seventh generation, to summon me and receive one boon that it is within my power to give. Simply hold it in a bare hand and say my name three times, with intent. I will come.”

Fa Zhon bowed again, very low, and tucked the talisman away in his ragged tunic.

“But you others also deserve well of us,” the dragon went on. “Did not my daughter promise to grant you each a wish if you aided her in her quest to return through the Dragon’s Gate?

Jin Hao looked embarrassed, but confessed that she had, rashly, made that promise. ”And I intend to keep it, as best I can… while I cannot grant wishes, as such, I can… um…” she seemed at a loss for what she might offer as a substitute. “Perhaps I can do as you have done, and offer them each a scale to summon me at great need…”

“No!” her mother said emphatically. “It is a generous thought, but you are still not yet ready to be let loose on the world, however much you’ve grown. Patience, Daughter, such a time will come. But I think another test might convince me that time is sooner than I have thought…

“You have known these humans for a time, and as our kind can do have read their souls, have you not? Then show me what you have learned of them, and of draconic wisdom. You may select from my treasury an item for each, based on what you belief they truly need. Need, mind you, not necessarily want…

“And while my daughter ponders her task, I invite you to make yourselves at home here for a time.” She nodded her head, and looked beyond the group of humans. They turned to see the two mules, with all their gear, ambling through the short canyon from the falls. Between them and the mules a large table had appeared, filled with an abundance of foods and pitchers of drink.

The dragon invited them to dine, and joined them at the head of the table, though she herself did not eat. She was a courteous host, of course, and asked to hear of their travels, and of their time with her daughter. Jin Hao remained absent, and so missed the very first rendition of The Ballad of Carrying the Carp, improvised by Snow Crow on the spot. It was a brilliant piece, and Fa Zhon thought even the great dragon was impressed — she asked for a second hearing!

After eating they set up the tents and bivouacked that night in the serene safety of Jin Zhi’s outer courtyard, Fa Zhon politely declining Snow Crow’s offer to share a bedroll. He chose to sleep under the stars, which appeared overhead as the obscuring mists faded with the sunset, with Temu company enough. He realized that it might take some time to get used to being around people again…

The next morning the two dragons appeared again, along with a rather lavish breakfast. After all had eaten their fill (the dragons excepted) Jin Hao presented the Wanderers with her gifts, in lieu of her promised wishes.

To Sujia she gave a large, lustrous pearl with eight sigils delicately carved across its surface. One was slightly larger than the others – the mark of the Immortal Goddess of Healing. The other seven sigils were the marks of the Three Celestial Dragons and the Dragons of the Four Quarters. 

“This a Pearl of Greater Healing,” she explained. “Touching a sigil and invoking the associated name will allow you to restore one being to perfect health — a gift you may also bestow on yourself. Seven of the sigils will not restore the dead to life, however… but that of the Immortal Healer Herself will, if invoked within a day of death.”

To Khatia she gave an amulet, intricately carved in gold in the shape of a dragon, with sapphire eyes. It was hung from a simple thong of black leather.

“This is an Amulet of Dragonscale Protection. When worn it increases the protective value of any other armor already worn. Even simple cloth will be imbued with a certain level of resistance to damage. Wear it well, and may it protect you from harm as you strive to protect others.”

Snow Crow received a beautiful cloak, the fibers of which seemed to shift in color and hue on one side, and to be a neutral gray on the other. A clasp of carved jade set in gold fastened it at the neck.

“This is a cloak created my the famed Xing-hazhi  [Zing-ha-SHEE] weaver Yujinu [YOON-gee-new] over two hundred years ago. If you wear it with the colorful side out, when you touch the clasp and invoke the weaver’s name, it will blend in with any environment where you find yourself. It is no cloak of invisibility, but it makes its wearer very difficult to spot, if they are careful and do not draw attention to themself.

“When you reverse the cloak, and display the neutral side, it becomes a sort of armor when the clasp is touched and its power invoked. It makes the wear more resistant to damage from blade or club or claw, and especially from flame. Not immunity, to be sure, but it may turn enough damage to make the difference in a dire situation. With the hood up, only your face, forearms, hands and feet remain unprotected. Self-healing too, if left in full sunlight for a few hours.”

To Viroj the dragon gave an earring, a simple loop of entwined threads of silver and gold.

“This is a Fortress of Will, a powerful ward against possession of any kind. It also increases the power of its bearer’s native will, providing increased defenses against psychic intrusions of any kind. It should prove invaluable to one who hunts demonkind for fun and profit.”

Edain was last, and to him Jin Hao gave thick disk of chased silver, of a size to fit in the palm of a hand. It was adorned with strange, sinuous symbols that seemed to shed the eye unless one focused carefully on them, and was cleverly hinged— when a catch was released it opened like a clam shell to reveal a mirror of silvered glass in one half, the other half of highly polished silver.

“This is a unique and powerful artifact, known as the Mirrors of Harinal. Its precise origin is unknown even to Mother, but it is very old. When it is held up and one looks through the mirror of glass, any illusion present will be revealed to the bearer. Conversely, if one gazes into the mirror of metal and focuses the minds eye on what one wishes to look like, an illusion of seeming is cast over the bearer. They appear to the world as the person they envisioned, a seeming that lasts until the bearer gazes into the mirror of glass or falls asleep.

“There is said to be a third power the Mirrors posses, involving divine revelation of absolute truth, but that is something you may have to discover for yourself, Pona Hanni.”

Once the gifts were given, and gratefully received, the companions prepared to deapart. As the others loaded the mules and organized everything Sujia approached Jin Zhi where she sat watching from atop her fountain platform.

“One thing that still bothers me about all this, noble dragon,” she began after polite greetings, “is why the Imperial Rangers were so set on murdering all survivors, at Laketown and especially at Songxi.”

“A very good question, little one, and one I have pondered during my seclusion, as I endured my daughter’s exile. I suspect it was on the orders of Lord Qing Hai the noble engineer whose brain child this the endeavor of the dam and fields was. 

“He is a haughty man, full of himself yet fearful, as such men often are. To lose the favor of a Guardian Dragon, within her own realm, would mean a tremendous loss of face to him — especially in the eyes of the Emperor, who was his direct patron. I believe the fool panicked and ordered the silencing of all who might have known that the Guardian of Loushang Mountain, as he believed it to be, had destroyed his dam in her wrath. Better to have no survivors than risk his standing at Court, in his twisted mind.”

“But I think very few had any idea where the storm and earthquakes came from,” Sujia objected. “Possibly no one, as it all happened in the middle of the night. Even Fa Zhon wasn’t certain of exactly what happened.”

“Oh, my child, to men such as he even a small chance of losing face is too much, and worth any price to avoid. He may well have felt it better to leave no survivors to complain to the Emperor — and easier to cover up that way, too.”

“Cowardice is the enemy of true vision.” Sujia sighed.

“You are very wise little monk, especially for one so young,” the dragon said, peering down at her with sudden intensity. “I sense a depth in you greater than that of many an aged sage. But also a darkness… let that wisdom in your soul guide you, child.”

With that the dragon took to the air, vanishing into the mists that once again hung over the bowl of the alpine meadow. 

“We are but guests visiting this world,” Sujia murmured to herself as she rejoined her companions. With Jin Hao’s promise to build a monument to the lost souls of Songxi at the site of the former village ringing in their ears, they moved down the short canyon toward the falls. A heavy mist obscured the way, and it seemed to her that they had already travelled several times the length of the canyon. As she was about to speak up, the mist lifted quite suddenly, and she saw that they were well down the steep valley that led up to the Dragon’s Gate!

“Dragon magic,” she said with a shrug to Khatia, who was walking beside her. “I shouldn’t be surprised… and I was wondering how we were going to get the mules back down that waterfall…”

Drowned Souls

The elderly priest had said it would be at least a three day journey from Kirai’an to Songxi, so the group set out in the early morning of 12 Byan. They had only taken a day to prepare after Edain had shared the sad tale of Zun Zhe Yi, every one feeling the urgency of old man’s situation. 

“He assures me he isn’t quite on death’s door,” Edain had said upon finishing the story the evening after his visit to the Kohan-yen hospice. “I can’t help but feel he’s not very far from it, though. The sooner we can accomplish this task for him, the better.”

“Assuming it can be accomplished,” Snow Crow had said, looking doubtful. He’d been as moved as the others by the tragic fate of the village and the old man’s dilemma, but the intimation of the uncanny left him frankly a bit nervous.

“We won’t know until we try,” Khatia had shrugged, apparently not worried in the slightest by the possibility of supernatural forces at work. “Best we get a good night’s sleep and start out first thing in the morning!”

Unfortunately, it had taken the better part of the next day to get everything arranged – supplies purchased, the pack mule loaded, maps consulted. By the time everything was ready it was mid-afternoon, and everyone agreed that it would be better get an early start the next morning.

The first leg of the journey was along a well-traveled and well-maintained Imperial road – not a major highway like the Seven Bridges Road, but an important secondary byway connecting the provincial capital with its northern and western neighbors. They made good time, even after turning off that road onto a narrower, unpaved, but still well-maintained path that wound up into the  hills north of the river valley.

The sun was low in the west when the road crested a last ridge and they saw spread out before them the famed Bamboo Sea. A restless, ever-shifting canopy of green, tinted with gold in the evening light, blanketed every hill and valley to the horizon, north, west, and east.

“By the Immortals, it’s beautiful,” Snow Crow breathed after a moment. “I can see why they name it a sea – the hills are like great waves, the sunlight shimmering on the leaves as it does on water… I feel like I should compose a song!”

“I’ve never seen the ocean,” Sujia offered, as the others also murmured over the view. “But if it’s as beautiful as this, I hope to do so one day.”

“Stick with me, and you just might,” Edain said with a smile. “Now, what does everyone think about making camp here? I know there’s at least another hour of daylight left, but I’m not sure it’s wise to enter the forest so close to dusk.”

There was general agreement, and tents and bedrolls were soon set up, while Khatia took her bow to the edges of the forest to hunt fresh meat for supper. By the time the sun vanished behind the western highlands two coneys were roasting over the fire and the wine skin was being passed around.

The next morning the group was on the narrow track winding down the hill into the great bamboo forest just an hour after dawn. The morning light, filtered through ten thousand leaves, made it seem as if they walked through a flickering green sea in truth, while the wind soughing through the towering trees hissed like waves on a strand, strengthening the impression.

“They say the Bamboo Sea is the largest bamboo forest in the world,” Viroj offered as they moved through the emerald dimness. “It covers 27 mountains and more than 500 peaks, and scholars have counted over 400 different kinds of bamboo species within it.”

“I thought bamboo was just bamboo,” Edain said, surprised. “These bamboo trees all look much the same to me, certainly…”

“Well, mostly they are,” the bearded monk said with a smile. “The majority of the bamboo here is of the turtleback variety, also called Nan… it’s by far the most useful of the bamboos. Its shoots are delicious, the young bamboo can be used to make paper, and the older culms and branches are excellent for furniture-making — and a dozen other crafts. It’s how this village we’re headed to supported its people, from what I read in the town archives yesterday.

“But there are many other species mixed in with the Nan – just over there, you see that largish clump? That’s fishscale bamboo. And coming up there, just ahead of us, is some purple bamboo… I had a small chest made of that once, it was quite beautiful.”

“There is more than just bamboo here,” Sujia added, stepping suddenly off the path and drawing her dagger. She bent down to cut something from the ground near a particularly large clump of the purple bamboo. Standing, she held up a large, fan-shaped fungus, a shiny reddish-brown in color. “See, this is the Lingzhi mushroom – very useful in many medicines, and said to bestow long life if ingested regularly.”

She tucked the mushroom into her pack, then pointed to several tall fern trees deeper in the shadows of the forest. “And those are flying spider-monkey fern trees! The stems are starchy, and quite delicious when cooked properly.”

“We called those brush pot trees when I was a girl,” Khatia said. “And yes, they were very tasty, at least the way our cook prepared them.”

“Good to know we won’t go hungry,” Snow Crow laughed. “Although I’ve seen plenty of animals this morning, so with Khatia’s archery skills I hope we won’t have to rely on just vegetables.”

Indeed, the Bamboo Sea appeared to be full of life and activity, with red pandas, several species of monkeys, and numerous foxes easily spotted as the group moved through the forest. A cacophony of birdsong filled the air as well, with glimpses of colorful plumage a common sight.

Just as an emerald dusk was settling over the forest the companions came to a small hamlet, consisting of half a dozen homes and as many outbuildings. Yaohima [yow-HEE-ma]  it was called, and it sat at a fork in the road – the wider track led off to the left, northwest, while a narrower, partially overgrown track lay to the right, northeastward. A small but merry creek brabbled down past the hamlet to join the larger river they’d been following half a mile on.

The people of the small settlement were friendly, and the companions were invited to spend the night. This common courtesy became more sincere when the travelers began to pitch their tents between two houses, and downright enthusiastic when Khatia offered up for the common pot the two pheasants she had shot that afternoon.

Edain had not bothered with Snow Crow’s disguise-creating skills on this journey, not foreseeing many people on their path to a dead and supposedly haunted village. It proved not to have been needed in any case – the twenty or so inhabitants didn’t recognize him, or even seem aware of the existence of a Pona Hanni, simply accepting him as a strange but interesting-looking visitor from foreign parts. Although one young boy had asked his mother, in a very loud whisper, if the hulking man wasn’t the Ogre of Yanduvai [YAHN-doo-vie] Gorge. The woman had shushed the child, assuring him their guest was much too pretty to be an ogre, even if he looked as strong as one.

Once the dinner was eaten and the younger children put to bed, most of the adults returned to their seats around the low fire in the central common area, and clay bottles of rice beer were produced and passed around. 

“Now we have eaten together and drunk beer,” Fa-Huan said, once the bottles had made a first round. He appeared to be the hamlet’s headman, although he claimed no formal title, and had acted as their putative host so far. “At last it is proper to speak of what brings you into the Bamboo Sea. Do you travel to Mom-chi, or is your destination still farther west?” 

Khatia had taken the lead in interacting with the locals in the face of Edain’s sudden reticence (he’d taken that crack about being an ogre a bit too much to heart, she thought), and she’d answered truthfully. She explained about the old priest and his desire to know the fate of his family and friends, but was vague about the sword and didn’t mention the possible curse at all.

Her reticence on the latter point proved moot, as the news that their destination was Songxi elicited cries of dismay from several of the locals, and mutterings about curses and ill luck. Fa-Huan sternly quieted them, although he looked rather disturbed himself.

“It would be most unwise to continue down the road to Songxi,” he said, murmurs of agreement rising from his neighbors. “For five years it has been a place accursed, and none who have ventured there have ever returned.”

“Well, we know the village was destroyed in the flood when the new Imperial damn collapsed,” Viroj said, stroking his beard as he always did when focused on a puzzle or an interesting conversation. “And that other before us have not returned to Kirai’an, certainly… but can you be sure that they didn’t leave the ruins of Songxi by another road, having found… whatever they might have sought?”

“We are certain, for there is no road beyond Songxi save the one that passes beneath Loushang Mountain and the lair of its terrible guardian, a golden dragon of great magic and power. And after what she did that terrible night, and the curse she has laid on Songxi, it is unlikely that any mortal would survive her attention.”

“Yes, I have heard of the Guardian of the Loushang Mountain,” Snow Crow replied. “Her name is… Jin-Zhi, yes? But she’s one of the minor dragons, if I remember correctly…”

“If you are even half-wise, troubadour, you will never say such a thing within her hearing,” Fa-Huan said drily. “She may not be one of the Three Celestial Dragons, nor one of the Dragons of the Four Quarters, but she is still a dragon and quite powerful enough for the likes of you or me. A lesson we here learned five years ago, at a great cost – the life of my only son.”

“I am sorry for your loss, sir,” Sujia said into the sudden, uncomfortable silence. “But can you tell us about it, and why you think this dragon destroyed and cursed that poor village?”

Fa-Huan hesitated, clearly having little taste for opening old wounds, but after a moment he sighed and nodded. “If it will dissuade you from this course of folly, I will share the story…

“When the Imperials began to build the dam across the Zhú Zu river, it was not popular with many people here in the Great Green. In fact, given how close the lake it would create would come to her home, it was hoped she would not allow it. But they say the Emperor himself sent a formal envoy to Jin-Zhi to seek her blessing before construction began. He must have been persuasive, for the project proceeded with no action from the Guardian of Loushang Mountain.

“The dam caused some disruption in Songxi, as the waters of the river were for a time blocked, but it was a temporary inconvenience and the river flowed again soon enough. But then, a month after the Zhú Zu returned to normal, our own small stream suddenly dried up, overnight. We soon learned that the growing lake behind the dam had swallowed the spring from which Xiǎo xī mèi [sh-oww-she-MEE] (Little Sister Creek) flowed.

“We hoped that, like her larger sister, our water would return… but as the days passed the bamboo along our vanished creek began to suffer, and the modest crops we grew were withering. It was decided that we should send our own envoy to Jin-Zhi at Loushang Mountain, for it is well known that she cares for all this land and its people, and in the past has sometimes granted humble petitions for rain or other relief from besetting troubles. My son, Fa-Zhon, volunteered to go, and set out on the three day journey to the north.

“It was on the fourth night after his departure that the sound of thunder came from the north… distant, and yet in my heart I felt a dread I could not explain. Hours later the flood came, and the terrible fate of Songxi. We were lucky, for our homes sit on this slope, not in a great sunken vale like Songxi… even still, the waters came very close to our own homes…”

The older man trailed off, looking weary and sad. After a moment his wife took up what was left of the story.

“Our son never returned, and though my husband and two of the others sought him after the waters had returned to their natural state, they found no sign he had survived the flood. When the birds of the forest, with whom young Rei can sometimes speak, cried out that it had been the dragon herself who summoned the storm and the earthquakes that destroyed the dam, they feared to go further, and despaired. Was it our request that had enraged the golden dragon? Had she devoured poor Fa-Zhon, or had he perished in the flood?

“From the ridge above the ruins of the dam, as close as they dared approach, they saw the raw mud of what had been the lake, the collapsed terraces of farmland, and no sign of the village that had sat upon the lakeshore. Loushang Mountain was wreathed in clouds even still, with no sign of Jin-Zhi, thankfully. The men returned, following the course of Xiǎo xī mèi, which was flowing once again…

“After their return, when everyone who visited the ruins of Songxi began to vanish, and even the birds and animals had forsaken the place, we knew the dragon must have placed a fearsome curse upon that place. It’s been two years or more since the last person approached those ruins close enough to feel the grief and horror… and see the ghosts that haunt them now! Please believe us, it is your lives you will cast away if persist in this folly!”

Only Fa-huan came out to see the travelers off early the next morning. He said no more to try and discourage them in their purpose, but it was obvious he thought he was speaking to the dead, even as he blessed them. He watched from the edge of the hamlet until he was lost to sight in the heavy morning mists that shrouded the bamboo forest.

As the morning wore on, it became clear the residents of Yaohima had not been exaggerating when they said all bird and animal life had abandoned the area surrounding Songxi. Not even the sound of insects broke the eerie green silence that surrounded and oppressed the companions. No one was much inclined to speech as a feeling of great melancholy began to weigh them down, even Snow Crow’s usual exuberance subdued to silence.

Viroj was the first to break the gloomy silence in over an hour when suddenly veered off the overgrown, but still clearly visible road. “Look, do you see over there? It looks like a horse…”

The others joined him as he stood several yards into the edge of the forest, staring down at what was, indeed, the corpse of a horse. It lay mostly on its side, its legs turned beneath it, and several dark feathered shafts sticking from its rump and neck. The beast looked strange, its flesh withered and almost mummified, which seemed impossible in such a humid place, but there was little smell or other sign of decay.

“It looks to be a draft animal,” Khatia said, crouching down to more closely examine the arrows. “It was shot from behind, and at a gallop if the position of its legs is any indication. And by Imperial Rangers! Or at least archers using the distinctive arrows of the Rangers. But why would—“

At that moment Sujia, who had moved around to the far side of the felled animal, let out a sharp cry and dropped to her knees. Half hidden beneath the horse and curled up along its neck was the body of a child. Preserved in the same strange way as the animal, it was impossible to be sure if it was a boy or a girl… and it was sporting its own arrow, jutting from its small back. 

“Surely these can’t be directly related to the flood,” Snow Crow muttered, looking a bit pale. “I don’t see how… I mean, there’s no way these bodies are five years old, right?”

“It’s… very hard to say,” Viroj replied, still studying the remains. “I’ve never seen, or even heard, of anything quite like this… but I think these bodies may really be that old. If so, there is some powerfully magic at work here.”

“As we had already suspected,” Edain sighed. “Let’s all keep alert, I think we must be very close to the site of village now.”

Indeed, only a hundred yards further on the road rose up a gentle incline, at the top of which the group saw their destination at last. A dozen yards beyond the crest where they stood the road sloped down again, vanishing into the dark waters of the small lake that now filled the vale of Songxi. Remnants of the mornings mists rose up from those waters… along with the roofs of maybe two score buildings and numerous thick clusters of lush bamboo. Floating lily pads, with a rainbow of flowering blooms atop them, drifted thickly through the wisps of vapor.

Just before it dipped into the water the road passed through the triple gates of a tall tori arch, its cross beam painted the traditional red, somewhat faded by sun and weather. A few yards to the gate’s right the river flowed sluggishly out of the lake between shallow banks 20 feet apart. To the left of the gate a long bamboo boat was drawn up on the shore. 

“This must be the River Gate which old Zun Zhe Yi spoke of,” Edain said, looking up at the arch. “Which means the village shrine must be off to the left there, beyond that bunch of roofs and large stand of bamboo.”

“And here’s a convenient way to get there,” Snow Crow laughed, examining the nearby boat. It looked sturdy enough, even if a bit crudely made, and would easily accommodate the five of them. “Well, except there doesn’t seem to be any way to paddle the thing about…”

With a snort of derision and some muttered words that sounded something like “useless civilians,” Khatia stalked off toward the nearest large stand of bamboo, drawing her blade. In just a few minutes she had cut and fashioned a 10’ long pole of the material, whirling it about in what Snow Crow thought a very martial manner as she strode back to the boat. Motioning at the troubadour to help, the two of them pushed the craft out into the water, then she hopped aboard, using the pole to hold it in place.

Sujia tied the mule to a post on the tori arch while the others climbed aboard the boat, with various expressions of doubt in evidence. She was the last aboard, and almost fell into Viroj’s lap as Khatia poled them away from the shore and out onto the dark waters. Through the the crowding lily pads Sujia caught flashing glimpses of golden fish darting about them.

“Well, I suppose not all life has fled the area after all ,” the Moon Monk said when she pointed them out to him. “But there’s also more than carp in these waters,” he added, nodding toward two shadowy forms caught in tangles of flood debris several feet beneath the boat.

Khatia peered over, and raised an eyebrow. While the water looked dark from a distance, it was actually quite clear up close, and she could see enough to recognize the two shapes as the bodies of Imperial Rangers. “And they look as oddly preserved as the horse and child,” she added after identifying them for her companions. “Even odder, actually, if they’ve been submerged for any time… a little bloated, but not nearly as much as you’d expect…”

“When it comes to all things war-like, Khatia knows everything,” Sujia murmured when no one else offered a comment on this news. Khatia sighed and renewed her poling.

Most of the buildings they were passing through seemed to have been private homes, the ones closest to the new shore only half-submerged – one could have waded into them, had one been so inclined. No one seemed to be so inclined… perhaps it was seeing the cobblestones of streets, the small fences around yards, the little signs of domestic life so eerily preserved, but the feeling of melancholy and horror seemed to grow as they poled on toward the center of the drowned village.

The water was deeper as they went, and the buildings more nearly submerged, most with only  thatched roofs rising above the water. Beneath the rippling surface they could see debris from the flood piled up in many places, sometimes against a building, other times intruding into a building through smashed walls. In a few places this had collapsed a structure, but for the most part Songxi seemed surprisingly intact in its watery grave. 

As they came out into a wide open expanse of water, with only the ever-present clusters of lily pads visible  above, Edain realized they must have reached the village common, once the heart of the small community. Below he could see an elegant bridge arching over what must have been the bed of the Zhú Zu River where it wound through the settlement. Across the water to his right he could see a large stone building rising out of the water, the elegantly curved and tiled roofs of two towers marking the Songxi shrine complex.

“That is likely our ultimate destination,” he told his companions, “but this nearer building must be the Ancestors’ House which Zhe Yi spoke of. Since he thought that if his grandson was able to retrieve the sword he would bring both it and his wife here, and since we’re so close, I think we should visit it first. Maybe we’ll be lucky and not have to travel further in this creepy place…”

Like most of the buildings in the village, Ancestors’ House was built of wood, but was both larger than them and possessed of a red tile roof, rather than one of thatch. It also sat atop a high foundation of stone, with wide paved terraces surrounding it on all sides. A grand stone staircase led up to the terrace and the large front doors in the buildings long eastern face, the water lapping less than a foot from their top. Khatia poled them up to the stirs and braced the boat as the others disembarked.

Only Sujia, still uncertain and wary about being on the water, had trouble, stumbling as she crawled out of the boat and soaking her sandals and six inches of her robes. With a muttered aphorism that Khatia couldn’t quite make out, the young monk sat on one of the stone benches placed around the terrace and began to wring out her half-sodden garment.

The others made their way through the two large red lacquered doors, which stood half-open, into the cool dimness of the communal gathering spot. High, grated windows beneath the eaves let in enough of the gray, misty daylight to eliminate the need for torches. The interior of Ancestors’ House was one open room, sixty feet long and forty wide, with very high arched ceilings. Along  the short northern wall hung four silk banners, displaying the sigils and history of the village’s founding families, with life-size statues of their founding ancestors standing beneath them. To the south, just beyond a cooking hearth, several beautiful silk screens visually closed off that end of the space.

Their first impression, that the building’s high foundation had entirely saved it from the flood, was quickly shown to be mistaken. A line of mud stained the wall at a height of about four feet all the way around the room, and the statues had been turned askew, one toppled over altogether. A dozen or so kneeling cushions had been scattered about by the rising and then receding water, but beyond that the space seemed remarkably undamaged – even the silk screens had somehow remained upright, if with stained lower panels. A large ceremonial gong stood in an ornate frame in the center of the long western wall, the line of the high water mark less than halfway up its bronze face.

They companions spread out to search the room. Edain headed to the back wall to examine the great gong, which he found to be a magnificent piece of metalwork. After admiring its craftsmanship in detail, he cast about until he found its striker, wedged down between one of the frame posts and the wall. Pulling it free, he struck the metal disc a firm blow. The resulting deep, resonate sound reminded him of the the gongs of Tahara-Li, calling the monks to prayer or meditation… he was surprised at how strong the sudden pang of nostalgia was in him.

Viroj and Khatia first examined the ancestor effigies, made of carved and painted wood and inset with ivory and colored glass, before drifting off to other spots. Khatia drifted to the southern end of the room to explore behind the screens, while Vorij took closer look at the two enormous ceramic vases that were set the side of the entrance doors. He considered himself a bit of an aficionado of pottery, and found both pieces to be of exceptional quality for such a small, out-of-the-way place as Songxi had been.

Snow Crow saw the wood in the fire pit, gathered and ready to be lit, well dried out in the years since the flood, and decided to try his hand at lighting a fire. The day was cool and damp, and the oppressive atmosphere of sadness and dread could really use something to heat it up. Flint and steel were not his strong suit, but with a little diligence… after a minute it suddenly occurred to him that he was traveling with a fire mage and –

As if the thought had summoned her, Khatia’s head peaked out from behind one of the silk screens. “Snow Crow, you’re rather clever with locks, are you not? Could you come lend me a hand back here?”

He manfully avoided voicing the obvious double entendre, although by the narrowing of her eyes he suspected the archer had seen it in his own. Making his way past the screen himself he saw that she had already opened and quickly rifled through two tall wardrobes that sat against the southern wall.

“Nothing of much interest there,” she said, following his gaze. “Linens, ceremonial robes, incense, that sort of thing. What’s more interesting, I suspect, is this.” She gestured at a large, gilded chest, low slung and rather elegant-looking, which sat between the wardrobes. It sported a very serous-looking bronze lock, and he knelt down to examine it more closely. Pulling some specialized bits of metal from an inner pocket of his robe, he quickly became immersed in the effort to defeat the lock. He hardly looked up when he heard the gong ring out, nor noticed Khatia moving to investigate.

What did break his concentration a moment later were the shouts of alarm from beyond the screens,  Edain’s deep voice urgently invoking his Peace of Inspiration ritual, and Suija crying out for someone to “look out, it’s right behind you!” Snow Crow surged to his feet and moved to join the others, but was brought up short at the eerie sight before him.

Near the center of the room, two translucent shapes, shimmering as if made of water, were shambling forward. The female-looking one was almost on top of Viroj, the other, male, form seems to be angling toward Edain. As Snow Crow watched, Khatia made a dramatic gesture at that male figure, ending with one finger pointed straight at it – there was a spark from the fingertip, and a wisp of smoke curling up to quickly dissipate in the damp air. By the expression on her face, he thought she had expected rather more of an effect…

Suija was beginning to chant as it became obvious that Edain’s invocation was having no effect on the liquid horrors. Snow Crow recognized the words as an invocation of the Song of Defense ritual. Unfortunately, the watery shapes continued to move forward, slowly but inexorably, their eyes agog and mouths gaping as though trying to breathe. The female one reached out an arm toward Viroj, who stumbled hastily back, his own eyes going suddenly wide. His hands moved to his throat, and he hacked once, twice, and then shook his head as if shaking off some attack.

Khatia drew her sword and moved to place herself between Edain and the male apparition, even as the Pona Hanni stumbled back, his left elbow solidly striking the gong behind him. A mellow “bong” rang out, and for just an instant both ghostly figures seemed to pause. Kahtia took advantage of this fleeting hesitation to leap forward and cut her blade clean through the creature’s torso. Without out a sound – the things had been utterly silent so far – the apparition fell apart, suddenly no more than a human-sized blob of water, which splashed to the gray planks of the floor.

Snow Crow’s elation at this seemingly simple defeat of one of their foes was short lived. Within seconds of its dissolution the water that had formed the creature began to move and gather itself together. Another dozen seconds saw it rising up, a pillar of water, and then coalescing back into the form of the same tortured-looking man. With a curse, Khatia drove in again, and again slicied her blade through the things substance, but this time to little effect. 

Snow Crow glanced toward the pile of logs he’s been trying to light, wishing now that he’d been more diligent at the task… perhaps flaming brands might drive them back? On the other hand, if Khatia’s fire magics weren’t doing the trick… his own skills were neither particularly martial nor arcane, but if there was any weapon in this place to fight these monstrous things, he thought it must be in that locked golden chest. He whirled back and dropped to his knees again, and began working the lock picks…

•••••

Edain racked his brain for some way to fight, or at least hold off, these watery ghosts – and he was certain they were ghosts, of a man and a woman drowned in the flood no doubt – but if his most potent ritual was useless what could he do? Physical weapons, as Khatia was demonstrating, might disincorporate them briefly but seemed to do no lasting harm. Then he remembered the spirits’ brief hesitation when he’d jammed his elbow into the gong… he picked up the striker.

“They seemed to respond to the sound of the gong,” he called to Sujia, who now stood between him and Khatia (and the ghost, he realized). “Maybe it can control them!”

“Or summon two more of them,” the monk muttered darkly. But she made no move to stop him.

He struck the bronze disc a powerful blow, and the deep sound it made echoed and reverberated around the room. The two tortured spirits stopped, and turned to stare at Edain and the still-vibrating gong. But as soon as the last echo died out, they began to move again, reaching out toward Khatia and Viroj.

“Blessed One,” Sujia called out urgently. “Remember the regular, constant rhythm of the call-to-mediation back home – perhaps that is what is needed?”

“Brilliant! Thanks Sujia,” Edain replied, and he began to beat out the steady, familiar rhythms of Tahara-Li’s ancient summons…

•••••

Khatia’s opponent reached out toward her, she experiences the echos of their drowning, as had Viroj earlier, and like him wards off its full effect. Leaves her shaken though. While the spirits seem held at bay by the steady beat of the gong, she moves to retrieve four bells she sees on a shelve next other the gong.

Viroj has retreated to the others, she hands him and Sujia bells, and they attempt to make music to drive back the haunts – gong, bells and singing, while Sujia chants verses from the Heart Sutra, but she is unnerved by the ghosts, and her own heart isn’t in it. Unfortunately, they are uncoordinated and discordant, and serve rather to break the spell Edain had been weaving, not reinforce it.

“Can NONE of you keep a beat?!” he cried in frustration.

“Sorry, no,” Suija replied. “The space between notes makes music… but I can find no space.”

The two ghosts move forward again, the gong no longer seeming to affect them. The female again attacks Viroj, who this time succumbs to the drowning curse – he begins to experience the ghosts death by drowning as if it was his own and collapses, gasping, to the floor.. The male attacks Edain, who easily wards off the same attack.

At this point Snow Crow bursts forth from behind the screens with the wand he has discovered in the golden chest. He had grown frustrated with his failure to open the locks and had finally said “fuck it” and used a nearly wood axe to smash the lock open.

Now he aims the rod, mutters the control word (he hopes) whose sigil was etched into its base, and sends a freezing blast of cold into the male ghost. It solidifies, Khatia drops her bell and cleaves the specter in two with her blade – and this time it doesn’t reform. 

While Khatia is busy dispatching her consort, the female ghost moves on, leaving the flopping, “drowning” Viroj to go after Edain. Suija summons her inner chi and channels it into her fist, smashing the ghost in her chest, causing a flare of blue-white light to blow it apart.

It begins to reform, but Edain is there with his staff to knock it apart again. Unfortunately, a flailing pseudopod of water hits him in the throat, leaving him on his knees, gasping for air. But before the ghost can fully reform and take advantage of his vulnerability, Khatia has nocked an arrow and sent it flying. It bursts into flame midair, strikes the ghost, and blows it apart in a cloud of steam.

Viroj is on the verge of death, until Edain uses his Voice to command him to BREATHE! Everyone takes an involuntary deep breathe, including the Moon Monk.

They raft over to the temple, examining the watch tower in passing but not stopping there. On the temple, whose entrance is blocked by flood debris, they see a beautiful, sorrowful woman pacing and muttering to herself.

Edain Haryx

“Was the sword worth your life?”

Mekha Viroj

“I’m waiting for you my love. I’m waiting, come back to me!”

Snow Crow

“My love, look what devotion has brought us.”

Everyone except Sujia makes Willx3 save vs. sorrow.

Nong Suija Will Roll Target: 50

Roll: 55

Critical Failure -She is overcome by inconsolable grief and uncontrollable weeping.

“One must be deeply aware of the impermanence of the world.”

“Times of luxury do not last long, but pass away very quickly; nothing in this world can be long enjoyed.”

“Grief is just love with no place to go.”

TO BE COMPLETED SOON

An Eastern Journey Begins

The group sets out on the morning of 14 Quon 4769, heading down the famous Seven Bridges Road toward the great capital city of the Ty Kyen empire, Kyenyin (the road is so named because it crosses Anaruqin, the Great Mother River, seven times between the Kuhyen Pass and Kyenyin). The day is cold and overcast, but dry.

Rain hits the next day, and then dry but freezing temperatures; they manage to make good time, however, and arrive at appropriate inns or other accommodations each day. Everyone recognizes the Ponna Hanni, of course, but are exquisitely polite in pretending not to, and to address him by his traveling name. [not sure if Edain realizes this at first, or not]

Fourth and fifth days are cold but clear and dry, beautiful traveling weather. The sixth day warms up a bit, but brings clouds and rain, which tapers off the next day, although it remains overcast. On the eighth day, cool, cloudy and dry, they fail to reach any settlement before dusk and fear they’re going to have to camp out at last (they have gear for it, of course – two modest tents, one slightly larger than the other), and sleeping rolls, etc.). But they come upon a farmstead (have they passed others, abandoned? Maybe). 

The elderly farm couple are suspicious at first, and clearly fearful, but as soon as they recognize the Ponna Hanni become welcoming and accommodating, while careful to keep up the pretense he’s just “Andahiru-ke” [Mr. Underhill]. The entourage learns of the depredations of organized outlaws in the area in the recent past, ever since the news of Lord Yagimashi and his heir’s deaths on the New Year. He’d been letting things go to shit for several years, focused on his political/military goals, and with his death it all burst loose! Now the bandits seemed organized, and were taking all they wanted from the peasantry, including their sons – they had impressed the couple’s own sole surviving son into their ranks just six days ago (which had spared them the worst of the looting, apparently).

After a night with the peasants, the entourage sets out again, more warily. They note that the countryside seems tense and wary, and opt to camp out, away from the Seven Bridges Road, that night. Both Viroj and Snow Crow have a sense of being watched, and during her watch Sujia thinks she sees movement in the darkness. She wakes Khatia, who stealthily ranges out, but finds nothing beyond a few broken branches – nothing to prove any human agency had been involved. Still, they remain cautious.

The next day the entourage approaches the next village along their route, and Viroj pauses to cast his Moonstones: ten white jade discs in a midnight-blue leather pouch. The five large discs are of blue-tinted white jade, representing Tasuki (the Greater Moon); the five smaller disc are of rose-tinted white jade, representing Dao’yu (the Lesser Moon). Each face of the discs has a rune carved into it, symbols representing different entities, powers, ideas, etc. Each Moonstone set is unique to the person who creates it, carving symbols with meaning to them onto their set.

His reading leads him to believe an ambush is awaiting the group in the village. They go in prepared, and Khatia fire-arrows the first bandit/mercenary who fires on them. Viroj engages their leader in a hard-fought battle, ultimately subduing him with ritual magic (?). Snow Crow blunders into two bandits while trying to be stealthy, but manages to avoid death by his fast reflexes and a quick tongue — eventually talking first one, then the other, into considering switching sides for a big payday.

Edain uses his Voice on the mercenary/bandit fighting him, causing him to listen to reason. Eventually the five surviving bandits (the one fire arrowed in the calf, dies from blood-loss and shock before he can be treated) are lulled into compliance and locked into a secure building while the entourage investigates. They find the villages denizens all brutally murdered and their bodies piled into one house. After careful and arcane questioning, they determine the men they fought committed this atrocity. 

Edain, in his role as the Pona Hanni and the only legitimate authority available, acts as judge and jury. Realizing these criminals could never trusted out of their sight, whatever promises they might make under duress and/or magical compulsion, he offers them a choice between a quick and painless execution by beheading, or a more lingering death by burning alive at the hands of his fire-archer. Under their stoic leader, they chose execution, which Khatia carries out… but not until they’ve questioned the condemned.

The group learns that the nearest major town, Libeo Wan (Riverbend) is in the control of two bandit warlords, Meijin-Lai and their own captain, Hartuj Yan. The two joined forces last year, and now are seeking to raise an army to make their control of the province de facto, in hopes the Emperor will simply ratify them as the new legitimate government rather than send an Imperial army to pacific the region. The entourage are unwilling to see this blatant brutality be rewarded, and decide to approach the town, two and a half days walk away, cautiously to see what might be done. 

They enter the town separately, giving various stories to the gate guards: Khatia is a mercenary looking for employment (they advise her to seek the warlords, who are looking for good warriors – a Fire Archer would be most welcome, if she speaks true); Snow Crow is a wandering troubadour, looking for food, a room, and some coin; Viroj is a simple monk, seeking to pray at the local temple, as is Sujia; and a now-disguised Edain is a journeyman blacksmith, looking for work (Snow Crow used his stage skills to hide the Pona Hanni’s more obvious foreign features – hair color, skin color, a little spirit gum to alter the shape of his eyes).

Most explore the town while Snow Crow heads to the local inn (the Blue Lotus) to ingratiate himself and get a gig. He manages to impress the wifely half of the couple running the place, and gets himself a room and food in exchange for entertaining the house that evening. Khatia hits the local geisha house, where she enjoys some time with a handsome boy-toy and learns what’s been going on in the past couple of tendays. Viroj scopes out the local temple, while Edain and Sujia make the general rounds.

The general impression is of a town living under fear, but trying to go on as normally as possible. The town was infiltrated just days after news of the disaster at Kuhyen Pass arrived, and the two warlords seized control, killing or imprisoning the few legitimate authorities remaining after Lord Yagimashi’s stripping of the forces for his army. They have since consolidated their grip on the town and surrounding hinterland, bringing in as many young men (and a few women) as possible to form the bulk of an army. 

They learn the core bandit group consist of 40-50 men, twenty of which remain in the town to keep it under control and train/indoctrinate the new recruits; the rest are on expanding patrols to pull in as much in the way of supplies and warm bodies as they can from the hinterland. Training of the new recruits goes on daily, and no one not fully-trusted is allowed to leave the town’s wall once they enter – which means the group is trapped for the moment. There seems to be some friction between the two leaders, one of who is brutal and short sighted, wanting to simply take everything they can and kill anyone they want, while the other seems focused on longer-term goals, ultimately wanting to legitimately rule the region.

Sujia invokes a ritual that evening during Snow Crow’s performance, granting him the blessing of the Immortal of Creativity; he gives a show that will be remembered for years by those who experienced it. Beautiful, moving, and inspiring, it brings the house down! Kahatia pumps the two gate guards, with whom she’d made an informal “date”, for all she can get, then leaves them cold at the end of the evening, while agreeing to follow their advice in applying to “the bosses” the next day.

Plans are formed that night as to how they should proceed…

The Return of the Purple Druid, Part I

Before dawn the next day the Hand found themselves gathered, along with with the Lords Grimbold and Aldor, and Aldor’s son Imrah, in the Gateway Chamber of the city of Zhan-Tor. It was an immense, eight-sided space in a lower level of the subterranean part of the city, at least three stories high. The center of the chamber was filled by a massive granite monolith, also eight-sided, which stood five meters tall and was topped by an ornate cap of bronze and steel. It sat on a circular stone dais, and four massive chains rose from the cap to vanish into the shadows of the four-lobed roof.

It was not the first time Devrik had seen a Nitarin Gateway protected by placing solid matter over its locus, but this one was by far the most impressive, he had to admit. No one was using this portal without proper authorization, nor would any would-be invaders be using it to sneak into the city!

The chamber was dimly lit by amber glowstones spaced around the walls, and as the party entered through the twin bronze doors two guards materialized from the shadows. They spoke no words, but Grimbold stepped forward and handed them a sheave of stamped and sealed papers. A few moments of dutiful examination, and one of the guards vanished back into the shadows; the other ushered the party over to stand at the foot of the shallow stairs leading up to the central dais. 

After a few minutes there was a faint bass rumble from the stone beneath their feet… Toran was the first to notice it, but in seconds everyone was aware of it. Above them the sound of metal grating as it moved over stone echoed, and ever so slowly the four massive chains pulled taut and began to lift the granite monolith into the air. Almost everyone’s eyes widened at the sight, and several of the group stepped back in alarm.

“What are they using to power the gears lifting that monster?” Toran whispered to Grimbold. “What gear ratios are they using?”

“The main channel of the River Hündek runs directly beneath this chamber, and its mighty flow is what powers the mechanism,” the older Khundari replied, clearly pleased at his interest. “The gear ratios are—“

“Never mind about that,” Draik squeaked as the geometric pattern on the dais floor became visible. “Are you really expecting us all to just step up and stand under that thing?!”

“It’s perfectly safe, my young friend,” Grimbold assured him. “Those are Khundari-forged chains, after all.”

“Yes, and we haven’t crushed an outlander… by accident… in months,” agreed the portal guard, completely deadpan. Draik squinted at him in suspicion of being mocked, then glared at Grimbold. It was hard to be sure with all that beard, but he was almost certain the old ambassador was laughing at him.

Before he could give voice to his indignation, Mariala patted him on the shoulder and smiled in reassurance. “I’m confident there’s nothing to worry about, Draik. We won’t step onto the platform until Vulk opens the gate, and at that point even if the chains broke we’d be gone before the block could crush us, right? Besides, do you think Lord Grimbold would risk it himself if there were any real danger?”

Draik reluctantly allowed himself to be mollified, although he continued to eye the massive stone suspiciously, as it loomed ominously five meters over the dais. Meanwhile, Vulk and Devrik muttered together, the fire mage lending his arcane power to Vulk’s ritual… after a few minutes they announced the portal was opened and locked onto their destination.

Grumbling under his breath, Draik was the last one to step onto the platform, and he didn’t run to the center and the, to him still quite invisible, portal. He just walked very quickly. With the usual slight disorientation he always felt with Gate travel, he found himself standing in the courtyard of the monastery of Alatonu-Kahar, more than 700 kilometers southwest of where he’d been…

• • • • • • •

Imrah happened to be standing closest to the portal when the interesting apothecary fellow stepped through, looking very relieved. He’d only met the man briefly at Lord Grimbold’s birthday celebration, but had thought him rather humorous. Certainly he’d been easier to talk to than the tall and intimidating Telnori gladiator, the shorter but even more intimidating fire mage-fighter, or the aloof and intimidating lady, and more relatable than either the strangely lithe Khundari or the indiscriminately lascivious cantor of Kasira. Draik was also the only one of the so-called Hand of Fortune who was not a much more experienced T’ara Kul than Imrah himself. In fact, he wasn’t a practitioner at all.

“So, how was your recent visit to the famous mushroom caverns?” he asked, choosing a conversational topic he knew was of interest to the other man. “Did you learn anything that will be useful to you in your apothecary work?”

Draik looked briefly surprised, apparently having planned to make a beeline across the courtyard to where Lord Grimbold, Imrah’s father, and Cantor Vulk were conferring with several of the Telnori monks. Instead, after a quick glance at the others, he shrugged and turned toward Imrah, smiling amiably enough.

“Oh yes, it was actually quite fascinating. I’ve had a professional interest, you might say, in all things fungi for a couple of years now, and Master Hradlok certainly showed me some things I’d never seen nor heard of before. I even talked him into giving me a few samples, which I hope may help improve my own greatest achievement, in time.”

“Ah, your famous Baylorium! It’s a fungus-based creation itself, if I understood what I’ve heard of it? A rather rare and unusual one?”

“Indeed. Not merely rare, but absolutely unique,” Draik said, somewhat smugly he thought. “Remind me to tell you the tale of our discovery of it, when we have more time – it’s too long a story, and it looks like we’re ready to head out already.”

Glancing over, Imrah saw that the Lady Mariala and Ser Devrik had joined the others near the gate, which was swinging open. The Telnori monks were motioning their guests forward, and his father turned to look for him. At his annoyingly tolerant gesture, Imrah and Draik gathered up Erol, who had been studiously examining some rather uninteresting carvings on the far side of the courtyard, and moved to rejoin the group.

Erol gets a little nervous around real Telnori,” Draik said to him, not quite sotto voce enough as they passed out of the monastery. Two coaches stood outside the pale, six horses harnessed to each, and his father was just climbing into the first one. Lord Grimbold, Lady Mariala and Cantor Vulk joined him, leaving Ser Devrik to join Imrah, Draik and Erol in the second coach.

“Um, real Telnori?” Imrah said, trying to distract himself from the fact he was going to spend the next couple of hours sitting next to (or maybe across from) the gravel-voiced warrior-mage. “But isn’t he… I mean, aren’t you…?” He glanced uncertainly at Erol, who just rolled his eyes… and was it Imrah’s imagination, or did the ferret look annoyed too?

“Oh, his body is Telnori, to be sure,” Draik said, laughing. “But his mind… isn’t. It isn’t a lot of things, actually—”

“It’s a long story,” Erol interrupted. “And complicated. But before my little friend here tries to tell you about it, I suppose I’d better do it myself. After all, it’s not like he was actually there when it all went down… which is why he always gets the details wrong.”

The eastern sky was growing lighter as the party rolled away from Alatonu-Kahar, and Erol began his tale of death, limbo, and rebirth…

• • • • • • •

It was late morning when they arrived at the the port of Daronn, not the largest city on the island of Kezdan, but the closest to their ultimate destination. A fast Imperial sloop, the Sea Witch was waiting for them in the harbor, and there was no waiting for the tide – several oar tugs pulled them out to the open sea, and from there it was only a short sail to the island of Asdach

Once they were under weigh, Imrah found himself alone with his father at the port railing, watching the Kezdan coast slip by. “So,” Aldor began after a few moments of introspective silence, “I’m still not certain you should be accompanying us on this journey… Elgin Falarom was a powerful man when I knew him in my youth, and if he has become as fey as Grimbold suggests, the danger—“

“Father, I’m nearly 20, and a graduate of one of the best chantries in Tolus,” Imrah interrupted impatiently. “I’m supposed to be out in the world, for at least the next year, learning to use my powers in real-life situations. This is exactly what I should be doing! And you know danger is always going to be a part of it!”

“I do know, son,” his father sighed. “In any case, it’s too late to second guess things at this point… but I still worry. As your father it’s in my job description. At least I’ll be around, along with a great many experienced folk, to keep you safe. Speaking of which, what do you think of our companions on this venture?”

Imrah wanted to pursue the issue of Father accepting his growth into adulthood, not to mention the assumption that he needed protecting… but realized there wasn’t much point. As infuriating as he found the old man’s lack of faith in his ability to protect himself, he supposed time and experience would eventually take care of it. At least he fervently hoped it would. 

“They are certainly an interesting group,” he said instead. “I heard some amazing tales on the coach ride down to the coast. Did you know—“ He cut himself off, realizing the story of Erol’s death, even if it ultimately hadn’t, er, taken, was not a tale to reassure a worried parent. “—um, the story of how Ser Draik and Cantor Vulk developed that Baylorium of theirs?”

• • • • • • • •

It was early afternoon, in a light drizzle, when the Sea Witch arrived at Agate Cove, the small town (or maybe largish village) which served as Asdach’s only port. It didn’t take an experienced seaman’s eye, Aldor thought, to realize that something seemed off about the scene as the ship maneuvered toward the lone wooden pier jutting out into the small, pebble-bottomed cove that gave the place its name. The wet, cold weather could hardly explain the complete absence of any signs of life. Surely, even such a small place would have fishing boats, people on the dock or along the stoney beach, or moving about the streets? And why was there no smoke from even a single chimney of the score visible through the mists?

It was obvious that everyone, even the crew, felt the same sense of uneasiness. The captain conferred quietly with his Imperial passengers, and only reluctantly ordered his men to tie off the vessel and lower a gangplank to the pier. He might be in command, but Aldor knew his orders had put him and his ship at Lord Grimbold’s pleasure, and his old friend was not one to be deterred from his duty by a little strangeness… quite the opposite, actually.

The gangplank had just been set in place, and the party beginning to file off the ship, when a dozen haggard-looking people suddenly appeared from one of buildings nearest the dock. They moved slowly at first, peering around furtively, as if fearful of being seen; when they saw nothing to spook them, they rushed forward, onto the dock and out the pier toward the ship.

Captain Klemith immediately ordered his men to form a cordon along the side of the ship, as he stepped forward to meet the crowd. Aldor joined Grimbold, the Hand, and his son (much as he wished the lad would stay safely aboard the ship), as they followed the officer to form a small crowd of their own facing the presumed townsfolk. Even as the first group of… refugees, he couldn’t help thinking of them… came to a ragged stop in front of them, more stragglers began appearing from other nearby buildings and dashing dockward.

A middle-aged woman in the robes of a cantor of Liska, looking more than a little worried and exhausted, stepped forward from the growing crowd. She scanned the people before her, clearly trying to decide who was in charge. The captain took a step forward, and introduced himself, then demanded of the woman “What in the Void is going on here? Who are you people?”

“If it please you sir, I am Elena Karstan, cantor of Liska, and these good folk are all that are left of the citizens of this town… perhaps of the entire island. Please, I beg you captain, take us with you… take us and leave this accursed place now, do not linger! As you can see, there’s barely more than a score of us, surely you’ve room…”

“Room isn’t the issue,” Klemith growled, clearly not pleased by the idea of letting a mob of uncertain temperament and motives aboard his vessel. “In any case, these good people have come to sort out whatever it is plaguing your island.” He gestured at Grimbold and the others. “We’ll want to know much more before there’s any talk of leaving.”

“Yes, we’re here to help you,” Vulk said, his tone soothing and calm. Aldor was not surprised Grimbold had let the Kasiran take the lead – he clearly trusted the Hand, and Vulk was a herald, after all. “I am a cantor of Kasira, and these others are my associates…” He quickly introduced the Hand, Grimbold, and the Halems. “Are you the senior cleric on the island, cantor Kastan?”

“No, or, at least I wasn’t… although I seem to be now, I suppose, since cantor Lisbeta and Mayor Heshkar vanished half a tenday ago… they went inland, looking for more survivors… they never returned, and everyone has been looking to me for guidance sincerer … I…” She seemed on the brink of hysteria, Aldor thought.

“I understand,” Vulk reassured her, giving her a moment to take a deep breath and gather herself. “Can you tell us what, exactly has been going on? Start at the beginning, and try to include anything that might be relevant… I promise you, we’ll get it all sorted out, whatever the situation.”

The woman looked dubious, but nodded, took another deep breath, and began her tale. Almost three months ago people began vanishing. At first it was only a few, and was simply put down to the usual things – accident, misfortune or simply failing to tell others they were leaving. But then remote farmsteads began to be found abandoned, and closer farms began reporting people simply vanishing while out on errands.

A month ago, the disappearances were becoming almost daily and whole households– family, servants, even guests– would vanish overnight. Around this time some islanders reported glimpses from afar of stange, moss-covered humanoid shapes moving amongst the trees… and a purple-skinned man with violet hair. But if anyone ever got close enough to learn more about these apparitions, they never returned to report on it. 

The Mayor began sending messages to neighboring Momor Island, describing the crisis and begging for help. A ship dropped off a squad of Imperial troops four days later. They were quite confident (and more than a little dismissive, the cantor added with a grimace). They headed inland the day they arrived… and haven’t been seen since.

When families in Agate Cove (the largest community on the island, with 387 souls at the last Imperial Census) began to vanish in the night, real panic began to spread. Many people fled, climbing aboard every fishing boat that would carry them. Several of the boats even made multiple trips back but, as the disappearances grew more frequent — occurring even in broad daylight — the boats stopped coming. The people who had been reluctant to leave their homes at first were now trapped.

“When the reports about the sightings of a purple man reached me,” Cantor Elena sighed, “I began to realize that the beginning of all of this might be much earlier than the disappearances. I think it must  be related, somehow, to the stange purple-skinned, violet-haired man, with his crazy violet eyes, who showed up on the island about three years ago. He’d passed through town back then, staying only a few days before vanishing into the swamps… to everyone’s relief, I must admit. He was a very.. intense individual, as I recall. When nothing more was heard of him, it was assumed that he had been lost and was dead in the marshlands – a ten day wonder, eventually forgotten.

“My suspicions were confirmed when, four days ago, a beautiful, silver-haired woman arrived in a small skiff, which she’d piloted here by herself. I think she must be Aunari, although she didn’t say as much. She said she’d had word of our plight, and had come to lend what aid she could. Unfortunately, that very first night in town, while she listened to our sad tale, several of the more desperate islanders stole her ship!” 

This theft seemed a great embarrassment to Cantor Elena, on behalf of her flock. Glancing at the ragged group behind her, Aldor had the distinct impression that not a few of them were wishing that they’d thought of stealing the boat first.

“Despite this outrage, the Lady Flaricia, as she named herself, promised she would look into the matter. That actually gave me a feeling of relief – she seemed so serenely confident, but without the arrogance of the soldiers. She was particularly interested in what I could tell her of the strange purple man. She seemed to have some knowledge of him, although she didn’t elaborate, at least not to me.”

The cantor’s face, briefly animated, fell into grimness again. “But the next morning, after a night of meditation, I think, she’ headed off toward the swamps, and we’ve had no word from her in two days, now. I fear she has met whatever fate has overtaken so many others.”

Mariala and Vulk exchanged glances – both had been subtly using spell and ritual to determine the veracity of the woman’s story, and by their small nods both agreed she spoke the truth, at least as she understood it. Vulk smiled in reassurance as Grimbold stepped forward.

“I know Lady Flaricia of old, my dear cantor,” he said, “and I have no doubt that she is thick in the midst of whatever is going on here… and has it well in hand. We have come at her summons, actually, and you may be confident that between us we shall get to the bottom of it all.”

“I truly hope that you do, Lord Grimbold,” the clearly exhausted woman replied, “and I hope we can all return to our homes to find our loved ones waiting for us… but right now all any of these people want is to get off this island! Will you not let us board?”

A three-sided scrum ensued, between the captain, those of the Hand who didn’t want to lose the ship should the party themselves need to evacuate, and those who were confident the ship could ferry the survivors to safety and be back in a matter of hours. The townsfolk, who were increasingly anxious to be gone, could only wait as their fate was debated. In the end, it was Vulk’s eloquent argument on behalf of the islanders that carried the day, and Captain Klemith agreed to take the 27 townspeople to the nearby island of Momor, and then return to drop anchor — well off shore — and await the return of Lord Grimbold’s party.

Even before the Sea Witch sailed, with its supercargo of grateful people safely aboard, the party  had set out for the ruined temple on the edges of the marshland, which had seemed to Cantor Elena to be the most likely center of the trouble. The rain had let up as the nine left Agate Cove behind, but the day remained a cool and foggy one… not a great day for a walk through the woods, Aldor thought. He’d asked about horses, but there were few on island save for farmers’ plow horses, and even fewer in the small town itself. If they couldn’t all ride, there was no point… and he hid a smile at his son’s obvious relief. The lad’s allergy to the beasts made horseback travel unpleasant for him, although he always manfully made the best of it when it couldn’t be avoided.

It was some six kilometers to the ruins, and for the last two the party had to leave the road and follow a narrow track as the light woodland faded to a mere scattering of trees and the ground grew increasingly marshy. The mists grew thicker as they approached the edge of the true swamp, which had slowly been claiming the ruins of the old Eldaran temple, abandoned centuries ago. A drifting fog shrouded the wrecked building as they approached, softening its jagged features and muffling sound in disturbing ways. 

As soon as the ancient tower came into sight, the group moved more cautiously, scouting for guards, or any sign of life or movement. Aldor could see that the western foundations of the main structure are already underwater, and much of that section of the building’s roof and walls had collapsed into ruin. The western portico appeared to be still roofed, and several still-standing pillars held up portions of the main roof to the northeast, but most of the old temple was open to the air. He scanned the standing parts of the old holy site carefully, but saw no sign of sentries…

A three-story tower anchored the eastern end of the ruin, and appeared to be in marginally better condition than the main structure. Much of the dark gray slate roof had collapsed, true, as had portions of the third floor walls, but it nonetheless looked as if the interior remained structurally sound… maybe. It would, in any case, be the likeliest place to encounter any inhabitants the paladin thought.

As it turned out, it was from the more sheltered parts of the main ruin that danger came on them, when the companions were almost at the first rank of tumbled walls on the south side of the old temple. Several figures lurched out of the swirling fog, climbing from behind piles of fallen stone or coming around the massive alter-like structure looming at the center of the site. Most of them, Aldor saw with horror as their features became clearer, were very obviously no longer human! Reaching over his shoulder he drew his holy sword and muttered a prayer to Cael as he ran forward…

Grimbold was just as horrified as his friend when he could make out what was rushing them – while two looked like normal Umantari… no, the girl looked Umantari, but surely that male must be Telnori… the rest of the creatures appeared to be humanoid-shaped collections of mobile fungus! Even as he leapt atop the rubble of a collapsed wall to gain the higher ground, he could see by their clothing that these creatures must also have once been people – no doubt some of the missing islanders. But what horrible infection could have brought them to this state? No flicker of intelligence could he see in those dead, fungal eyes. Then there was no time for thought, only fighting…

Fungus zombies class picture, Class of 3020.

Grimbold hurled two taburi at the nearest of the fungus zombies, hitting it in both thorax and abdomen… but the blades hardly seemed to slow the thing down. He pulled his gray battle axe, Girhündal, from his back and awaited the creature’s charge…

To Grimbold’s left, Aldor was already dashing forward to meet another of the fungus things, glancing back toward his son as he did. “Imrah, cast a spell of Resistance on yourself! ” he called. Then he was swinging Xalavado, the Flame of Aranda, in a great arc. Its blade glowing with the silver-blue light of the Greater Moon, it sent the head of the first of the fungus zombies spinning off into the fog. 

Focused on the fight now, Aldor failed to note the annoyed grimace on his son’s face as he completed the spell he’d already been in the middle of casting… nor did he see Imrah’s smile as the glimmer of protection flared strongly about him, a perfect Form and a perfect result!

Mariala, however, caught the by-play and smiled in secret sympathy as she cast her own Resistance spell on herself. Lord Aldor was certainly a striking man – the hints of silver in his chestnut hair only accentuated his obvious virility. The man did seem oblivious to his son’s emotional state, though. She was diverted from considering how she might facilitate a conversation between the two by Devrik rushing past her, drawing his great blade… and then slowing to a stop.

“Wait, some of these seem like normal people,” he ground out. “Are we sure—“

He was cut off by Toran sending a crossbow bolt into one of the hideous fungus zombies as it lunged forward. The bolt passed clean through a twisted, grasping hand and drove on into its skull, which seemed to kill it. It went down, anyway, and stopped moving. Eventually. At least it was one of the obviously monstrous creatures, Devrik thought, not like the Umantari girl or the Telnori man… although the clothes the thing wore did concern him a bit.

He was also more than a little annoyed at the Caelan paladin and his obviously over-compensating battle sword, with its gaudy silver glow. They already had his own flaming holy sword, after all… this just seemed like overkill. And weren’t paladins supposed to concerned about all life or something? The man had certainly had gone in swinging… with what Devrik grudgingly had to admit was a pretty spectacular decapitation.

Erol, at least, seemed to heed his words of caution, using his shock net to ensnare the young girl – clearly a thrall to some outside force, Devrik thought. Although she wasn’t felled by the “elec-tric-ity” running through her, merely staggered. So maybe not entirely normal? As she struggled to free herself Devrik saw several more of the shambling horrors approaching from around the central alter… damn, they were in danger of being outnumbered!

The twisted, distorted fungal features of this group, despite their ragged clothes, convinced Devrik they were probably too far gone to save, and in any case too dangerous to live. He cast an Orb of Vorol into the midst of the pack, and the yellow-white seed exploded into a ball of searing orange flame, engulfing four of the creatures.

To Devrik’s disgust, only one of them was actually immolated by the blast, collapsing to writhe on the stones with high-pitched shrieks that were decidedly inhuman. The others were momentarily staggered, but no more. Only singed, they quickly began staggering forward again, ignoring still smoking “flesh” and clothing.

“Damn wet zombies!” he grated out as Vulk moved to join him. “Between their damp hides and wet skin, and this cursed moist air, my fire seems at a disadvantage…”

“All the more reason you’ll need this, then,” the cantor said, laying his hands on his friend’s shoulders and murmuring an invocation to Kasira. Almost instantly the faint golden glow of Her protection sprang up around Devrik, and he felt the warmth of Her hand held over him. With a nod of thanks to Vulk, he leaped over the remains of a crumbled wall to face the Telnori thrall before that maniac paladin could kill him…

Meanwhile, one of the still-smoldering fungal zombies lunged at Toran, it’s claw-like fingers rippling in a very disturbing manner, the Khundari thought. He dodged the clumsy attack, and swung his battleaxe Ergonkïr around to sever the creature’s left leg. It staggered forward, going down without a sound… and then continued to claw its way forward, its face strangely devoid of any expression. A second swing of Ergonkïr clove its skull, but Toran was horrified to see, not blood or brains, but writhing tendrils of fungus, that only slowly grew still.

At the same time Aldor was also noticing the strange lack of emotion from the creatures, as he counter-struck another one, severing its right leg mid-thigh. Even as it began to collapse, he brought his holy sword up and around to drive the blade through its head — and the thing never made a sound nor showed any sign of anger, fear, pain… it just fell, writhed for a moment, and then stilled.

Turning away in disgust, Aldor saw Ser Devrik moving swiftly past him to engage the still human- well, Telnori-looking man that had been coming up on his left. Still looking like whatever he’d been before this calamity had taken him (a scribe or scholar by the looks of his now ragged robes, Aldor guessed), the man wielded a ball & chain mace. It swung clumsily at the short, muscular red-headed warrior-mage, who ducked under it easily. Devrik turned the duck into an attack of his own, which neatly disarmed his opponent. 

Ah, he is fighting to subdue with his flaming blade, not kill, Aldor realized, and approved. Whatever was driving the still normal-seeming folk to attack them, in the company of such obvious monsters, perhaps it could be reversed or ended. Best not to kill those, if they could avoid it— his thought was cut off as another of the fungal horrors lunged at him from behind. He wheeled and with a spinning kick sent the creature flying out of the temple – to land almost at the feet of his son! Dismayed, he leaped forward with a cry of warning…

Imrah stumbled back at the sudden appearance of the twitching monster in front of him, but didn’t panic. This was his chance to show his father what he was capable of! He raised one hand, and focused his inner eye, calling the Form into being…  but as he prepared to pour the cool energies of his Principle into it, he saw the flaw. So small… but the Ice Needle of Burkon was too dangerous a spell to take chances with… he aborted, but the energies fought him, draining his reserves….

Toran, seeing the young journeyman mage hesitate, realized what must be happening. He leaped from the pile of stones he’d retreated to, Ergonkïr raised over his head, and brought the battleaxe down on the fungal horror’s head, splitting it in two. The creature fell without a sound, and an embarrassed Imrah nodded his thanks to the Khundari Shadow Warrior, who was already moving to support Grimbold

And damnit, his father had seen the whole humiliating thing…

Oblivious to the younger man’s inner turmoil, Toran quickly attacked the fungus zombies to the left of Devrik, while Erol speared another to his right. This gave  Devrik space to attempt a casting of Dispel on the Telnori thrall he was engaged with. But despite a solid casting, there appeared no change in the man, and Devrik cursed.

“By the Void, how do we handle these enthralled bastards,” he growled in frustration.

“Death?” Toran replied, cutting down his own opponent with a blow that nearly severed its head.

“Really? Would you kill someone with a cold?” Devrik objected, dodging the clumsy attempts of the thrall to grab him, still trying not to kill the poor bastard.

“A severe cold that turned them into ravening monsters and made them want to kill everyone around them? Probably,” his Khundari friend shrugged, wiping his battleaxe on the mossy ground. 

“But damnit, what if it’s curable?” The fire mage demanded, using the flat of his still-flaming sword to drive back the Telnori.

“Even if it proves so, eventually, you cant stop a plague without burning a few carriers,” Erol offered, deftly avoiding the ball & chain mace of his own opponent and counter-striking to drive his trident through its chest, pinning it to the pillar behind . “Do we really want to risk this shit, whatever it turns out to be, spreading?” he added, plunging his dagger into the thing’s skull to finish it off.

“I don’t think there’s saving any of these people, Devrik,” Mariala called from where she and Vulk stood near the enthralled girl, still struggling in Erol’s net. “I attempted to enter this one’s mind, hoping to engage whatever is controlling her in mental combat and thereby free her. But, while I sensed some small part of the girl still remains, something very strong, and very alien, is inextricably intertwined with the fragments of her personality… and it is dominant! I don’t think—“

She was cut off as the girl shrugged free of the entangling net and lunged at her with a rusty dagger pulled from her girdle. Vulk leaped between the two of them, and deftly blocked the blow with the Staff of Summer, sending the girl stumbling backward. He aimed the Staff at her and spoke the word to trigger its Weaver’s Web spell. But even as the power began to flow he sensed something interfere with it – it was like a spike being driven through the clean lines of the artifact’s perfect Form! The energy flared suddenly, out of control and wild. Instead of glowing white strands reaching out to ensnare the girl, a mass of sticky white energy engulfed Vulk, leaving him trapped and immobile, like a fly in milky amber.

“Get down, all of you!” Devrik cried out a warning, pointing to the top of the ancient tower. As he struggled to stay upright Vulk turned his head just in time to see a flash of purple skin and hair between crumbled sections of wall — and then a cone of flame was roaring down at them. Most of the others hit the ground, but Vulk was again engulfed, this time in flames.

Fortunately, his amulet of Protection from Fire activated, leaving him unscathed even as the very flammable stuff of the misfired spell flared up around him and then evaporated, freeing him. The others had hit the ground in time to let most of the flames, already at their maximum range, wash over them with little more than singed clothes and hair.

The fungal zombies near the group didn’t fare quite so well, the one that looked like a young maiden taking the brunt of the spell — she went up like a torch. The older Telnori was scorched but still functional, and took the opportunity of Devrik’s distraction to turn and lunge at Aldor, drawing a curved dagger from its fraying robes.

Aldor, himself distracted by the Breath of Zhone spell cast by his one-time friend, swung Xalabon at the onrushing thrall, but the glowing blade went wide and  the creature slipped past to drive its dagger into the paladin’s left thigh. With a grunt of pain, Aldor staggered and fell to one knee… the creature drew back its blade to strike at his exposed neck…

Two things happened almost simultaneously. 

Imrah, seeing his father’s peril, instinctively called on his power to cast Effluvium, hoping to knock the attacker away with a powerful blast of elemental water. Unfortunately there was no time to check the Form, and the spell misfired, a great gout of water exploding upward from the nearest pool of stagnant swamp water. Coming down again, it drenched everyone for ten meters around.

At the same instant Erol leaped over a pile of fallen wall stones, plunging his trident into the thrall’s exposed back with his full strength. One of the tines severed the thing’s spine — apparently the more human ones still had fairly human anatomy — and it died instantly. The ex-gladiator noted, with some relief, that it wasn’t blood that seeped from its wounds, but some pink-tinged ichor-like substance. Which seemed to lay to rest Devrik’s idea that the poor sods could be saved.

Aldor barely had time to pull himself up and give a grateful salute to the quasi-Telnori warrior before Devrik was lunging forward, hands outstretched and a deperate “NO!” ripped from his damaged throat. The paladin saw a small, bright light arcing down towards the too-tightly packed group — he recognized the seed for a fireball spell all too well. His leg almost gave out again as he threw himself toward his son, praying to Cael that his own body might spare the boy the worst of the flames.

But instead of blossoming into a lethal ball of fire, the tiny seed flame flickered and dimmed at Devrik’s gesture. When it exploded, little more than a wall of warmth swept over the group as a gout of orange-red flame shot up into the sky, apparently at the command of Ser Devrik. The flames exploded overhead, making a spectacular fireworks display… Aldor was impressed. He’d known the man was a fire mage, but hadn’t any idea that he was also a pyrokinetic… a useful talent, he supposed, in his chosen art!

While most of the others gathered around a shaken-looking Devrik, Grimbold saw one of the last of the remaining fungus zombies turn and run for the entry to the old tower. So, the things can move quite quickly if they’re motivated, he thought.  With a shout to Toran, who stood nearest him, the Khundari took off after the creature — no doubt it was returning to its master, and Grimbold wanted a word with his former friend sooner rather than later.

After dispatching the last two smoldering fungus zombies, the rest of the group followed the two Khundari, Vulk taking only a moment to staunch and bind Aldor’s wounded leg. More lasting healing would have to wait, they both understood, as long as the immediate threat of the Purple Druid loomed over them.

The curving stairway along the north wall of the tower was in passable condition.. any rubble from the partially collapsed floor above seemed to have been cleared away to make a path. Enough of that second floor remained intact as well, along the eastern side of the tower, to give them another clear path to the next staircase on the south wall. 

Alcoves lined the upper third of the interior walls, or at least the sections still standing, each one with a statue… ancient representations of the Immortals, Imrah suspected in passing. Their time-ravaged faces, worn smooth and pitted by the centuries, stared down on the interlopers, and gave the young mage an intense feeling of unease… and somehow the one empty alcove was even more unnerving!

The walls and most of the roof was gone from the third floor, with only the section to the south to southeast still covered by timbers and dark gray slate. But the fact barely registered with Imrah — along with the others, including his father, he gaped at the piles of glittering gold, chests full of sparkling gemstones, and scattered jeweled rods and tiaras which covered what remained of the flagstone floor. 

Standing amidst all this treasure was the imposing figure of the Purple Druid himself! He was tall, Imrah noticed, almost as tall as his father perhaps, and looked in remarkably good physical shape for a man who must be in his seventies. If you ignored the purple skin, lavender hair, and penetrating violet eyes, of course. The five hideous fungus zombies arrayed around the space barely registered in the presence of their master.

The Purple Druid

“So, my old friends,” he spoke in a deep, resonate tone that failed to mask his sneer. “I see you’ve brought a pack of young minions to help you steal my hard-earned treasures! Well, it shall not happen, I promise you!”

“Well, at least their minions are better looking than your minions!” Devrik muttered. Aldor shot him a quelling look, then stepped forward to address his old friend.

Elgin, you must know that we are not here to rob you. We only want to know what has happened to our friend. What have you done to these people? And why? You were a good man once, even a great one… it’s not too late to undo what’s been done here, if you’ll just let us help you.”

“And what would your Immortal Patroness, Drina, say to all of this,” Grimbold added. “Surely She does not condone what you’re doing, Elgin, the extremes to which you’ve gone in Her name?”

The mention of Drina was perhaps a mistake, Grimbold realized when the Druid’s face twisted with rage. Maybe Aldor could’ve gotten through to him if he’d just kept quiet…

Drina,” he sneered, and his violet eyes seemed to blaze. “She abandoned us long ago, for she was weak and irresolute, even if Immortal. She refused to do what needed to be done to remove the infestation of mankind, in all its varieties, from this world, to return it to its pristine state. But I shall not fail in that holy task!” He gestured, and his five remaining minions moved in to attack.

Erol was the first to react, leveling his trident and channeling the power of the Burning Shaft through it. A searing beam of light  lanced out to strike the nearest fungal horror square in the chest, burning a hole clean through it. He could briefly see daylight through the smoking circle before the creature collapsed, twitched, and died.

Aldor drew Xalabon from the sheath on his back, the silver-blue light shining from its blade as he drove the holy sword through the monster’s gut. Despite which, the thing somehow managed to claw its way up the impaling blade to counterattack, leaving a dagger embedded in the paladin’s right thigh. Even as the pain drove him down again to one knee, Aldor ripped his sword up and through the creature’s torso, cleaving it in half from the waist up. It fell to either side, the fungal mass within writhing briefly before going still.

Toran, meanwhile, attempted to cast Stavin’s Arrows at the Purple Druid, only to suffer the same sense of interference others had encountered. His Form fractured, and he was blown backward by the concussive force of the misfire! Only his Shadow Warrior training managed to keep him on his feet, if bent over and gasping for breath. Before he could fully recover he saw their enemy gesture…

A blast of blue-white elemental cold, which he recognized from their time with Korwin as the Breath of Arandu, sprang forth from the druids hands. Three of the group were caught in the cone of freezing magic – Grimbold’s left leg was anchored in a block of ice to the pavement, but Aldor’s holy sword, raised in defense, somehow split the magical energy around him, leaving the paladin unscathed.  The diverted cold caught Draik obliquely, but he seemed to suffer no more than a chill, Toran saw before he himself was engulfed. His own right foot was as frozen to the stone as Grimold’s left he realized as the intense cold dropped him into darkness.

Just outside the cone of terrible cold, Imrah tried, once again, to cast the Ice Needle of Burkon, only to, once again, feel the alien interference shattering his Form. It took considerable, tiring effort for him to abort the spell safely, but thank the Immortals he succeeded in the end.

Devrik fared no better a moment later when he tried to cast Ariel’s Fiery Ribbons. He too felt an outside presence driving a magical spike, as it were, through his Form, forcing him to abort his casting. But experience allowed him to do so without fatiguing himself… and he had no trouble sensing whence came the disruption. It was very certainly that purple bastard!

While Devrik was aborting his own spell, Mariala was having better luck with her Fire Nerves. The Purple Druid failed to block her magics, whether because he hadn’t sensed them or simply couldn’t handle four spells almost simultaneously. He staggered back a step as the spell hit him… but no more than a step, and seemed unaffected by any pain. She did notice, queasily, that his flesh beneath the purple skin momentarily writhed, as if worms burrowed there.

His spell deflected, Devrik drew his own holy blade to block a clawed attack by another of the fungal minions. Naturally, he counter-struck, and cut the creature in half at the waist! The top part of the body still tried to claw at him, even as it toppled to the floor. Both halves writhed disturbingly for a moment before stilling.

Despite being pinned by the ice to the floor, Grimbold parried a ball & chain mace attack from another fungus zombie and seized the initiative. His battleaxe caved in the attackers chest, sending the thing staggering backward. Devrik, now aware of their enemy’s ability to disrupt spells and prepared for it, again cast Arkel’s Fiery Ribbons. The rainbow-hued sheets of flame immolated the zombie’s head, and with a spinning kick he sent it stumbling over the edge of the shattered floor, to plummet three floors to the ground where it burst like a melon into flaming bits!

After dispatching the first fungal horror Erol had taken a moment to focus and send himself into his extratemporal state of hyper awareness and speed. He felt the shift in his perceptions as the world seemed to slow down around him, and hurled his trident at the one remaining zombie, pinning its head to the wall. He then immediately cast Handor’s Flash at the Purple Druid, only to blind himself instead when the spell misfired. He staggered back, clutching his head and hoping the misfire hadn’t affected any of his companions.

Aldor, meanwhile, had regained his feet, although blood streamed down both thighs now. When the Lady Mariala’s spell had hit his old friend, he’d seen the writing shapes beneath Elgin’s skin, and realized with dismay that, if this was truly him, his friend was beyond saving. This saddened him, but he was never one to balk at the hard choices in battle. He poured everything he had into a lightning strike, praying to Cael to make the end merciful. It was a brilliant maneuver, and should have decapitated his foe – but the purple form moved with a shocking speed of its own, ducking below the swing. A few strands of lavender hair were all the blade managed to part from their owner.

As the Purple Druid straightened Imrah, having given up on magic for the moment, threw his own taburi at their foe. But the bastard’s preternatural reflexes again saved him, his head tilting to one side just enough for the blade to miss, if only narrowly. So close, curse it!

Glaring at Aldor, the Purple Druid’s right hand began to glow with a strange black light as he summoned the Fist of Kuhan. With a snarl he punched his now stone-like fist at the paladin’s chest, intending to cave it in and end the fight. But Aldor dodged the blow and counter-struck. Ducking in under Elgin’s guard, he drove Xalabon clean through his one-time friend. The surpised druid had no time to react before Aldor ripped the glowing blade upward, splitting his upper body in half from sternum to crown. 

The corpse fell to the floor, and it was almost with relief that Aldor saw it had no internal organs, none at all – only writhing masses of fungal fibers, in myriad shades of purple, seemed to have been animating the body. As the twisting tendrils slowed and eventually stopped, every piece of treasure scattered across the tower chamber paled, wavered, and then vanished. It had all been an illusion, if a powerful one…

In the sudden silence the group stared at one another. “Was that it?” Draik said, staring around at the now mostly empty space. “That seemed remarkably quick for a boss fight…”

“I’m not sure it was a, what did you call it? A ‘boss fight’?” Aldor said thoughtfully, half collapsing onto a pile of rubble (which a moment earlier had looked like a large iron-bound chest). He grimaced as he probed gingerly at his latest wound. “Did you notice that all the other, um, creatures, even the most disfigured and distorted by the fungus, still had many humanoid features – organs, even if infused with the alien growth, bones, a spine? This,” he nodded at the nearby purple corpse, “seems to have been animated entirely by fungal growth. I see no evidence that it was ever Umantari, as Elgin was.”

Draik had knelt by the body and was studying it intently without actually touching it. “I have to agree with Lord Aldor,” he said absently, poking at what should have been brains with his dagger. “This appears to be a construct, made entirely of whatever this stuff is… which, by the way, isn’t really a fungus. At least not any fungus I’ve ever seen or heard of.”

“What is it, then?” Devrik growled, wiping down his sword before re-sheathing it on his back.

“I’m not at all sure,” Draik replied as he stood up and stepped away from the purple corpse. “I’d have to do a much deeper examination, of as many of these corpses as possible, to even begin to understand what we have here. Still, it does seem to have many similarities to Novendian fungi, as well as significant differences… I wonder…” He shrugged off his pack and began rummaging in its contents.

“Well, until you give us something else to call them, I’ll stick with “fungus zombie,” if you don’t mind,” Devrik said. “Also, should we burn these things? Are they infectious, do you think?”

“They don’t seem to be, at least not easily; but yes, probably safest to burn them,” a distracted Draik agreed, pulling several empty vials from his pack. “But let me get samples from as many as possible first.”

Devrik grunted acknowledgment and moved to use his pyrokinesis to melt the ice holding both Grimbold and Toran bound to the flagstone floor. Vulk was already kneeling over Toran and chanting his invocation of Thalia’s Surcease to revive and heal their friend. While Mariala carefully assisted Draik in extracting tissue samples Vulk moved on to lend his healing skills, and small doses of Baylorium, to both Aldor and Grimbold

Erol followed after Draik and Mariala, dragging away each corpse as they finished with it to pile them all in the largest open space available. Once they were done, and everyone else was healed and upright once more, Devrik tossed a small burning brand onto the corpses, then stared intently it for a moment. The flickering flame burst suddeenly into roaring life and began to consume the bodies. In the face of an indescribably vile stench, they lingered only long enough to be sure the immolation was fully underway before retreating back down the stairs.

Back on the ground floor of the temple, the group repeated the process with the corpses there. Draik was particularly careful to get samples from the two “thrall” specimens (although the charred girl was admittedly a bit of a challenge). They took care to drag the bodies far enough from the ruined temple to remain unaffected by the smoke and smell, as they took a few minutes therein  to rest and regroup.

“Whether that thing up there was really Elgin, or merely a simulacrum of some sort, given the number of missing people there must be many more of those fungus zombies around,” Grimbold pointed out. “Plus, we still have to find Flaricia… and pray to Gheas that she hasn’t been infected like the islanders.” 

“Which means,” Mariala sighed, eyeing the twin staircases in the eastern section of the temple with distaste, “that we have to go down.” No one disagreed. “And maybe the fungus zombies have killed all the rats,” she muttered to herself as everyone geared up and prepared to descend.

The undercroft of the ruined temple proved to be less dire than Mariala had feared, however. Unlike the surface structures, it appeared mostly intact, if damp and moldy. Algea-streaked water trickled down the ancient stone walls, especially in the western half, but the ceiling was quite high, avoiding much of a sense of claustrophobia. There was also some movement of air, and once Vulk invoked Kasira’s Sight the darkness vanished in the featureless gray pseudo-light of Her blessing.

Six pillars, three north and three south, upheld the triple-groined ceiling, and between them a large rectangular plinth of stained white marble dominated the center of the space. Atop the plinth two figures seemed to oppose one another – the figure to the south was carved from white marble, and was a serene-looking woman with great feathered wings; the northern figure was an armored man with raised sword, carved of gleaming black marble. The whole thing sat in the middle of five alcoves ranged on the nothern, western, and southern walls.  

The largest alcove was in the western wall, a marble alter berfore it, and within which had stood two statues, one male and one female. Only the male remained intact, however, the other having fallen with the shifting of the foundations; it lay now in moss-covered pieces. Of the four smaller alcoves, two in the north wall and two in the south, three had single statues with their own low alters set before them. The alcove in the northwest was different – it lacked an alter, was flanked by stange, crudely carved dog-like figures, and had no statue, nor even a pedestal. The back wall of the niche appeared to have been knocked out to reveal, or perhaps to create, a corridor extending to the north.

“I think these statues must have represented Agara and Arial,” Vulk said after examine the larger alcove and both figures, whole and broken. “Although these are very antique representations of the King and Queen of the Immortals… some of this symbolism hasn’t been used in 500 years!”

“And I think these two must be Shala and her brother Tanar,” Mariala called out, standing before the alcoves in the south wall. “But you’re right, I’ve never seen some of this icoography before…” She glanced across the chamber to where Aldor was on one knee before the lone alter and statue on the north wall, hands clasped on the hilt of his sword and head bowed. “And I’m going to go out on a limb and assume that one must be a representation of Cael.”

“It is,” Imrah agreed, trying not to be too embarrassed by his father’s ostentacious display of piety. “ Which I’m guessing would mean this empty and altered niche must have once held the likeness of Zelist, Immortal Patron of the Lesser Moon. Since her Cult was removed from the Eldaran Church in something like the 10th centry, that makes this place very old!”

“Yes, it would predate the founding of the Empire, actually” Grimbold said. “And I’d say the age and style of this stonework is in accord with that supposition.”

“But surely this section was build first,” Toran put in. “I’m not as familiar as you with Oceanian architecture, but the style and age of the work down here seems significantly older to me than that of the surface structures… and of better quality.”

Before the two Khundari could descend into a deep analysis of stonework and architecture a call from Erol drew their attention to the eastern end of the chamber. His vision still recovering, he had followed Devrik and Draik into a smaller room connected to the larger by a short hallway, and had apparently found something of interest. While the others wandered over to see what it might be, Mariala and Imrah decided to check out the passageway beyond the last aclove.

Less than seven meters long, it had clearly been constructed much later than the rest of the building, and by craftsman of decidedly inferior skills, using low-quality material. It slanted somewhat drunkenly to the northwest, and ended in a wide and seemingly bottomless pit. Even with Immortal-blessed sight they couldn’t see an end to it.

“That’s quite a shaft,” Mariala excalimed, perring cautiously over the edge.

“Mmm, seems more yonic than phallic to me,” Imrah observed, deadpan. Mariala choked back a laugh and considered the younger man beside her. She could see much of his father in him, if less formed and refined by time, but suspected his sense of humor came from his mother.

“Yes, well, in any case it’s a dead end,” she sighed. “I suppose we’d best go see what the others have found, yes?”

• • • • •

What the others had found was a rectangular chamber maybe 6 meters wide and 12 meters long. A shallow, wide niche was inset into the east wall, opposite the entrance, in which stood two granite statues. No one was sure who these figures represented, but between them sat a rather large chest of pale green wood, bound in brass. At each end of the room a low alter was set, and on each rested elaborately carved stone reliquaries. 

In the center of the room, at just above head height, hung a clear crystal phial, suspended by thin wires between three thin rods of metal depending from the ceiling. The rods were tinted in three different colors: red, green, and blue. But what was really odd was the beam of yellow light being emitted from a large, faceted crystal set in the wall above the entrance door. I shone down at an angle, passing through the clear phial, which spread and diffused it to shine on the mysterious chest opposite.

Ot it would have shone on the chest, if Toran wasn’t crouched in front of it, blocking the beam. He was muttering to himself in some irritation when Mariala and Imrah arrived. After another minute he rose, tucking his magical lock-opening amulet back into his scrip and shook his head.

“There’s magic involved here, no doubt,” he growled. “I know I did a flawless job on that lock with my tools – it’s not a very complex lock – but it wouldn’t open. Now my amulet, which can open even the most complex mundane lock, has failed as well. Some stronger magic protects this chest!”

“Maybe these have something to do with it,” Draik suggested. He stood before the northern of the room’s two alters and had pulled open the doors to its reliquary. Unlike the reliquaries on the alters in the main chamber, which had long ago been emptied of whatever relics they’d one held, this one held five glass spheres. Each was flat bottomed, with short cylindrical necks stoppered by a cork, and contained a transparent liquid in one of five colors: red, yellow, green, blue, and brown. 

Aldor, standing near the souther alter, opened that reliquary as well, revealing another five glass spheres. The liquids in these five containers were magenta, purple, teal, orange, and cyan. There ensued a debate of some minutes as the companions tried to figure out their next move. It seemed obvious that they must pour one of the colored liquids into the empty phial, thereby changing the color of the yellow light as it passed through. But which color was needed? And were there consequences for choosing poorly?

In the end, Mariala and Aldor’s argument for simplicity won the day, and the paladin poured the blue liquid into the crystal phial. The light turned green, and on striking the chest, an audible click could be heard. Toran cautiously lifted the lid of the green chest… and nothing happened. Inside the chest were eleven identical bracelet’s, and nothing more.

“Oh, that reminds me,” Toran said suddenly, looking slightly embarrassed. He reached into his scrip and pulled out an identical bracelet. “I found this when I was dragging that charred thrall girl to the corpse pile… it slid off her wrist when… well, when her whole hand popped off. It had seemed out of place on her, and I meant to mention it earlier, but in all the excitement…”

“So, they must have some connection to all this,” Grimbold said, taking the offered object form Toran. “It seems unlikely to be a coincidence. But why was only the girl wearing one? What are they for?”

Another debate ensued, until Vulk and Imrah each took a bracelet and slipped them onto their wrists, over the protest of some of their companions, especially Aldor. The paladin was furious with his son for taking such a foolish risk, but his anger was somewhat mollified when, through trial and error, the two pioneers solved the mystery. Turning the silvery of the two bands of metal one way, and you rose slowly into the air, the further you turned the faster you rose. Turn the coppery band the other way, and you fell at similarly controlled rates.

As Imrah sank back to the floor he turned sharply to the Lady Mariala, who had the same look of sudden enlightenment on her face “The bottomless pit!” they exclaimed at the same time.

In the end, to Imrah’s vast annoyance, it was his father, not he, who joined Cantor Vulk and Lady Mariala in the reconnaissance down the mysterious hole…. to find who knew what at the bottom…

A Dish Most Cold

16 Turniki 3020, Avantir, Ocean Empire

Vulk uses his psionic healing powers, boosted by the Staff of Summer (and the spell Defanged Serpent as a power stunt), to heal first Aldari, then Raven. By the time he gets to Ser Bizwyk (CS on Defanged Serpent), the man has stopped breathing. But he is able to neutralize the poison, and then revive him by more conventional means. By the time he gets to Barii the boy is mostly dead. Fearing a failure after such rapid, intense use of his power, he puts the boy in Stasis, as his mother, the house cook Karin, looks on.

They rig a method of getting the boy upstairs to a bedroom, and begin to ponder what the fuck just happened. Then Captain K’Jurol burst in with the news of Mariala and Dr. Lurin Ar’Hanol. (and when is Devrik going to notice her name?!)

Devrik, assured the rest of the Hand will remain vigilant in his absence, and at the urging of Raven, accompanies Vulk  and the Captain back to the Sea Foam Inn. There they find Mariala keeping the crowd at bay, and demanding Vulk save Lurin. Vulk approves of her casting of Stasis, and assures her it will last more than long enough. Devrik whips the table cloth off the table (leaving plates, cups and lit candles standing) and they use it to make a crude litter which the four carry through the streets… to little apparent reaction from the jaded Imperial citizens.

At Bekatia House they gather both dead friends in Mariala’s bedroom, where Vulk prepares to heal and then revive them. Draik gives his friend a little pick-me-up, and Vulk becomes a meth-addled speed demon, esp. after Toran uses Zyna’s Tap on him to clear his fatigue.. Casts Smile of Kasira on himself (CS), then scores another CS on his psionic healing talent. Wreathed in glowing green energy, he neutralizes the poison in both victims simultaneously. Dari revives fully, but Lurin requires mouth-to-mouth from Mariala to recover.

While Draik makes his CSI: Avantir investigation into the kitchen, the food and the poison itself, Mariala sends one of the house servants back to the Sea Foam Inn to recover the chocolate tort, if possible. Servant Yon Frigan (called Yon Yon) is a self-starter with some real initiative, and Mariala is grateful when  he returns with dead rats instead.

Devrik whispers, “That chocolate torte looks a lot like a dead rat..”

A plant alkaloid would be bitter, says Draik, but this didn’t seem to be. Only Aldari didn’t finish his because he didn’t like the taste, but he might just not like shellfish. The poison is also different, if no less lethal, than the one that killed poor Therok. Both are native to eastern, southeastern, and south central Ishkala, tropical to semi-tropical plants — information he gleans from his herbal book (gift from Vulk).

They question the staff, using Truth Sense and find no lies are being told. Erol tries out his newly mastered Violet Eye spell, asking if the poisoner is in the house, and gets an ambiguous yes/no answer. Consults with Mariala, who tries it herself, asking if the poisoner was invisible. She gets an unequivocal NO! For an answer.

Jeb, who has been sick all day with a nasty head cold, asks Vulk if he should eat the food left outside his room for him, in light of the recent attack. Vulk takes the tray back downstairs, where Draik determines that the mustard (a key ingredient in the shrimp dish)was poisoned, and gets his first full sample, confirming his suspicions. Cook Karin make the mustard herself, last batch about a tenday ago.

Given the Ishkala origins of the poisons, Erol tries Violet Eye again, asking “Is the poisoner affiliated with Ishkala in any way?” Once again, he gets an ambiguous yes/no answer.

Given Draik’s new certainty about the poison, the Hand clears out the kitchen (to Karin’s dismay – all that wasted food!), and scientifically array it at Mariala’s suggestion, to see if the rats who eat it die. While Devrik gently plays the pipes, they watch as the rats come out (Mariala nerves herself, but watches from inside, thru a window). The rodents enjoy the feast and waddle away healthy and happy.

Erol tries one more time with Violet Eye, asking directly if the Cook Karin put the poison in the food. This time he gets a resounding YES! (CS). Mariala casts the same spell and gets the same YES! answer. While there’re doing that, Vulk has lain down, with Devrik watching over him, to project his ethereal form out of his body. He searches the house for invisible or ethereal presences, and finds nothing save for a tattered ghost, hardly more than a cold spot in the cellar it’s so old. Devrik feels bad for it, and promises to research it.

Mariala uses her psionic abilities to peer into the cook’s mind, after she is prompted to remember some lost time two days prior, on her way home form the market. There is a block in her mind, and Mariala is unable to pierce it, seeing only two large, mesmerizing eyes – which is all Karin can be made to remember.

Similar probing of their waitress at the tavern, Betha, turns up no similar books in her mind, and suspicion turns to Captain K’Jurol. He volunteers to have his mind probed, after admitting to missing time three days earlier on his way home from the tavern that night. Mariala find the same mesmerizing eyes and an absolutely solid wall blocking off a small part of his memory.

At this point the Hand and family retire to the Extradimensional Mansion (the group should come up with a. name for the house) for assured safe food and a good night’s sleep. Devrik casts one of his new Vularu spells, reads the Tarot, and peers into the Flames of Xydona before bed. The nine hours of the Vularu spell result in one of the most vivid dreams of his life – the image of an old house, in an old neighborhood, next to a small park with a very tall fir tree. He knows it is somewhere in Avantir, and that it bears very strongly on the future of the Hand of Fortune.

The next day the group spread out to search the city for this building, having little more to go on. They all have some success in narrowing it down, but it is Draik (with a CS) who actually find the place, in the southern Fourth Circle. That afternoon, the Hand gather in front of the house, which appears abandoned. They decide to just forge ahead, despite Draik suggestion they just burn it down (Devrik likes!). After knocking, and Toran jiggling the handles to a sea shanty he learned on shipboard, Draik and Toran race to pick the two locks on the front door – amazingly Draik succeeds (needing 10 or less and rolling 1) just beating Toran; less amazing is Toran’s success.

Once inside the single large room at the front of the house Vulk draws the musty curtains. Place is empty of all but dust. As they move toward the doors leading deeper into the house, they are transported through a disorienting array of steps, to be plopped down, nauseous  and confused, in an ancient underground temple. Vulk pukes Ito a nearby shrubbery. Toran shows off his new Yalva skills by lighting a Sphere of Sholakas in his hand to light up the gloom. Draik determines the plants (and the humidity, despite the relative coolness of the temple) mean they are likely in a subtropical-to-tropical locale.

The doors north and south are magically sealed, a massive stone face blocks the east. Toran convinces Mariala to perform a charming gavotte on the symbol-marked stepping stone in the central pond, while Draik and Vulk click the gemstone buttons Vulk discovered while testing the water pouring from the cobra-head statues at the west end of the pool. Hilarity ensues for the GM, as they dance about, press buttons, and continually unlock and lock both sets of doors without realizing it.

Eventually Toran discovers that the northern doors are unlocked now. Vulk picks up a stone torch, and lights it from the ethereal flame flickering on one of the wall torches.

They are wary of the decorated central plates in the corridor, not stepping on them. But Draik sets off a trap nonetheless, and darts rain down on him, Mariala and Toran. Miraculously, all three avoid being hit, although a few darts stick in clothing or bounce off armor. Toran studies the floor carefully thereafter and identifies the trapped plates. 

Most everyone else traverses the hallway safely, and then Devrik makes a running start, leaps, and floats over the whole distance. He is using a new Vularu spell, Horrid Hover (but doesn’t realize that he has finally  triggered a latent psionic ability of telekinesis).

In the Statue Puzzle Room, they fairly quickly solve the puzzle, only triggering the dart trap once, as the pointer faces the north wall. Erol is hit by a dart and thought for a moment that it was a poisoned one, starting to panic until he realizes it has not pierced his armor. When the third button resets to the south, Toran figures it out and they light all four beacons and unlock the door.

Toran is meticulous about checking for trapped floor plates as the Hand proceed east down a short corridor.

In the ruined alter room, Mariala casts a Read spell to translate the stone slab. “What weapon did Darmok wield at the Bridge of Tanagra?”

They spend some time trying to solve the riddle, eventually realizing the answer may once have been on the carved mural that now lies in pieces on the floor.

B’okiri pour form a hidden entrance, and attack. Erol nets one on the weapon arm, CS ruining the creatures counterstrike.

Toran hurls his Chaos  Spear of  Shazirka at one, singes it, but doesn’t stop its attack. He counterstrikes then, and his battle-axe slices through its muzzle.

Mariala’s Syncope of Shala puts four of the six to sleep.

Erol’s opponent attacks with a mankar, Erol CS blocks with his trident and is able to follow up with a Tactical Advantage, stabbing his trident into the little guy’s stomach – but still it doesn’t go down!

Then an arrow from Draik’s short bow hits its left thigh, finally bringing it down and opening the femoral artery. It quickly bleeds out.

Devrik attempts an Orb of Vorol, but is forced to abort the Form.

More of the little buggers pour out of the hole, and the attack continues. Erol damages another, takes a hit his belly armor absorbs, while Toran’s muzzle-wounded opponent blocks the Khundari ninja’s next attack.

Vulk attempts Weavers Web from the Staff of Summer, but it misfires, engulfing not only the two B’okiri they are fighting, but Erol and Toran as well. Erol manages to quickly rip himself free, but Toran is more firmly stuck. And annoyed.

A B’okiri hurls a slingstone at Draik, who merely moves his head aside slightly to avoid the missile.  It instead strikes Toran’s webbed would-be opponent, who is rendered insensible.

Draik takes another B’okiri with another arrow, this time in the right calf; it goes down, but isn’t out.

Devrik attacks with the Holy Sword of St. Helathor, and his opponent counterstrikes, slicing across Devrik’s right hand – he drops the sword! Vulk uses his psionic healing talent to patch up the wounded hand, after another round of Mariala’s Syncope takes all the remaining little buggers out of the fight.

Mariala fails to cast Tongues, to question the prisoner(s), so Vulk performs his own ritual to the same end. While the others interrogate, Toran attempts to open the doors to the south – CS with Lockpicking, and yet no luck! Even his magic key fails to pierce the magic holding them shut. 

Similarly, attempts to Dispell the enchantment on the doors fails, in a bit of a fiasco – Vulk attempts to bolster Mariala’s attempt, fails, she prepares to cast but Devrik bumps into her while trying to help with his own version (CF), and the whole thing comes to naught. Erol succeeds in casting the spell, but it proves ineffectual against the temple magic.

“Vulk fails to cast dispel to assist Mariala, and when she begins to cast her spell, Devrik rushes to stop her so he can cast Dispel to assist and accidentally shoves her instead.” – Devrik

Draik fails his claustrophobia test, and refuses to enter the small tunnel whence came the B’okiri. Toran enters alone, able to see thanks to his darkvision. Comes on a lone guard watching through the eastern hidden door/peepholes, and attacks. The creature dodges, then counterstrikes, but fails. Toran then cuts his right leg from under him, finishing him off with a blow to the chest.

Erol has had enough of Draik’s hysterics and, on hearing the clash of arms within, goes after Toran. He grabs the stone torch from Vulk, and squeezes through the opening. Halfway to Toran he is ambushed by a second watcher, from the west. Erol brilliantly blocks, and then stabs, but the B’okiri dodges. 

Devrik ignites his holy sword and enters the fray, crushing the skull of Erol’s opponent into flaming ruin.

Vulk, after several minutes of cajolery to try and get Draik to enter the tunnel, finally gets him in a headlock and drags him in, kicking and screaming (but quietly, Darik’s not stupid).

Toran and Mariala operate the mechanism that lifts the doors east and west, the group exits east into the Antechamber. Toran uses his mundane lock picking skills to open the ancient, rotting doors into the main chamber.

Confrontation with Ambassador Mai Shin, who reveals himself to be Thuron Yan (who the group has trouble remembering – they’ve killed so many people, and burned down so many buildings in the last 2-3 years).

Some invisible force keeps Devrik (first) and the others from moving more than two-thirds of the way down the aisle. Thuron Yan monologues, explains his revenge plan and reasons:

In the year 2894 SR, Thuron Yan was born into a noble family on the island and nation of Yaro. Located in the tropical archapeligo southeast of the Ishkala continent. A precocious child , he was sent to study at the Imperial University of Ty Kyen when he turned 16. There he found his great passion lay in botany, alchemy and medicine.

At the age of 20 he met a stunning woman, unlike any he had every seen before, with pale skin and flaming red hair and eyes greener than any emerald. He was attracted by her exotic beauty, she found his intelligence appealing, and the two began a love affair. His family, once they learned of it, did not approve and insisted that he return home, now that his education was concluded.

He refused, and was prepared to defy them, no matter the cost, for the love of Axziga the Fair. In turn, Axziga was prepared to reveal her greatest secret to her lover, believing now that their love was true. But when the young man learned that his great love was, in fact, a red dragon in human guise – he freaked out. He had, since childhood, been possessed of a terrible fear of reptiles, and most especially of snakes. Seeing her in her true form, he went practically catatonic, and when she reverted to human form he fled from her in horror.

Hurt as she was by his reaction, Axziga was prepared to overlook it once he calmed down and had time to consider, to realize she was the same as she’d always been, and that he loved her. But it didn’t fall out that way in the end. His horror and disgust were bone deep, and knowing that he had enjoyed congress with a reptile sent him almost mad. Her every attempt at reconciliation was rejected, and the final time with harsh and hurtful words. He then departed to return home to his family.

Axziga’s pain and sorrow turned quickly to anger and grief at that point. She secretly followed her former lover back to his home, spying on his every move. When he all too quickly agreed to a marriage his parents had arranged, her anger and grief turned then to rage and vengeance. On the eve of his wedding day, she cast a terrible ritual she had learned long before, from priests of ancient Pagonia in the West — she caused him to become a creature part man and part snake. His family drove him away in horror, forcing him to flee his homeland.

When Axziga caught up with him in the jungles of Vavau, she gave him one last chance to return to their great love – surely now he could understand how he’d hurt her, and must repent of it, having experienced it himself. But still he could not look on her without revulsion clear on his face. Then the last of her own love died, and she became as cold and cruel as all of her race are said to be, casting a second great ritual, this time a curse. He would be condemned to live in this hated form for eternity, unable to die, always an outcast from all civilized people.

It took him almost two decades to find a way to suppress the curse, although only for a time – always he would eventually revert to his hybrid snake form. It was after that when he first met Olbu, a young man cursed with lycanthrope, and took him on as his eyes, ears, and hands in the world of Men when he could not go there himself. He in turn helped the young were-tiger adapt to his condition, and to find him a harem of women he could turn into were-tigresses.

Over time the snake man and his were-tiger associates traveled the world, looking for a cure for Thuron Yan’s cursed condition. Olbu and the other weres seemed much less interested in a cure for themselves, but remained loyal to their benefactor. Thuron Yal amassed fortunes over the decades, spending them as needed in pursuit of his goal. He also gathered a tremendous library of esoteric tomes, and taught himself, mostly, the ways of magic.

In time he and his companions settled in the Valley of the Golden Orchid, on the island of Kensuai, in the nation of Couri, neighbor to own lost homeland of Yaro. They built a comfortable villa and settled into various routines. And while Thuron Yan failed to find a way to reverse his condition and his curse, he did eventually learn of the whereabouts of his former lover.

Almost thirty years ago he and his were-tiger entourage infiltrated the ancient temple in Okara that the now reclusive red dragon had made her lair. They battled through and slew most of her B’okiri servant/worshipers before confronting the dragon herself. Even defeated and faced with a dragon-slaying artifact, Axziga refused to lift the curse, further foretelling that if he did kill her, then no power above or below would ever be able to remove it.

He slew her anyway.

Since then he has taken over her former lair and her minions (turning the easily manipulated B’okiri into his own minions/worshipers), keeping both as a back up retreat. He has also focused his efforts on circumventing his curse by transferring his mind into another body. He had died twice, prior to his encounter with the Hand of Fortune, and each time his snake form was become even more reptilian, more monstrous, and less human. He fears he will eventually become only a snake, losing his humanity forever. To stave off that day he fights the cold, emotionless aspects he feels growing within him, striving to be kind and compassionate where he can afford to be. But each new iteration of eternal form is colder, more ruthless, and less human…

Once he finishes his backstory he then summons a water elemental. The elemental goes first for Devrik, reeking as he does of the hated fire-stink. Our hero is battered, but retains his feet and his weapon.

Erol throws one of his Blast of Norinos grenades at the elemental, but it seems to have no effect on the creature. Devrik’s holy sword does, however, causing a steaming wound that quickly fills in as the elemental pulls back in dismay.

Vulk uses the Staff of Summer to summon an earth elemental, which will take four rounds. Mariala summons her own water elemental (name?), which takes two rounds. Draik moves to place himself in front of the concentrating Vulk, to protect him should the elemental attack. Which it does, and Draik dodges, drawing it away.

Toran keeps trying Stavin’s Arrow, but all except one attempt fails. The successful one does do some damage to the water elemental, however. Once the two elementals are fully engaged with each other, it frees up everyone’s attention for the Big Bad™.

Erol’s eye is caught by the Snake Lords gaze, and he is Charmed, despite the power of his new helm-of-not-being-possessed. He stands frozen. Vulk casts Kasira’s Armor on Erol, not realizing his friend has been charmed. 

Between the Kasira’s blessing and Erol’s magic helmet, when Thuron Yan Commands Erol to “defend me!” the Charm has been broken, and the command doesn’t take. But Erol, aware of the command, plays along and moves forward to take up a defensive stance in front of the Snake.

After her own water elemental appears and engages the first one, Mariala casts Resistance on herself.

Devrik considers summoning a fire elemental, but even under the best conditions (and these are far from that) it would take much too long. Instead he casts Immolation on himself — with a CS.

Erol whirls to launch a surprise attack on Thuron Yan, who is indeed taken aback to find his Charm/Command combo has failed. But his shockingly fast snake reflexes save him, as he sinuously evades the hero’s trident thrust at his belly (CS vs CS).

But the attack has the advantage of causing the Snake Lord to release his psionic wall that was keeping the others at bay. Devrik glides forward, a manshape of living ethereal (?) flame. As he does, Draik looses an arrow into the swam of B’okiri who have emerged to watch their Master kill the intruders – again he hits one in the left thigh, severing the femoral artery. As it bleeds out, its fellows charge forward, to Vulk’s exasperation.

Thuron Yan whips two blades from his side and cross cuts them through Devrik’s neck in a blinding move, decapitating the man! Except he’s made of flame, and so instead the blades pass harmlessly through him.

Erol invokes his Extratemporal psionic talent, with CS. His next attack on Thuron Yan is dodged, and the snake counters with his massive tail/body. He sends the gladiator flying into the swarm of B’okiri. Erol spears the first to come at him on his trident, lifts it up above his head and hurls its dying body into the water.

Mariala figures a sleepy spell ain’t gonna cut it this time, and unleashes her Fire Nerves spell. The B’okiri collapse mid-charge, mewling in pain. Thuron Yan just grimaces and glares at her, but isn’t incapacitated. 

A lone B’okiri, with more guts than brains, attacks Flame Devrik™ from behind, and gets a scorched blade for his trouble. The creature then decides discretion is the wiser option and retreats. Draik is having none of it, however, and once again his arrow finds a thigh and the femoral artery… another one bites the dust.

Devrik tries to cast Arkel’s Fiery Ribbons, but the distraction of the back stabbing B’okiri attack is enough to force him to abort the Form.

Vulk invokes a holy curse on Thuron Yan.

Mariala sends a second and third attack of Fire Nerves, keeping the B’okiri down and further discommoding Thuron Yan.

Doesn’t stop him from blocking Erol’s next attack, however, and again countering with his tail. He takes Erol’s legs out from under him this time, and lunges in with both falchions to end the gladiator with another decapitation move. But Erol successfully blocks and rolls back to his feet, protected by Kasira’s blessing.

The earth elemental finally appears, and is immediately set onto the enemy water elemental— the three-way elemental battle shakes the very ground and threatens the structural integrity of the ancient temple! Bad elemental kicks a watery foot into the earth elemental’s groin, sending chips of rock and dirt flying in a spray of water.

Toran fires a cross-bow bolt at the Snake Lord, but even as he’s fighting Devrik and Erol he manages to snatch it out of the air! It distracts him for a critical instant, however, and Devrik finally gets off Arkel’s Fiery Ribbons. The rainbow-colored flames slam into the snakes’ torso, engulfing him, and he screams in agony before collapsing to writhe and burn on the floor for a moment, before dying.

With his death, his summoned water elemental is freed, and saying “enough of this bullshit,” it vanishes in a spray of mist. Mariala dismisses her own elemental, with great thanks. Vulk has an idea for his earth elemental… but for the moment it just stands and waits.

While Toran sings (beautifully) an ancient Khundari funeral dirge, Vulk invokes the blessings of Kasira on the snake corpse of Thuron Yan, after which Devrik summons all of his pyrokinetic and magical Yalvan power to fully immolate the body, eventually turning it to fine ash and presumably ending the ancient curse that would otherwise revive and restore the man.

Afterward Erol pisses on the ashes, to the embarrassment of his companions.

Vulk utilizes his earth elemental to help Toran search for any hidden recess where loot might be found, and indeed, they find a small, well concealed chamber where Thuron Yan has hidden his recovered library (as much of it as the Hand didn’t loot themselves the year before). It is a tremendously valuable find, almost incalculable, really. It contains books, tablets and scrolls from across much of the world, on a variety of subjects both arcane and mundane.

Now, how do they get home again…?

Murder, He Wrote!

The Harlath Theater lies not far from the center of the suburban village of Khuronton, its lot surrounded by a screen of trees and a sagging wrought-iron fence which, while locked, is easily scaled. Weeds push through the cobblestone walkways and crude graffiti are scrawled at various points across the stonework. Inside the theater, . Unless otherwise stated, the theater’s features are described as follows:

Ceilings, Walls, and Floors 

The theater’s exterior walls are built from hewn blocks of sandstone. Interior walls are paneled hardwood, and while the hardwood floorboards may complain under any movement, they remain sound. Ceilings throughout the theater’s backstage areas are 3 meters high.

Interior Doors

Doors within the theater are made of oak wood and open outward on their hinges.

Exterior Doors

All exterior doors to the theater have been locked and further reinforced with chained padlocks. The keys to both padlocks and doors are long missing, but the padlocks can be opened with a successful

Dexterity check using thieves’ tools; the doors themselves can be opened with a similar check or a successful Strength check.

Light

Heavy curtains are drawn over the theater’s few

windows, shrouding its interior in darkness even during the height of day.

These areas are keyed to the floor-plans:

1. Amphitheater

Semicircular rows of layered seating descend below grade toward a cracked stone stage. Pieces of litter and old food scraps are strewn about. A trio of staircases evenly spaced throughout the amphitheater provide access to row levels. Two tunnel entrances at the bottom at the steps lead presumably to backstage areas.

The litter left about the amphitheater has been left over the years by youths and other explorers who sometimes like to sit upon the steps at night and observe the theater from a safe distance. Characters might notice, in their peripheral vision, a few mice startled at the party’s approach and disappear into holes in the stone.

The two tunnels at the lowest level of the amphitheater each extend for a few feet before terminating at a pair of double doors. 

2. Main Stage

The main stage of the Harlath is barren save for crude graffiti and piles of litter. Multiple locked doors lead to the theater’s interior.

3. Fountain Plaza

Weathered stone tables and toppled chairs are scattered throughout this barren plaza. In the plaza’s centre is a parched, geometrically-shaped fountain. Kiosks flank the east and west ends of the plaza. Wooden shutters pulled over their service counters have been shattered through, exposing their interiors to the elements.

Patrons gathered at this plaza before and after shows to mingle and enjoy food and drink served from the kiosks. The kiosks have been used previously by explorers as entrances to the theater’s interior, as breaking through their shutters is easier than bypassing the locked and reinforced doors.

4. East Kiosk

The hole smashed through the shutter of this kiosk is big enough for creatures of Medium size or smaller to squeeze through with little effort. When the characters enter, read aloud:

The interior of this kiosk is a mess. A food preparation station is in disarray; some pots and pans still rest upon a large hearth against the far wall, but others are scattered over the floor, along with various other utensils that have been knocked off of nearby shelves. Open doors lead into a storage closet and a stairwell.

Any food items were cleared out shortly after the theater closed, and there is little else of value in this kiosk. The storage closet contains nothing but bare shelves and empty containers. The stairwell leads down to the main and subsurface levels of the theater.

5. West Kiosk

The hole smashed through the shutter of this kiosk is big enough for creatures of Medium size or smaller to squeeze through with minimal effort. 

This kiosk looks to have been thoroughly rummaged through. Dirt, debris, and rusting cooking utensils litter the floor. On the far wall, above two hearths, the words “Masa was here” are scrawled in red paint. Open doors lead into a storage closet and a stairwell.

The graffiti in this kiosk is the result of a completed dare by a youth a generation ago. The storage closet contains nothing but bare shelves and empty containers. The stairwell leads down to the main and subsurface levels of the theater.

6. Stairwell

These stairwells connect the balcony, stage, and subsurface levels of the theater. They creak heavily under any weight, but remain structurally sound.

7. Set Storage Room

Items of furniture and panels of wood painted to resemble various set pieces are scattered about this room, loosely organized. The room overlooks the main backstage area to the east. A winch hangs over the platform.

Furniture and set pieces were kept in this room when not in use. There is nothing of significant value to be found here. The winch is operated by a hand crank to raise and lower a wooden platform between the backstage area and this storage room. The noise of the winch’s operation will startle

a bat that hangs from the ceiling concealed behind a tall cardboard statue, causing it to fly screeching into the rafters of the backstage area.

8. Workshop

Shelves stocked with tools line the west wall of this room. Piles of lumber flank the north and south walls. Dark brown stains cover large parts of the floor. In the middle of the room, laid atop a workbench, is a humanoid-looking figure of bone and wood. The room and a winch overlook the main backstage area to the west.

In better days, this workshop was used to construct all manner of set pieces and props for the theater’s performances. Now, it is being used by Argus Rapling, who is building himself a foul mannequin out of the remains of an explorer who broke his way into the theater a few weeks ago and was killed by the caretaker. 

The dark stains on the floor are old bloodstains from the caretaker’s dismembering and disposal of the rest of the body. Further inspection of the mannequin on the workbench reveals it to be of distorted humanoid proportions, with longer limbs than would be expected for the stoutness of its torso. Bits of bone have been woven with twine around slats of wood. A skull is mounted atop a barrel torso. A successful Physician check can confirm the bones are human.

9. Backstage Balcony

A raised scaffolding platform connects the performance balcony to the main backstage area below. Two sets of stairs in the middle of the balcony and a ladder on both the west and east ends of the balcony provide access. Multiple doors at the north end of the balcony likely open into the performance area beyond. 

Like the theater’s other exterior doors, these doors are locked and chained up from the outside.

Hazard: East Ladder. The ladder providing east balcony access is in poor condition, and will fail under the weight of the next Medium or larger creature that attempts to climb it. When the ladder fails in this way, the creature must make a successful Agility roll to avoid falling as one of the wooden rungs gives away. A character who fails

this roll falls 1d10 feet to the ground below.

10. Performance Balcony

This balcony was probably used as an extension of the main stage for performances. It is speckled with bird poop and littered with stones, likely thrown up from the amphitheater below by generations of bored children.

Trap: Swinging Axe. Argus has rigged both of these stairwells with tripwires that cause an axe, previously suspended from the ceiling above by a crude system of pullies, to swing downward when triggered. Those with a suitable light source can use passive Awareness higher will notice either the tripwire running across one of the stairs or the axe suspended to the ceiling. Anyone who unsuspectingly activates the tripwire must make a successful Agility roll or take slashing damage. Once triggered, the trap mist be reset manually by Argus.

11. Privies

These two stalls are filled with buckets beneath holed benches as well as empty washbasins.

12. Private Dressing Rooms

Ornate vanities trimmed with silver and gold filigree fill these small dressing rooms. Standing mirrors are noticeably free of dust. Clothing racks still hold some of the pieces worn during the last performance ever held at the Harlath.

13. Writer’s Room

The door to this room is ajar. On entering you see that it is in disarray. Books and the pages torn from them are scattered over a large oak table and its surrounding chairs, partially drape themselves over a piano against the north wall, and litter the floor. Half-emptied shelves line the walls. As you enter, the skeleton of a cat crawls out from under the table and begins to approach you at a lazy saunter, its eye sockets burning with pinpoints of soft blue light. 

Scripts and musical pieces were drafted in this room by Zamarin Imgarhol and her team. Argus, recognizing the room as representative of his bullying and exclusion, has trashed it and the majority of the works kept within it.

Scritches the Cat 

The skeletal cat is what remains of Argus’s pet, Scritches, who eventually died of natural causes and was animated by the same forces that keep the caretaker bound to the theater. Scritches’ mannerisms are identical to that of many living cats—Scritches is curious and somewhat friendly, and will approach party members in the room looking for pets and Scritches along its spine. A character who makes a successful Animal Handling (or similar) roll or Wisdom roll will quickly bond with Scritches, causing the cat to follow them around thereafter, until the character acts in a way that is hostile to Scritches.

14. Prop Storage

These alcoves backstage are laden with all manner of performance props — instruments, replica weapons, pieces of fake jewelery, and all manner of items, both interesting and mundane.

Encounter: Swords at East Prop Storage. In the east storage area is a box that contains six wooden prop swords. The swords, animated by the same magic that binds Argus, will fly into the air and attack any characters that come within 10 feet of the box, fighting until they are destroyed. The swords using flying sword statistics.

15. Cast Dressing Room

This larger communal dressing room is filled with vanities, clothing racks, and mirrors. The spectral figure of a young man hovers in the middle of the room, before a full-length mirror, gazing at his face, which looks to have been partially caved in. The figure turns to you. 

“Haven’t seen a living person in a long time,” it says,” sounding quite sad.

This dressing room was where non-star members of the cast got ready for performances. It has remained mostly untouched since the theater’s abandonment. The furniture is of fine quality, but there is otherwise nothing of any significant value to be found here.

The Ghost of Hakim

The spectral figure in this room is the ghost of a young man named Hakim, who was felled by Argus years ago while exploring the theater with his friends, most of whom managed to escape after Hakim was slain. Hakim poses no threat to the party, and is eager to have some living people to talk to after some lonely years in the theater. His face, contorted by his violent death, is marked by a weak smile. He hopes that the party may be able

to recover his remains and subsequently put him to rest. In exchange, Hakim freely shares his the story of his death with the party, as well as the following information:

Hakim has observed the corporeal spirit of the theater for long enough to believe that it is its former caretaker.

The spirit often groans loudly in a way that approximates singing, and moves through the theater dusting off its surfaces.

The caretaker has been using Hakim’s remains to build a mannequin as some sort of macabre arts and crafts project that takes place in the theater’s workshop.

An undead cat is present in the theater. Hakim believes the cat was the pet of the caretaker in life – and perhaps still is.

The caretaker spends most of its time in the depths of the theater’s storage room.

Hakim believes that one of his friends, who fled into the bowels of the theater, was also slain by the caretaker, but he’s not seen his spirit, if so.

Hakim doesn’t dare check the lower level for fear of the caretaker and what he might find. Hakim further explains that he would greatly appreciate

it if the party can recover his remains and arrange for them to be burned appropriately so that he may move on to the next life. He would prefer not to accompany the party during any further exploration of the theater, for he wishes to stay away from the caretaker, who still seems able to cause him pain, despite his own current incorporeal form.

16. Backstage

This area was kept clear for easy movement during performances. Staircases in the center of the room rise to the backstage balcony. A crank-operated elevator platform near the west end of the room allows for transport of large items to and from backstage to the storage areas one level below (Area 19). 

The elevator still works and can support up to three hundred pounds without failure, though the noise of its crank echoes throughout the empty theater. Its platform is currently lowered to the level below.

17. Lift Elevator

This elevator is operated via the hand-crank in the backstage area of the level above.

18. Manuscript Storage

This small room is a mess. Books and scrolls that had once sat on the shelves that line the walls have been pulled onto the floor and torn to shreds.

The team at the Harlath had written many plays and musicals, more than they could rehearse and perform. This room was used to file them away for future use or sale to other performance companies. Like the writer’s room, Argus destroyed most of the contents of this room in his rage.

19. Mannequin Storage

In the shadows you see several faceless humanoid figures, dark and menecing, arranged in various poses, huddled togehter into this cramped room—after a momentary start, you relaize they are just mannequins. 

The Harlath often used mannequins as background extras in larger scenes where live actors were not required.

Encounter: Swarms of Spiders. Any creature that steps more than two feet into this room agitates two swarms of spiders that recently hatched beneath a pile of mannequins. The spiders attack until reduced to half their hit points or fewer, at which point they disperse and flee. 

20. Dressing Room

Characters approaching this room can hear ragged breathing and scratching coming from beyond the door. When the characters enter, read aloud:

This dressing room smells of foul decay. Racks of clothing and costumes line the near walls. Against the far wall is a dresser, a standing mirror spattered with old blood, and a chair.

This dressing room was used as extra storage, and for when larger performances occupied the rooms on the upper level. The clothing here is stinking and dusty.

Encounter: Hakim’s Friend Davoz. The sounds from within this room come from a friend of Hakim’s, named Davoz, who was also slain by the undead caretaker after he discovered them exploring the theater. Unlike his luckier (or wiser) friends, Davoz fled to the lower level of the theater and attempted to hide in this room before the caretaker found him and put an axe through his head. 

Argus then left the room intending to return for cleanup later, closing the door behind him. Now, foul necrotic energies have reanimated Davoz as an angry corpse that attacks any and all living creatures. As soon as the party opens the door to this room, Davoz lunges forward in a frenzy of teeth and gnarled hands, fighting until he is destroyed. Davoz is a ghast with a 60 Constitution.

21. Below Stage Area

Barrels and other containers line the walls of this spacious chamber. Three lift mechanisms in the centre of the room rise to the ceiling and, by Toran’s estimation, the main stage above.

The lift mechanisms in this room were used to raise and lower actors and set pieces during actual performances. The containers around this room hold spare parts, cleaning supplies, and worn and broken set pieces, once scheduled for restoration.

22. Hallway 

This hallway connects to the tunnels that lead to the amphitheater. The tunnels and this hallway were occasionally incorporated into shows for more immersive performances.

23. Storage Room

The double doors to this spacious chamber are slightly ajar. It is dimly lit by the flickering of candlelight, which comes from several half-melted candles standing atop a table covered in a grey sheet in the middle of the room. Scattered across the table is an inkwell, quill, and several pages of parchment packed with script. Large set pieces piled against the walls cast long shadows across the room.

Argus the Caretaker. Argus spends most of his time here, reading, re-reading, and modifying the script that he originally presented to Zamarin years ago. When he notices the characters, he moves quickly to attack unless they can quickly make an appeal to him with a successful Rhetoric (Persuasion) roll or a successful  Wisdom–Religion check (see Appeasing Argus below). 

Alternatively, if Scritches is accompanying the party, Argus will not attack unless directly provoked for fear of upsetting his pet. Argus is a wight. He wields a felling axe instead of a longsword, but his statistics are unchanged. If his corporeal form is destroyed, it crumbles to dust and disappears entirely within moments as his spirit is banished from the theater.

Appeasing Argus. If he is not destroyed, Argus can be put to rest by having someone acknowledge the work that he has put into his script. The energies that reanimated Argus have preserved parts of his personality and most of his memory, though he is twisted by anger and resentment and can speak only in stumbling, fragmented sentences. 

If the party successfully appeases Argus by asking how they can help him, what angers him, or a similar sort of question, Argus will explain the following to the characters in as few groaning words as possible:

He was tortured and disrespected by the theater staff.

They ridiculed him for his script which he showed them.

If the theater will not value his work, then Argus will make sure that nobody makes use of the theater again.

He was pushed to his limit and did not deserve to be treated the way he was. He only wanted his work to be considered fairly.

Argus has written a genuinely impressive work—any positive acknowledgment of his work is enough for his spirit to rest. Depending on how the party communicates with Argus, this may be as simple as one party member taking the time to read it and providing Argus with honest feedback. Or, they may promise to Argus that they will shop it around to other theater companies in the hope of it being picked up for performance. It is important that the party is genuine in their appreciation, as Argus will notice disregard for his script or see through any lies about their feelings and immediately attack the party. If Argus is moved by the party’s acknowledgment of his work, he thanks them, sits down, begins to sob, and then slowly crumbles to dust. 

ALTERNATE (if adventure runs short) 

If Argus is appeased and begins to fade, his spirit visibly rising form his rotting corporeal form, then the young demon which has possessed him since before his death will rise to seize control, restraining the enslaved spirit.

The demon will attack with what powers it has, to stay in its host (the only one it has known). If the physical form is destroyed, or if Argus’ spirit is freed to move on to his afterlife, the demon will try to jump to a new host (Mental Combat).

If the Bowl of Barsol is present, or some other spirit trap, it will be possible to capture the demon wihin such a device, once it is free of its host

Aftermath 

Marliza Farim will be eager to hear of the party’s experiences in the theater. Before she delivers payment, Marliza will request a walk-through of the theater to confirm that it is no longer haunted. If the characters destroyed Argus or put him to rest, she delivers the reward as promised. 

If Hakim was not put to rest, the ghost remains in the theater, but does not make himself known during any inspection and is much less disruptive than Argus was. Hakim prefers to make his presence known only in specific circumstances, to play small tricks or provide minor assistance as he sees fit. He remains at the theater unless and until his bones are properly buried. 

If Argus is destroyed or put to rest, Scritches’ spirit is also put to rest.

The Great Arcanium Heist

Making his way home after midnight, Devrik felt very good about the session just concluded with Toran. They were well on their way to the realization of the artifact he had devised, and with his Khundari friend’s help was forging, which he planned to gift the chantry when he made his petition for the rank of Vendari. He felt that each had learned something from the other, and he was seriously considering the Tykizu convocation as his second branch of arcane study… assuming he achieved the rank of Master, of course. He smiled at the idea that he might not make it… bloody unlikely!

He rapped lightly at the door to Bekatia House, the very nice mansion on loan to them from the Imperial government, since the door was properly locked and barred at this late hour. After a moment he rapped more firmly… eventually the door porter, a yawning 14-year-old boy, opened the door and bowed him in. Devrik chuckled and ruffled the lad’s already tousled hair in passing.

“Go back to sleep, Bari, no one else is out tonight, I’m the last one.”

The boy flushed, but nodded, giving the scary older man a shy smile before turning back to lock and bar the doors again. Devrik made his way quietly upstairs, and on the way down the long hallway to his and Raven’s chamber peeked into his son’s room. Apparently the boy had won the battle with his mother, and was sleeping in the pocket dimension mansion tonight – his bed here was neatly made and unoccupied. Shaking his head in amusement, he continued on to his own room.

He tried to slip in without waking his wife, a on-going game they played. Raven’s preternaturally sharp “barbarian” senses usually made that his attempts at winning a fool’s hope, but…

So far, so good, he thought as he pulled off his boots, carefully watching her sleeping form under the comforter… no change in breathing… maybe this was his night! As he began to undo the frogs on his tunic he glanced over at the dresser, where they always kept The Book when Aldari was in residence within – and froze.

The dresser top was empty, safe for Raven’s combs and brushes.

“Raven! Where is The Book?” Devrik barked, his pulse beginning to race as the combat rush came over him. “Where is Aldari?!”

With a sharp intake of breath Raven sat up in bed, instantly awake. In much less time that it would have taken him, woken from a deep sleep, to realize the situation, she had understood his fears, and collapsed back onto her elbows.

“He is fine, husband. He is not sleeping in the Violet Mansion tonight, despite his whining. So the book is, I assume, on its usual shelf in Mariala’s chamber. As for Aldari, he and his herd are sleeping on the roof tonight… a tactical compromise I made, to carry the day.”

Devrik felt relief wash over him, and the sudden loosening of tension was almost dizzying. He didn’t continue undressing, however, and his wife smiled indulgently. “Go up and check on them, husband, we both know you won’t be able to sleep until you do.” She sank back into the pillows, turned over, and drifted back to sleep.

She was right, of course, Devrik realized, he was too primed for action now, and he’d never fully relax until he saw his son for himself… Kasira knew there’d been too many abductions with that boy, in his short life, for him to rest easy! He slipped back out of the room and made his way up to the small rooftop terrace.

Sure enough, there was Aldari, sound asleep on a pile of cushions and pillows, one leg sticking out of the twisted blankets, one arm akimbo behind his back. How the boy slept like that his father would never understand… Brann raised his head when Devrik stepped onto the terrace, then settled back down sleepily when he sensed who it was. Likewise, one of the two small, colorful fairy dragons (he could never remember which one was which), opened an eye, stared at him for a moment, then also went back to sleep.

Well, it was good to know his son had attentive guardians, even in his sleep. Still… it was a lovely night, and he also enjoyed sleeping out-of-doors of a summer evening. Raven will understand, he thought wryly as he wrapped himself in a blanket Aldari had kicked off in his sleep, and curled up next to his son and the menagerie.

•••••

As the dawn light poured in through the windows of her room like rose honey (the eastern exposure was one reason she’d picked this room, despite it being on the third floor), Mariala stretched and smiled languidly, disentangling her limbs from those of her bedmate. The other person made a small noise, and began to come slowly awake as well.

“It looks to be another beautiful day, sleepyhead” Mariala said, stroking the other’s dark hair. “But didn’t you say you wanted to be back aboard the ship before everyone was up and about?”

With a groan, her bedmate rolled over and, propped up on elbows, arched an eyebrow at the redhead. “If you hadn’t exhausted me last night, I should’ve been up before the sun,” Lurin Ar’Hanol said, smiling. “Not that I’m complaining, mind you! Still, I’d rather not draw too much attention to… whatever we have going on here. You are, after all, my boss.”

“Well, one of them, anyway,” Mariala laughed, laying back down as the Kunya-Keshdan physician rose and began searching for her clothes. “As we agreed last night, it’s nobody’s business but our own — and Shala knows, that ship is as big a hot-bed of gossip as any village laundry full of washer women. No need to feed grist to the rumor mill just yet.”

As she watched the good doctor put herself back together Mariala’s eyes drifted absently across the bookshelf where she stored the Hand’s growing collection of tomes (another reason she’d picked this room, that built in bookcase). Her gaze grew sharper when she realized The Book, as they’d all taken to calling The Joys of Extradimensional Spaces, was missing from its usual place.

Lurin, was The Book on the shelf last night when we returned from the inn?” she asked, sitting back up again suddenly.

“Hmmm?” Lurin paused as she was buttoning her bodice. “Oh, your “special” book… I really couldn’t say I noticed. As I recall, my mind was rather focused on… more interesting things just then.” She smiled wickedly at Mariala, and the sorceress mentally shrugged. No doubt Raven had lost her battle of wills with young Aldari, and had taken The Book while they were out… and then she forgot all about it as Lurin slipped back out of her bodice…

•••••

It wasn’t until some time later, gathered for breakfast with the rest of the Hand and Hand-adjacent, that Devrik and Mariala compared notes and came to understand that The Book really was missing. Quick and urgent questioning of every inmate of the house soon revealed that no one knew where it was!

A few minutes of meditation and self-hypnosis helped Mariala to fully recall last evening, and resulted in her absolute certainty that The Book had been in it’s proper place when she returned from her dinner with Dr. Ar’Hanol. Why that confirmation should make her blush, Devrik couldn’t imagine, but at the moment he was too distracted to dwell on the matter.

Erol and Toran’s combined tracking skills, when they went in together to examine Mariala’s bedroom (while the rest of the Hand crowded the hall outside), revealed that two… creatures was really all they could say… had been in the chamber. The traces were disturbingly animal-like, if considerably larger, and showed they had climbed up the trellis outside the windows at some point during the night.

“It looks like they went over to your bed, Mariala,” Erol said, on his knees near foot of said furniture. Mariala was distinctly glad she’d made the bed after Lurin had departed. But…

“Yes, I agree,” Toran nodded. “It looks like they stood there for at least a few minutes, too, before heading straight over to the bookshelf.” He scanned the floorboards carefully as he crossed to the wall, perpendicular to the one with the windows. “Which is odd, as they must have known what they were looking for, since it doesn’t appear that they searched the room. The bookshelf is closer to the windows than the bed, so it’s odd they made that detour—“

“Odd?!” Mariala yelped in horrified dismay. “You think some nasty animal-things staring down at us — me, while I slept is ODD? It’s creepy beyond words, and deeply disturbing!”

It took a few minutes for Mariala to regain her composure, and while she did the others moved downstairs to check the ground at the base of the trellis. When she rejoined her friends, Erol was just setting Grover down and encouraging the ferret to pick up the scent, if he could.

The little beast quickly latched onto something, and darted off down the street, with the Hand in hot pursuit. Grover followed the scent into the nearby pedestrian tunnel under the Decadius Canal, but seemed to become confused about halfway through the passage. The physical traces of claw-like feet mingled with both bare and shod human footprints in a confused scramble in the tunnel, and did not appear to go on… from the middle of the tunnel they became lost in the traces of the other marks which covered the floor.

Toran closely examined the stonework of the tunnel, looking for any hidden door or hatch, perhaps an entrance to the city’s vast labyrinth of sewers and heat tunnels, but found nothing. Eventually the group returned to the surface and stood staring in frustration at the morning sun glittering on the waters of the canal.

“This is clearly a dead end,” Vulk sighed. “I think we need to turn to another question: where might a stolen book be taken in this city? I wish we’d tagged the damn book with a locator cantrip, as we talked about…”

The Book is naturally resistant to scrying spells and such,” Mariala shrugged. “It would’ve taken more than a cantrip; on the ship, there seemed no need, and after we arrived here, we’ve all been too busy. Still, we’ve each of us become attuned to The Book in recent months, so maybe we’ll be able to sense it if we get close enough…”

“Possibly,” Vulk agreed, and a sudden thought struck him. “The Staff of Summer is extraordinarily sensitive, and through me it’s gained familiarity with the energies of The Book… perhaps it can act like an amplifier, increasing our sensing range. Or at least mine.”

“That’s an interesting possibility,” Devrik said, manfully not rolling his eyes. His friend did like to go on about his amazing staff… of course, in this case he might actually have a point. “It still leaves us with the difficult task of narrowing down where to even begin looking… this city is enormous. So where do we start?”

“Well, we do have two obvious places to begin,” Mariala said. “The Great Library, although I doubt anyone would try to sell stolen books to them… at least not ones stolen in the City itself. A more likely possibility is our friends at the Amberdune bookstall. I suspect if anyone knows where a stolen book might be fenced, it would Nadalia and her people.”

“Assuming it wasn’t stolen specifically for some wealthy collector, of course,” Draik added glumly.

“Well, even then, Nadalia would seem the one most likely to know who the major players in the City’s book world are,” Mariala said. “She can help us narrow down our search, at the very least.”

After making sure the mansion was secure, with Jeb and Therok on high alert and Aldari firmly under his mother’s watchful eye, the Hand spread out across the city to their various tasks. Mariala, Toran and Erol headed toward’s the Baldeth Market and the bookstall run by the Amberdune “family” of jackalweres, while Devrik and Draik made their way toward the Great Library, on the grounds of the Imperial University and the shores of Lake Shala. Vulk undertook to vigorously investigate the nearby Serene Lotus bathhouse, so popular with the gladiators from the nearby training academy — and, he theorized, a veritable hotbed of underworld informants.

At the Amberdune bookstall, the three friends found Inbar and his brother Ramah on duty, the latter reading aloud from a book of poetry to attract possible patrons. The three companions were greeted with sincere but guarded enthusiasm – the jackalweres were still getting used to the idea that such high folk could truly be well-meaning, friends even, to such as themselves.

Once Mariala had explained the situation, however, and how serious their need was to find The Book, Ramah became a bit prickly, assuming he and his family were being accused.

“No, no, nothing of the sort,” Mariala assured him, making placating gestures. “It honestly never occurred to us to think any of you might have been involved. But you are our only connection to the world of books in this city – who else would we turn to for advice, and possibly help?” She smiled and opened her hands, palm up, in a questioning gesture.

Ramah had the grace to look embarrassed and Inbar laughed at him, slapping his younger brother lightly on the back of the head. “Of course we’d be happy to help, mistress,” the older man went on, ignoring his sibling’s glare. His Pagonian accent was heavier than most of the other Amberdune’s, but perfectly understandable.

“Sadly most of the fences and other… um, less than reputable booksellers we know of are, how should I say, low-level? And I would not wish to say anything without Nadalia’s nod, I am sure you understand. But really, she is the one you need to speak to, mistress… I am certain if anyone could point you straight it shall be her.”

Like all the jackalweres, he spoke of their leader and surrogate mother-figure with something near to reverence. The lamia – half snake, half woman – had, after all, saved each of them over the years from lives of various kinds of desperation, and had kept them together and safe ever since. It was hardly surprising that their loyalty to her was absolute. Inbar assured them that Nadalia was at home just then, and would likely be happy to receive them.

“Indeed, she has probably only just risen,” he added. “Ever since her… revival… she has been sleeping much longer, as Cantor Vulk had said she might. But it is clear that she is getting stronger each day, and we all thank him, and you all, everyday for that gift.”

A bit embarrassed by the naked gratitude in the man, indeed, in both men, the friends quickly made their farewells. Leaving the market, they headed down into the warren of older buildings that made up Raddler’s Maze, the slum wherein Nadalia and her family made their home. On Old Quarry Street they passed the popular bakery and food shop they’d noted on previous visits to the area, Virgot’s. One of the most popular eatery’s in the northwest quadrant of the City, the queue to get in was as long as ever, Toran noted. They really had to try it sometime, the smells were literally mouthwatering…

At that moment he caught site of Marliza, the youngest member of the Amberdune family, coming out of the food shop, carrying a large tray piled high with wrapped bundles – pastries and meat pies, Toran assumed. He hailed her, and she seemed please enough to see them. They quickly learned she was just returning home with breakfast for Nadalia and the others not on shift at the bookstall.

“A little late, I know,” she said, “but Nadalia is still waking up rather late, so…”

“No need to explain,” Erol assured her. “In our lands we call it brunch, and it’s really very civilized. Here, can I help you with that?”

The three friends accompanied the girl through the twisting lanes of the Maze back to the jumble of rooms the Amberdune family called home, Erol carrying the laden tray for her.

•••••

Nadalia made sure to present her usual cool, collected self, but was actually not displeased to see their new… allies, she might fairly call them, she thought. Perhaps friends, in time, although she was not one to make such attachments lightly, or quickly. But Goddess knew, she owed these people her life… the least she could do was share some of her breakfast as they talked. Besides, Marliza always bought too much.

“I’m very sorry to hear of your loss,” she said gravely, once they had settled in her private chamber with hot chocolate and steaming sweet buns, and the visitors had explained their errand. “I can’t say I’m terribly surprised, however, given your rather cavalier attitude toward keeping secrets. I admit, I didn’t expect it would happen quite so soon.”

“What?” Mariala sat her cup down rather too sharply. Nadalia thought she seemed suddenly suspicious. “How did you know… how could you have expected something likes this?”

“My dear, half the city knows of the existence of your marvelous Book and its pocket dimension by now, after that birthday party you threw for one of your friends four nights ago. As I’ve heard it, you had caterers going in and out of that Book, serving food cooked by your homunculus servants – quite good food, too, I’m led to understand. In any case, servants will talk, especially when there’s a good story to be told.”

Lady Mariala seemed chagrined at this – no doubt wondering why none of them had considered this possibility? Nadalia’s sources had told her the mansion’s staff were vetted by the Lord Myrmytron himself, so no doubt they’d all just assumed their silence…

“It seems we have been indiscreet,” the noblewoman sighed. “Still, nothing to be done about that now, it’s spilt milk. Nadalia, can you offer us any advice on how to proceed in trying to recover The Book? Have you any ideas on who might have taken it?”

Nadalia took a bite from her mushroom tart and considered. She was impressed. The other woman didn’t waste time on useless regrets, and she appreciated that. “As for who might be behind this theft… given the alacrity with which it occurred, and the traces you say you found, I can make a very educated guess. But first, some history might be in order.

“When I and my jackalweres first moved to the City, some five years ago, we rather quickly came to the attention of a certain Guildmaster. He went by the name W’Larid, and claimed to be the head of the Zalik Mal here in Avantir—“

“Hold up,” the Telnori fighter, Erol, said with a frown. “I understood the Empire, and the capital especially, was free of that sort of crap. Korwin – a friend of ours, and a native – was always going on about how that sort of organized crime simply wasn’t allowed.”

Nadalia laughed aloud at that, something she seldom did. “Oh, it’s true as far as it goes… traditionally Avantir has never been a safe city for the so-called Thieves Guild – that they exist at all within the Empire is mainly due to inroads they’ve made in outlying areas over the centuries, during the rare Interregnums or periods of Imperial eclipse. As it is, they are weak compared to their sister organizations elsewhere, and are very careful not to upset the social order here in the Archipelago, nor to draw attention to themselves.

“They never had any presence at all in the Eternal City, however, until about 40 years ago, when they gained a foothold during the decade-long rule of the Usurper. During that time, a small cadre from the Wild Coast infiltrated the City; given the corruption and malfeasance rampant under an illegitimate ruler, it’s hardly surprising they made inroads in certain areas… protection and smuggling primarily, I’ve been told.

“When Emperor Gil-Garon and his beloved Myrmytron reclaimed the Coral Throne, they saw to the extermination of the nascent organization in the Imperial City in quick order. Others, in other realms, may buy into the supposed benefit of the “Guild,” as a means of controlling the extremes of crime, but not those two! The Emperor was not prepared to tolerate such a taint so close to home, not in his own city..

“I infer, from what my careful researches at the time allowed me to piece together, that this W’Larid (although almost certainly not under that name), was a young man at the time of Zalik Mal purges, and probably an apprentice in the organization. Obviously he managed to avoid the fate of his fellows, including the so-called Guildmaster of that time, one Tervan Holdak — they all went to the gallows. W’Laird, I believe, went underground. Probably quite literally, given the maze of sewers, catacombs and service tunnels that criss-cross this city. They have always served as a refuge for the unwanted or desperate in Avantir.

“His story might have ended there, if it were not for a strange chance… I believe that it was in the tunnels or sewers during that time that the man contracted lycanthropy. Over time he learned to take advantage of this gift, and by his own native intelligence and powerful personalty he eventually gained mastery over most of the city’s other lycanthropes.”

“What kind of lycanthropy?” Mariala asked, apparently dreading the answer she seemed to have already half-guessed.

“He is a very powerful wererat,” Nadalia repiled. “Aside from his domination of other lycanthropes, he has absolute mastery over the actual rat population of the City. Which means he has eyes and ears everywhere. It is probably what — Are you quite alright, Lady Mariala?”

The other woman had turned very pale, and her hands had acquired a slight shake. “It’s nothing, I just have a… great dislike for rodents of any sort. And the idea that giant rats may have stood over me as I slept… disturbs me. But please, go on…” Nadalia couldn’t quite decide if she was sympathetic or amused. A little of both, she supposed, as she continued.

“Well, I was saying that It may be this confluence of events and abilities which led W’Larid to the idea of reforming a new version of the Zalik Mal, one designed to avoid the Imperial eye and so survive, under the Emperor’s very nose. Protection rackets were out, of course — the people know too well that the Imperial authorities will take care of anyone who tries such tactics — but theft, smuggling, illicit drugs, fencing… and murder… were safer options. And all of the members of his “Guild” are were-creatures, every single one, without exception… and that is the major reason for his success.

“The other reason, so far as I can tell, is that he has kept his operation limited to the three Outer Circles of the City for the the past 20 years. He has recently managed to extend limited tendrils of influence into the Third Circle, however, if rumors are to be believed. Mostly in the areas of burglary and fencing, which is why I suspect he may ultimately be behind the theft of your Book. Not the man himself, of course, but certainly his agents—“

“How do you know so much about the man?” The tall Telnori interrupted again, his own suspicions apparently aroused now. Nadalia noticed that his Khundari companion sighed and shook his head slightly. Interesting…

“As I said, research and inference – in point of fact, I know very little of him, beyond the existence of the man and his organization, but I can conjecture with reasonable accuracy.”

“I take it from what you said earlier,” the Khundari, Toran offered, “that he attempted to coerce your jackalwere family into this “Guild,” when you first moved into the City?”

“Indeed, Master Dwarf, you are correct. I refused his agents, of course – I have my own interests to pursue, and they would not be best served by criminal entanglements. Their leader seemed to take my answer in good part, however, and appeared content to leave us alone. I eventually learned, however, that he kept us under observation. Unfortunately. When my children began to dabble in minor crime (pickpocketing, mostly, and an occasional burglary) he soon came to know of it.

“Three years ago he sent more emissaries to me, insisting again that we “come into the fold,” as it were. They made it clear that he viewed all “criminal” lycanthropes in the city as under his purview, and his alone. I didn’t see it that way, of course, and declined his invitation a second time. I also commanded my children to refrain from their criminal antics.

“Understand, I had no problem with my boys and girls and their little hobby, but when it began to threaten my own interests — books, and acquiring them — it had to stop. They tried to be good, of course, but there were the occasional lapses… and each time W’Larid’s agents appeared, demanding the pack submit to his authority.

“The last time, he actually visited me in person — the first and only time I ever laid eyes on the man. Well, the rat — he came to me in his hybrid were-form. In this very chamber we debated his “offer,” and this time he seemed disinclined to accept my continued refusal. He became quite heated, in fact. I was forced to remind him that snakes liked to eat rats… and while he was a rather large rat, I was a rather large snake. We realized we were at an impasse, and he eventually departed.

“I prepared for his anticipated reprisals as best I could, but unfortunately it was only a month later that I was attacked and… slain… by that band of illiterate treasure-hunting thugs. I can only assume that, with my children focused on raising money to revive me, and therefore lacking the time or heart for petty crime, W’Larid didn’t press them in my absence. A strange mercy from such a creature.”

“Well, it certainly seems that he has become our prime suspect,” Mariala sighed, in some resignation. Nadalia got the sense that the woman was realizing her immediate future promised rather more rats than she might have wished. “Is there any chance you know where we might find this “Guildmaster” of yours?”

“Ha! I disclaim any ownership of the man. And I’m sorry, but I was never able to determine any definite location for his headquarters… Goddess knows I’ve tried! For all I know he moves around from location to location, month to month, like ancient kings were said to do. His organization does have a strong presence in this sector of the Fourth Circle, however. Although I’m not sure if that is of much real help to you. You might more profitably look not at where he could be now, but where he (or at least your Book) might be in the future.”

“I take it you have a thought on that?” Toran asked, smiling.

“I do, in fact…”

••••••

It was just approaching midday when the Hand gathered in a hot cocoa shop on the Street of the High Bells, across from the Kirdathar (KEER-da-thar) Arcanium, in the northern part of the Third Circle. The shop was a low, single story building of dark gray basalt, with a higher, flat-roofed central core, shingled in blue-gray slate. It stood out amongst its taller neighbors, which were mostly two- or three-story townhouses of the usual Avantir pale stone, with the traditional bright blue slate roofs of the City. Windows of geometric-cut stained glass made it impossible to see inside, and the tall front door of bronze-bound ironwood was closed. A discreet placard next to the door indicated the place was open for business, however.

“According to Nadalia, a man named Kolith Kirdathar is the owner and sole proprietor of that place,” Mariala recapped for Devrik, Draik and Vulk, who had just joined her and the others. “It’s a small business specializing in the buying and selling of minor magic items and spells. As you can probably tell, this is a very exclusive area… not far from Inspiration Park, in fact.

“According to our lamia friend – who, by the way, seems to have a network of informants in the City that I suspect would make Lord Kavyn jealous — in his youth, Kolith apparently had ambitions to become the greatest mage since Talorin Silvereye… but a decade of dedicated study in one of the better Xavar’na chantries as we well as the Imperial University, proved he just didn’t have the talent to move past the rank of Vendari.

“This didn’t seem to stifle his ambition, though. Realizing he probably wouldn’t become very famous, he decided instead to become very rich. Using a sizable investment from a mysterious source — rumors of a swindle on a wealthy relative floated around for a time, but never came to anything — Kolith started a buying and selling service for magic items. He supplements this with his own middle-of-the-road enchanting and crafting capabilities, and the business eventually grew to deal in all manner of minor magic.

“Over the last few years Kolith has developed a reputation within certain circles for being willing to dip his hands into shadier business dealings, namely buying and selling stolen items or procuring certain equipment for buyers with nefarious intent. Nadalia knows of this first-hand, having dealt with him a time or two, in seeking to acquire some hard-to-find books. She says she suspects that he spends a significant portion of his time greasing palms and working deals to ensure that his business enjoys a steady growth… and avoids the wrong kind of attention.

Nadalia believes, but cannot prove, that he is also a primary fence for the Zalik Mal in matters involving esoteric items, be it artifacts, scrolls, holy objects… or books. If she is right, she thinks this arrangement has been going on for quite awhile now, although she doesn’t think Master Kirdathar is an actual member of W’Larid’s “Guild”… he’s definitely not a lycanthrope, for one thing.”

“So, how do we want to approach this?” Devrik asked, pouring himself another cup of the extraordinarily good chocolate. No wonder it was so expensive!

He and Draik had had little luck at the Great Library, although Learned Tali’ken had agreed to keep an especially sharp eye out for their Book, should anyone be so foolish as to try and sell it to them. They’d hit a few random taverns and inns on the way back — if Vulk could spend his time “investigating” bathhouses, no reason why they couldn’t do the same in likely-looking drinking establishments — until he’d got the comms call from Mariala to meet the others here.

Draik didn’t have an ear-piece, since Korwin had gifted his own to young Aldari. That arrangement hadn’t lasted more than two hours, however, as the boy spent the entire time narrating his day in real time, driving everyone else mad. Devrik had been forced to take it away, giving it instead to Raven, who reluctantly promised to wear it, even though she said the devices gave her the heebie-jeebies.

“I think we just go in and casually ask about The Book, in a general sort of way, making it clear we’re serious buyers and not too worried about scruples,” Mariala suggested. “He’s a fence, he’ll be wanting to sell it, so why balk at a quick sell? For that matter, if the price isn’t outrageous, we might be able to just buy it back, then take our time coming after him and this W’Larid creature.”

“There is no way in the Void I’m paying to get back what rightfully belongs to us,” Devrik objected hotly. “If we can be sure he has The Book, I say we simply take it back – let him call the Watch, if he dares!”

“Sheesh, it was just an idea,” Mariala said. “We can play that part by ear, yes? Any objections to the rest of my plan?”

There weren’t, beyond the suggestion that they go in as several groups, a little apart, so as not to seem like an invading mob. Mariala, Vulk and Devrik entered first, with Erol and Draik following a few minutes later, and Toran bringing up the rear shortly after that.

The shops wide door opened into a main central show room, a tall, spacious area illuminated by a large skylight in the 4-meter high ceiling and two large stained glass windows to either side of the entrance. A purple carpet, trimmed with gold leaf, lay on a hardwood floor and extended from the door to a beautiful burled wood service counter. Behind the counter was a yellow silk curtain, screening the shop’s back area.

Items of all sorts sat on shelves that ran along the walls of the room, with more items prominently displayed on two pedestal tables in the middle of the room, to either side of the carpet. To either side of the counter stood two life-size mannequins dressed in expensive-looking, and no doubt enchanted, clothing. The only other door was one in the west wall, which was currently closed.

The Kirdathar Arcanium

No bell tinkled to announce their arrival, but the yellow curtain behind the counter parted almost immediately as a tall, well dressed man stepped through and courteously greeted his potential new customers. His dark hair was thick and wavy, and he had large muttonchop side whiskers that ran down almost to his chin. The chin itself was bare, but thick mustachios, oiled and curled, adorned his upper lip. He wore a high-collard, long-sleeved silk tunic of wine red, which was cut away from the waist down, revealing his dark purple linen trousers and dark leather knee-boots. A matching purple linen pectoral cloak covered his chest and back, held together by two large disks of gold.

Kolith Kirdathar

While he seemed reasonably fit, his face showed his 50 years by a certain puffiness, and his dark brown eyes were set deep within prominent pouches. Mariala took an instant dislike to him.

“How may we be of service, gentlemen, lady?” His voice was as unctuous and ingratiating as she’d imagined it would be, given his looks, but Mariala stepped forward, putting on a smile as false as his own.

“Good day,” she replied in her most high-lady voice. “You are Master Kolith Kirdathar, proprietor of this establishment?” They’d agreed she would speak for the group, posing as a noblewoman with her bodyguard and her religious advisor. After so much time with Korwin, she felt her Oceanian accent was rather good.

“We are, good lady. And whom do we have the honor of addressing, if we may be so bold?” His teeth were very white, she noticed. Disturbingly white, actually.

“I am Lady Regina Lingon-Holwarth of Sweros, and this is my spiritual advisor, Cantor Yulwin.” Mariala didn’t introduce Devrik, of course; such muscle as he was pretending to be was there to be called upon at need, but otherwise treated like a piece of furniture. “We are in search of a certain rare tome, and are told that you are the man to see about such matters.”

“Ah, well, there is every chance we might be able to help your Ladyship. Rare items, including books, are our speciality here at the Arcanium,” he spread his hands to encompass the whole shop, and his smile widened. “Now, what title in particular is it that has caught her Ladyship’s interest?”

“It’s quite unusual, and I have only today learned that it is very recently on the market, as it were,” Mariala said, leaning in as if to share a confidence. “If this is so, I wish to forestall any competition by acting quickly. It is a copy of the great Darolithukan’s work titled The Joys of Extradimensional Spaces which I seek.”

The smile froze on Kardithar’s face, Mariala rather thought, although she was getting absolutely nothing from her previously cast Truthsense spell. Damn, the man must be wearing a protective amulet against such magics… not unusual amongst the nobility and those involved in the T’ara, of course, so it wasn’t necessarily suspicious. Just damned inconvenient.

“I’m afraid I’m not familiar with the volume, my lady,” Kirdathar replied after the barest hesitation. “I’m sorry, it seems I won’t be able to help you after all,” Mariala noted with some amusement that he had suddenly dropped the use of the third person plural. While her spells couldn’t prove it, her gut told her she’d struck a nerve. “Perhaps her ladyship would like to peruse the Reading Room, where the best books are kept, and something else of interest might suggest itself…?”

Mariala shrugged in indifference to the idea, and made a little moue of annoyance. “Well, that is disappointing, Master Kirdathar. My sources in the Baldeth were quite certain you were the man to rely upon in these matters. Still, if you don’t have it, you don’t have it. If you do hear of anything, however…”

“Of course, my lady, should I learn of such a book being available I shall contact you at once,” Kirdathar said quickly, coming out from behind the counter and gesturing them toward the door across the room. “But I have other customers, as you can see, so…”

The rest of the Hand had entered the shop and were now milling about, appearing to examine the wares, so Mariala allowed herself to be chivied to the Reading Room. Kirdathar unlocked the door on the west side of the room with a key taken from a chain at his waist, and ushered them in. Toran startled the man as he turned back to the counter, forcing him back a step at the Khundari’s sudden, silent presence behind him.

“Ah, as long as you’ve opened it up, I wouldn’t mind having a bit of a peruse myself,” the Dwarf said, smiling broadly. The shop keeper quickly recovered and stepped aside.

“Of course, Master Dwarf, just let me know if I can help you find anything,” he muttered, before stepping quickly away to check on Erol and Draik, who were examining some supposedly enchanted blades on the other side of the room. Toran followed Mariala and the others into the smaller room.

“I can’t tell if he’s lying,” Mariala was speaking quietly to the other two as he approached. “I’m sure he’s shielded, but I’m also sure he knows something. Unfortunately, I’m not getting any sense of The Book’s presence. Is anyone else getting anything?”

Devrik shook his head, but Vulk looked lost in thought, his grip white-knuckled on his staff. After a moment his face lightened and he looked up, lips quirking.

“I can’t sense The Book either, but as I suspected, the Staff of Summer is much more sensitive. Through it I get… it’s hard to describe… it’s nothing so clear as a direction or a presence, but the Staff seems convinced that The Book is nearby… perhaps well shielded? Or maybe it was here recently, and it’s only sensing a residue? Sorry I can’t be more definitive.”

“Well, that’s not much to go on,” Toran sighed. “At least not as a pretext to ransack a legitimate business. Especially if we don’t turn up The Book or some other evidence of a crime.”

“Maybe not,” Devrik growled. “But if just asking about The Book unnerved the man, let’s see what some real intimidation can do!”

Before anyone could stop him, Devrik had turned and stepped back into the main room. He stalked over to intercept Kirdathar as he was returning to the counter, interposing himself between the man and his refuge. The shop keeper peered down his nose at the shorter, but much more muscular young man, appearing more annoyed than intimidated.

“Excuse me, I need to—“

“We know you have The Book,” Devrik rumbled, dropping his voice even further than usual into the octaves that he knew really unnerved people. “Hand it over now.”

The implication of what would happen otherwise was left unsaid, but was nonetheless abundantly clear. Even when he didn’t want to be, the fire warrior was an intensely intimidating man – and when he did want to be…

Kirdathar blanched and stepped back several paces, only to find Erol and Draik suddenly close behind him. Mariala and the others had followed Devrik from the Reading Room, and now stood arrayed nearby. They might not be sure this was the wisest course, but they were committed now and would play it out, perforce.

“Madame,” Kirdathar huffed indignantly, trying to regain his composure and pulling himself to his full height. “Control your servant, this is outrageous!”

Mariala said nothing, just stared placidly at the man. No one else spoke, and Devrik continued to glare, a smoldering menace. The tension in the room was palpable.

“Very well then, I must insist you leave at once, all of you!” Kirdathar demanded, pulling himself together with visible effort. He might be a slimy fence and half-assed magician, but he had a backbone apparently. When no one made a move to leave, he turned and walked determinedly toward the front door.

Devrik followed close on his heels, but made no move to actually stop the man. Once on the street Kirdathar seemed to gain more confidence from the flow of passersby, and he began calling loudly for the Watch. Heads turned, but no one moved to intervene, probably because it was difficult to see what the actual trouble was. No one seemed to be attacking anyone else.

“OK, that was a bust,” Mariala whispered over comms. “We’ve played our cards and the man has called our bluff. I think it’s time to get out of here, before the Watch arrives.”

“Yes,” Draik agreed equally quietly. “I doubt our Imperial favor will extend to harassing apparently honest merchants in their own shops. Maybe it’s time to consider a Plan B.”

Without undue haste, the Hand decamped, heading towards Inspiration Park, and stopping as soon as they were out of sight of the still yelling merchant. All except Toran and Erol. The former had used his amulet to cast an illusion over himself and slipped back into the cocoa shop across from the Arcanium, to keep an eye on events from there. Erol chose to stay inside the magic shop, casting the Cloak of Asakora over himself to cloud mens’ minds and become essentially invisible.

In a very few minutes three of the City Watch showed up, and Toran enjoyed the pantomime from his window seat as Kirdathar gesticulated forcefully, apparently describing, as far as the Khundari could tell, how a marauding force of cave trolls had invaded his shop and threatened his very life. Or maybe it was just hill trolls he’d bravely fought off…

After a moment, one of the Watchmen spoke to his companions, then turned and headed back down the street, apparently to make a report – or maybe summon reinforcements? The remaining guardsmen followed a still visibly upset Kirdathar back into the Arcanium and closed the door firmly behind them.

Inside, Erol cursed at this turn of events. He’d hoped to have only the irate shop keeper to avoid while he searched under his invisible shield… three sets of senses would be more difficult to—

“Dear Tyvos, one of the villains is still here!” Kirdathar cried in consternation, pointing directly at Erol, who swore silently. Did the Void-cursed bastard have some magical detector, or was he simply that sharp-minded? Not that it mattered at this point…

The two city guards looked in the direction Kirdathar was pointing, hands suddenly on their swords… and looked completely past Erol, their expressions turning from alertness to confusion. Ha, he was still invisible to them! This might be fun, actually…

“He’s standing right there!” the agitated shopkeeper yelled, gesturing toward Erol but refusing to get any closer to the tall and very dangerous looking intruder. “He must be using some sort of invisibility spell!” The guards looked back and forth between the empty room and the increasingly frenzied citizen. They were definitely confused now, and clearly uncertain how to proceed. One drew his sword slowly and made a few half-hearted sweeps in the direction indicated, missing Erol by almost two meters.

There followed several minutes of cat-and-mouse between Erol and the guards, as the latter tried to follow Kirdathar’s increasingly frustrated directions, only to find empty air as Erol silently dodged them. The arcanist refused to get close enough to Erol to be in any personal danger, and the room was large enough to allow the invisible mage plenty of room to navigate – eventually, as it became clear the watchmen were beginning to doubt his sanity, Kirdathar gave up.

“Fine, if you can’t kill a simple invisible intruder, you can at least guard my property while I seek more competent help,” the shopkeeper growled. He motioned for the two swordsmen to follow him behind the yellow curtains. “If you stand before these two doorways,” he said, gesturing to the doors ant either end of the narrow hallway, ”even our invisible friend can’t get passed you. See that he doesn’t, until I return.”

Stepping back out into the main room, and keeping a wary eye on the sardonically watching Erol, Kirdath stopped at the counter to write something on a slip of parchment. Then, with one last malevolent glare at the intruder, he sipped out the front door, locking it behind him. This left Erol some needed space, but it also left him somewhat trapped. He couldn’t explore the shop’s back rooms at his leisure now, and he could hardly even escape, since the back door was in plain view of the soldiers.

He toyed with the idea of trying to spook the two men – they already seemed uneasy at being alone in a “magic shop” annd unnerved by Kirdathar’s antics. Givne that, he could imagine several things to mess with their minds. But in the end he decided to rely on his Balls of Wonder to cut his losses and simply escape. It was easy enough, once the swirling, multihued balls of light were summoned into being in the middle of the short hallway, to ensorcel the two.

As he’d expected, he could’t move either of the entranced men to get to the doors they guarded without breaking the spell and awakening them. With a sigh, he turned and unbarred the door between them, which led out into the alley behind the Arcanium. Well, that was a good idea gone bust…

Toran, meanwhile, still in his Umantari disguise, followed Kolith Kirdathar as he left the Arcanium and headed north. In just a few blocks he boarded a gondola on the Merchant’s Canal, and Toran scrambled to get his own. He managed to keep his quarry in sight, and was only a moment behind him when Kirdathar disembarked at what the Khundari recognized as the southern end of the Baldeth Market.

The arcane merchant strode through the crowds without stopping or even pausing to look around, apparently intent on his destination. Toran considered changing his look again, but the man was hardly paying attention, it didn’t seem worth expending another charge. Kalos alone knew how many were remaining on his amulet. As it was, he almost lost him once, but Vulk had Cherdon following overhead, and was able to relay Kirdath’s location to his friend.

It was with some surprise that Toran saw where they were headed at last, when Kirdathar stopped before Virgot’s Bakery. The smells were as enticing as ever, and Toran’s stomach reminded him he hadn’t eaten since their interrupted breakfast early this morning. The crowd waiting to get in was thinner than usual, it being a bit past the usual midday meal hour, but still numbered a score or more.

Kirdathar waited only a few minutes, however, before being escorted to a small table inside. This caused a bit of grumbling, but not as much as Toran would have expected. Apparently it was a common enough occurrence for those with more influence or importance to skip the queue and get preferential seating. Kolith must be a regular. Toran was forced to get into the marginally shorter queue for to-go orders, it being the one.

By the time he reached the counter, and began ordering the most complicated, time consuming items he could think of, Kirdathar was already eating what looked to be some kind of meat pie, with a carafe of wine next to a goblet. There was no one at the table with him, and the man never even looked around, focused entirely on his food.

Mariala and the others had arrived by now, and were mostly staying out of sight nearby. She, however, had cast Wallflower on herself and managed to get into the food shop, despite the crowded conditions. She positioned herself in an out-of-the-way corner and kept an eye on Kirdathar.

When the merchant finally finished his meal and his carafe of wine he didn’t linger, but got up and departed the bakery without so much as a word to anyone. Before she could maneuver herself to the table a surprisingly handsome young waiter was already there, clearing away the dishes and cutlery.

With a frustrated hiss, Mariala caught a glimpse of a scrap of parchment that had been tucked under a plate, just as the youth picked it up… he was very good, because she didn’t see where it went. Did he drop it into the pocket of his apron? Did it go into the dirty pie dish, as garbage? Impossible to tell, damn it. All she’d been able to catch were a few inked lines, which gave her the sense of a cypher… or maybe it was just a scribbled poem, who could tell?

She followed the waiter as best she could in the crowd, keeping her eye on him at all times. He didn’t seem to hand anything to anyone else before disappearing into the kitchen, and it took her minute to manage the delicate task of entering there herself without breaking her spell. By the time she slipped in, the youth had dumped the dishes, and was picking up another order to take out to some waiting patron.

Half a dozen other men were busy in the kitchen, preparing food, sliding pies and loaves into a row of large stone ovens, and pulling out cooked dishes. She took a few minutes to examine the large space, and managed to get a peek into a storage room. Something was tugging at her mind, something odd, but before she could pursue the thought, she literally ran into trouble — in the shape of a tall, skinny man in a flour-covered apron. He had a sharp blade of a nose and rather large ears… his being entirely bald made guaging his precise age hard – 60ish, Mariala guessed. He grabbed her as they collided, to keep her from falling, and his intelligent brown eyes sparkled with amusement.

“I’m sure my boys appreciate such an attractive lady visiting them as they work, my dear, but I’m afraid I don’t allow customers in my kitchen!” Despite the admonishing words, his tone was jovial, and he politely dusted the flour off her cloak.

“Oh, I’m terribly sorry,” Mariala gushed, deciding an air-headed girl was the way to play this. “I was hoping to find, um, well, you know, the privy…” she mumbled in obvious embarrassment.

“Ah, well, we‘ve none here I’m afraid,” the man chuckled. “You’ll find the public jakes just a few doors down the street, though.”

“Oh, well thank you, and again I’m so sorry to have intruded, mister…?”

Griz Virgot, my dear, the owner of this establishment. But you must be new, then, if you don’t know old Griz.”

“Yes, I’m only visiting the city, and I’d heard such marvelous things about your shop, I just had to visit before I left.” Mariala danced slightly from foot to foot, trying to sell her stated excuse for being there. “But I’m afraid—“

“Yes, yes, I understand,” the older man laughed. He had managed to ease her out of the kitchen as they talked, and now he handed her a bag of cinnamon buns from a nearby shelf. “But before you go, on the house. Do come again – but stay out of the kitchen next time, or you just might end up in one of my pies!” He laughed again at his joke, and flashed her an avuncular smile as he waved her out.

Mariala thanked him, and departed hurriedly. She could see why this place was so popular, the amazing food aside, with such a winning shop keeper. By Shala, the buns smelled incredible, and her stomach rumbled as she joined the others down a nearby alley.

While she had been inside Devrik and lit a small fire in a nook that had once been a shrine to some long forgotten minor deity or family spirit. He had used it to cast his Flame Harken spell, and thereby listen in on the conversations in the bakery’s kitchen, via the medium of the fires in their ovens. Unfortunately, nothing was being said beyond the entirely mundane conversations one would expect to find in a busy workplace.

“Another bust, I’m afraid,” Mariala sighed as Devrik let the spell fade and the flames gutter out. “I’m almost certain Kirdathar passed a note in there, and that at least one of the waiters is in on it…”

“Point him out to me, and I can wait and follow him after he leaves,” Erol offered. “See if he meets anyone suspicious, maybe heads to a “guild” warehouse or something?”

Toran and Cherdon are following Kirdathar,” Vulk added. “It looks like he’s just headed back to his shop, at this point. But it does seem likely that this bakery is a front for the werefolk Zalik Mal… which makes me wonder if Nadalia might have a mole in her “family.” They certainly eat here a lot…”

“I don’t see that that follows at all, Vulk,” Mariala shook her head and rubbed the bridge of her nose. She really didn’t need to be reminded of the rats looming in her future. “This is the single most popular eatery in this part of the city. Everyone eats here, and I doubt they’re all lyncanrthropic thieves.”

“Well, I still think we should tell Nadalia what we’ve learned,” Vulk insisted, ”let her decide for herself. I need to check up on how she’s healing in any case, so I can head over there now, after we’ve decided our next move.”

It didn’t take long to agree that their next move must needs be a burglary… the sooner the better. Erol would follow the waiter after the bakery closed, then head over to join Toran in keeping a quiet eye on the Arcanium. Vulk would visit Nadalia, then rejoin the rest of them at Bekatia House to plan their raid. In the deepest watch of the night, they would all meet at the Arcanium

•••••

“You really are very good at this,” Nadalia said languidly to Vulk as they lay together in the rumpled and sweaty sheets of her bed. “I’m glad you decided to come back for a second round. Really, this is as good a healing as any of your potions or prayers.” Her lower coils were wrapped around and between his legs, and his head rested on her shoulder.

“Thank you,” the cantor replied, his lazy smile almost invisible in the dim light – only a single candle lit Nadalia’s chamber. “Don’t they say sex is the best medicine? Or is that laughter? In any case, your’re no slouch yourself, especially for someone who’s been so recently dead!”

“Mmmm, very droll,” she tweaked one of his nipples, making him yelp in surprise. “Sex or laughter, either way you bring the goods. Now what was it you were going on about before I distracted you with my… humor? Something about Virgot’s?”

Vulk struggled to disentangle himself from her warm coils and turned to face her, cross-legged on her wide bed. “Yes, we’ve learned some interesting things today…” He quickly summarized what the Hand had discovered, and his concern that one of more of her own people might have “gone over” to the enemy.

Nadalia laughed out loud for the second time today… possibly a new record, she thought.

“Oh, my dear cantor, of course Virgot’s is a meeting place for W’Larid’s people – and every other person in the City who has clandestine business to conduct. It’s the perfect venue, really — popular, always busy, in a questionable part of town, but not actually dangerous. Everyone goes there, and no one pays any particular attention to anyone else in all the bustle. I know for a fact that several embassies use it as a meeting place for business they’d rather the Empire not know of.

“I don’t doubt that the Rat Lord has an agent or two installed on the staff there – he certainly does in any number of other business in the Outer Circles. But I can assure you, none of my people have been suborned by him or his. Nonetheless, I thank you for the warning, and for thinking of me. Of us. It was kindly done.

“Now, I know you said you couldn’t stay long, but my strength seems quite to have returned… perhaps one more, for the road…?”

••••••

The main show room of the Arcanium was dimly lit by several violet-tinted spirit lights along the walls, and nothing else. Both moons had long set, and starlight through the skylight added nothing to the illumination. Toran quietly eased the front door shut behind himself, the last of the Hand to enter.

The five mages, and Draik, all dressed in dark colors, had chipped away at the wards protecting the small building, but it had been Devrik’s powerful casting that had finally dispelled the last of them, allowing Toran to use his Master Key to open the door.

“Alright, let’s spread out and—“

Devrik’s whispered instructions were cut off by a sharp, mechanical “snick,” very loud in the absolute silence. A bilious green glow appeared on a high shelf to the left of the counter, quickly growing to envelope a small metal-bound ironwood box. As the Hand watched, three inky black shapes began to flow out of the eerily illuminated container. In seconds they had grown and taken form as roughly humanoid outlines of pure shadow.

Erol, closets to the forming figures, reacted instantly, and hurled his electrified net at the nearest one. The net passed straight through the creature (which seemed to truly be made of shadows)… but as it did, spitting and hissing, the thing shrieked in pain.

Shadow Waiths!Toran called out, and fired a spread of Stavin’s Arrows, one piercing each of the creatures. More shrieks of pain, and writhing, twisting bursts of movement, but the creatures didn’t dissipate.

Despite a cold hollow in his stomach at the thought of facing life-draining undead again, Vulk thrust forward his sanctified and holy badge, his baton of office, with a cry of “Begone!” It seemed to have no effect on the Wraiths – they were clearly not of the Shadow of Torzhalo, praise be to Kasira — not true undeadI Despite his failure to quell the creatures, the cantor felt an immense sense of relief.

Vulk!” Toran called out, “concentrate on eliminating the darkness, if you can!”

Overhearing and understanding the Khundari’s intent, Devrik attempted to cast Immolation on himself, to become a form of living flame, but the magic-dampening of the Arcanium seemed to hinder his effort. With a curse fo frustration, he reached over hi shoulder to draw his holy blade from its sheath on his back…

As he did, two wraiths flowed forward to attack Erol and Toran, shadowy claws raking both. An intense, deadly cold spread from the points where shadow met matter, causing pain and a spiritual fatigue, rather than physical wounds. Erol staggered back clutching at his side, while Toran stumbled to one knee, hit in his side and right calf…

Mariala faced the third shadow wraith alone, with barely time to draw her Khundari dagger and slash it across where she imagined a face should be. Despite its ethereal nature, the creature ducked the attack, and lunged in a crouching leap. Both claws raked across her abdomen, and the shocking dual blasts of enervating cold seemed to shut down her mind, sending her reeling down into darkness.

As Mariala collapsed, Vulk leapt forward to stand over her, presenting his baton more forcefully… this time it flared to life with a brilliant white light. All three wraiths recoiled with a high-pitched shriek, the substance of their darkness seeming to thin, fraying at the edges. Draik darted in to pull Mariala from immediate danger, into the brightest part of the room.

As the flare of Vulk’s baton faded, the wraiths attacked once more, each choosing a single target. Erol and Toran avoided their icy assaults this time, while Devrik summoned Goraten’s Brand. His holy sword burst into shadow-killing flame as he counter-attacked, and the blow sliced through his wraith from crown to groin, splitting it into halves which quickly dissipated into nothingness.

Toran cast another volley of Stavin’s Arrows, focused this time on a single wraith this time, at the same instant that an extratemporally charged Erol cast Handor’s Flash, directing the blades of solid light into the same creature. The combined energies seemed to shred the shadow form from within! It too quickly vanished into the Void.

The final shadow wraith took the full brunt of Stavin’s Arrows cast by Vulk through the Staff of Summer, and shredded into nothingness under the power of the the invisible bolts! As the final ethereal shriek faded away, the dimly lit room fell silent again save for the heavy breathing of the survivors, and a groan from Mariala as she regained consciousness.

Draik had given her a small dose of her personal Baylorium, from the locket around her neck, and it quickly erased the subtle damage from the shadow touch. PocketPatch™. After a very few minutes she insisted they press on, if cautiously. “I’m fine now, really… and I suspect after that attack, we may not have as much time as we’d hoped for.”

“I’m afraid you’re right,” Devrik sighed. “Triggering that defensive trap would almost certainly have warned whoever set it – presumably Kardithar himself. We’ve already examined this room and the Reading Room, earlier today, so let’s head behind the counter and check out the back rooms. Erol, you said there were two rooms, at either end of a short corridor?”

Once they were in hallway behind the yellow curtain, Toran led Mariala and Draik cautiously towards the door on the left. Devrik, Erol and Vulk approached the door to the right, which proved to be unlocked. It led into another dimly lit hallway running perpendicular to the first, with a door partway down and a second at the very end.

The first door was securely locked, and lacking the presence of Toran’s more delicate skills, Devrik simply wrenched open the lock, splintering the frame and sending the door swinging violently inward. The room beyond appeared to be a combined office and workshop. As he stepped into the small, crowded room there was a purple flash from the center of the circular stained glass window over the desk. Before Devrik had time to react, Vulk’s Staff flashed passed his head to his right, the crystal in its head flaring green and almost blinding the fire mage.

“Another trap,” Vulk gasped, sounding a little shaken as he pulled his friend back out into the hallway. “Something similar to Stavin’s Arrows, I think – the Staff sensed it as it fired, thank Kasira — it seemed to move almost on its own to absorb the energy!”

“Well, I’m grateful to the Staff, then, or you, or whoever wants the credit,” Devrik growled. “The spell seemed to come from that large purple crystal in the center of the that window. Do you think you can—“

Before he could finish the question an arrow from Erol’s short bow flashed past his left ear, to strike the crystal in question dead center. The stone shattered into a score or more of violet shards, which rained down on the desk as the arrow continued its flight into the night.

“There, that should take care of it,” Erol said, smiling smugly as the other two turned to stare at him. “What? You said time was limited, this seemed like the quickest way to deal with the matter. It’s not like it’s going to warning the sleaze ball any more than he’s already warned.”

Devrik shrugged acknowledgement of his friend’s logic, and the three slipped cautiously into the room, wary of any further traps or tricks. But the lethal invisible arrows seemed to have been Kardithar’s main defense of this inner sanctum, and they soon began a fast ransacking of desk, shelves and workbench.

“Hmmm, some interesting items here,” Erol noted as he rifled through the objects on the workbench. “Even if we don’t find The Book, this might end up being a profitable night anyway…”

“No!” Devrik hissed, quietly but forcefully. “We’re here for our property, not to loot. We are not common thieves, so leave whatever you find that isn’t The Book!”

“Well, I agree we’re not common,” Erol groused in a muttered undertone as he continued to search the workbench. He could hardly help it if, a moment later, a small, flat, quite interesting looking case just accidentally slipped into the sleeve of his tunic when Devrik’s attention was focused on that stack of dull-looking papers. Before any other small, interesting items could fall into various bits of his wardrobe, however, a yell from Mariala, on the other side of the building, drew the three out of the office on the run…

• • • • • •

Unlike the door to the right, the lefthand door at the end of the short hallway was locked, by two very stout locks indeed. They both seemed resistant to Toran’s Master Key, and it took both his lock-picking skills as well as the Key’s magic to eventually get past them. After several frustrating minutes, however, the Khundari gave a grunt of triumph and swung open the very heavy, solid ironwood door.

The dimly lit space beyond was perhaps 10 meters square, and appeared to be a vault room — three very large, very secure chests sat against the walls in the otherwise bare stone chamber. The three friends entered cautiously, wary at this point of any further arcane traps Kardithar might have in place. When nothing immediately bad manifested, Mariala moved toward the great iron-bound chest on the north wall, and Draik stepped toward the southern chest. As Toran stepped up to the western chest, however, it suddenly twisted around and came to life, an immense mouth, full of razor-sharp teeth gaping open and lunging toward him

“It’s chaos-cursed mimic!” Toran roared, leaping aside and pulling Ergonkïr from his back… In the same motion he followed through with a mighty blow, but a thick, fibrous pseudopod snaked out to block it. At the same instant a second pseudopod whipped forward, trying to grapple the Dwarf, but Toran nimbly dodged, ducking under the writhing tentacle. He was barely aware of Mariala screaming for the others to come, as he wrenched his axe back around, swinging it in for a swift follow up – this time his blade bit deep into the leathery flesh of one of the pseudopods. The mimic emitted a shrill, high-pitched shriek, but showed no signs of backing off.

Mariala, backpedaling away from the fight, lit up Fire Nerves, unleashing the pulse of invisible energy straight into the mimic’s slavering maw. The creature gave an even more hideous squeal, and began writhing as it changed shape rapidly — from a chest it morphed into an ornate chair, from the chair it twisted into a large golden urn, and from the urn it suddenly became a nice Chesterfield, all in an instant, almost faster than the eye could follow. It was a grotesque and disturbing sight, and Mariala shuddered in horrified fascination!

Then Erol was suddenly rushing past her, and from the speed with which he moved she knew he must have called up his Extratemporality psionic ability. His first stabbing trident attack on the creature, now looking like a pulsating antique armoire, was met with another blocking pseudopod, quickly followed by another counterattack. Erol blocked that attack with this trident’s haft, then brought the weapon around in a blindingly fast slash — only to be blocked again!

By this time Vulk had caught up, and he quickly sized up the situation and the room. “Back off a bit, boys,” he called out. As Toran and Erol both rolled aside, he aimed the head of the Staff of Summer and muttered a word. The silvery-white strands of the Weaver’s Web flowed from the glowing tip, expanding to fill half the room and ensnaring the monster quite securely. As the mimic writhed and twisted in the restraining web, frantically flowing from one shape to another, Toran stepped up and his battleaxe came down in a killing blow, taking the thing right in its “face,” driving the blade into its brain. It twitch one final time, and died.

“Void curse ’em, I hate these things,” Toran growled, as he wiped the yellowish ichor from his blade.

No one disagreed with the sentiment, although Devrik, sticking his head in the door just then shrugged in indifference, saying, “Eh, they’re not nearly as bad as those damn eye-eating tolaxta.” The small, viscously fast reptiles remained one of the fire mage’s few actual fears, given how very close he’d come to losing his own eyes to them two years ago.

After taking care to make sure there were no more mimics, and no more traps, awaiting them, Toran turned his skills to the two real treasure chests, and had them open in just a few minutes. Each contained a great many esoteric objects, along with a fair quantity of silver and even gold coin and a number of gems. , Devrik reiterated his warning from earlier.

“We’re here for our own property, stolen from us, not to steal someone else’s,” he reminded his companions, noting the gleam in Erol’s eye in particular, as he lifted The Book from where it rested atop a collection of wands and smaller jewelry boxes. Erol rolled his eyes, and adjusted his tunic, but he didn’t argue; nor did any other the others, although there were a few wistful glances at the gleaming riches laying within the chests.

“Well, once the authorities get through with this Kordithar fellow we’ll be allowed to pick up some of this stuff at auction, or something,” Draik said, after carefully making sure the small leather-bound herbal he’d filched was neatly tucked out of sight.

As the Hand stepped from behind the yellow curtain, out into the main shop, Toran led the way, his cross-bow at hand, loaded, and cranked. Before any of the others could move past him, he took aim and shot a bolt into the still faintly glowing box whence had come Shadow Wraiths, destroying it in a spray of splinters.

“I didn’t want to risk having to deal with those cursed shadow things again on our way out,” he said, shrugging, in response to Devrik’s annoyed look. “It’s late, I just want to get home at this point.”

His wish, however, was not to be immediately filled. As the Hand stepped out into the darkest hour of the night, they were confronted by a familiar voice. “I knew it!” Kirdathar yelled shrilly, stepping from the shadows of an alley across the street into a pool of pale violet light from the nearby street lamp. Two men-at-arms flanked him, eyeing the group speculatively.

“Common thieves, burglars in the night!” the man raged, actually shaking his kid-skin-gloved fist. “Well, I shall summon the Watch on the instant! You foreign miscreants shall not get away with this outrage!”

PART II

The Hand froze for an instant, then as one drew blades and bows, and began summoning Forms. But before any of them could act, another dark figure stepped out of the shadows behind the furious arcanist, gliding silently up behind him. There was a flash of steel as Kirdathar’s head was yanked back and a long knife was drawn across his throat, a flash quickly drowned in the red flow of blood from a severed jugular. Despite the shock of the sudden violence, however, what froze Mariala in horror was the face of the assassin – that of a man-sized rat!

“Kill them all!” the wererat lord of thieves hissed at the two bodyguards, who had stood by, impassive, as their supposed employer was murdered. The large men both grinned then, as the killer dropped the still-twitching body of the shopkeeper and faded back into the deep shadows of the alley. The mercenaries dropped hands to sword hilts and stepped forward…

Erol, get The Book back to the mansion,” Devrik growled, shoving The Book at his friend and then reaching for his own sword, never taking his eyes off their opponents. “Keep watch over the household until we return… no telling what this vermin-lord might try!”

“Are you sure you don’t need me here? Maybe Mariala should—”

“We can handle a couple of local bravos, Erol,” Toran assured him, with a grim chuckle. He actually slid his battle axe back into place on his back and cracked his knuckles as he prepared to cast Stavin’s Arrows.

With a shrug and a nod of acknowledgment, the former gladiator turned and slipped into the shadows himself, The Book tucked safely under his cloak.

Unfortunately, it wasn’t until Erol was gone that his companions realized they were facing something more than just a pair of local street-toughs. The move towards their swords had been a feint. Instead of drawing their blades, the men themselves had begun to change… faces elongating into muzzles, hands twisting into claws, and coarse fur sprouting wherever flesh showed. They also expanded in mass and height, ripping some of the seams of what had seemed loose, baggy tunics and trousers.

In the shop Draik had a CS Herblore roll… did he find/swipe something good? Time will tell.

Toran suffers a CF on Stavin’s Arrows attack on werewolves; Vulk’s Staff CS on Weaver’s Web, ensnaring both WW! ZAP!

Draik loses his sword to the webs CF, Devrik gets CF on trying to torture WW with his singing…

Mariala bosses Vulk to go talk to the WW… they are unresponsive.

They revert to human, and the City Watch is summoned; Devrik reads the WW their rights.

Mariala: Mouse Mafia 😀

The WW are killed in custody the next night, and the mansion is attacked by scores of rats. Vulk pushes for quick response!

Devrik hires men to patrol near the ship, after moving his family aboard.

By noon the Hand is ready to go underground.

Mariala goes off north, the others follow the light.They find were rats and giant rats galore. Mariala is thrilled.

Toran MF on Stavin’s Arrows, Draik arrows one in left calf, Mariala Fire Nerves them, setting up Devrik’s Orb of Vorol, which takes them out, and a few rats. 15 more appear.

Toran again screws up Stavin’s Arrows again, Vulk broadswords, is bitten on foot, stumbles. Draik arrows one WR, kills it instantly. Toran skips away from 2 attacks, the rat horde comes on en mass. Mariala freaks out.

Retreat down hallway, Vulk curses Devrik, who fails at Orb. Toran bludgeons a rat to death with his crossbow. Draik arrows one. Mariala regains her composure, but fumbles Fire Nerves in her shaken state.

Kasira smiles on Devrik +2, who still fucks it up with a second Orb. He slices one rat in half with his sword, however.

Toran battle axes off the tail of one rat. And it bleeds to death.

Rat attacks Devrik, he counters in face, but it survives. Especially large. Blocks second rat attack.

Mariala totally fucking freaks out! Immobilized!

Vulk’s Staff fails him on Weaver’s Webs.

Devrik’s Fiery Ribbons is CF! Draik ducks, takes halve damage, is ok-ish, Vulk is protected by his fire amulet & Staff, Devrik is horribly burned and unconscious. His Baylorium survives uncooked, praise be to Kasira.

After treatment and an hour+, Devrik is recovered, but his eyebrows are gone and his hair is a charred wreck. He fears his attention to another convocation may have altered his fire skills…

Everyone sips some Baylorium, Mariala takes a hit of Lyrin Oil.

They find desperate and semi-mutilated prisoners, most with their eyes missing… whatever could’ve caused that?

A tolaxta’s claws rake Devrik’s belly, but they miss his eyes., as he pedals away from the attack.

A second one attacks Draik, who pulls his amulet and repels it!

Mariala doges an attack! Draik amulets this one, too, which vanishes down the grate.

Vulk attacks with sword, it doges. Devrik decapitates the last one:
“Even hindered by the grievous wound from an ankle-biter, Devrik counter-strikes to victory.”

Devrik points out they could’ve repelled the rats with the amulet… Draik looks embarrassed.

Vulk heals as he can, psionically, and then Draik and Devrik escort the victims back to the surface.

Meet were tigers on the way back, Toran misses with cross-bow,
Mariala CS Fire Nerves… Incap for 27 seconds.

Draik misses with bow, because writhed left instead of right.

Vulk webs up with his staff and immobilizes the weretigers with CS.

When Fire Nerves wears off , interrogation begins… they learn little, then Mariala Fire Nerves again, and the others drag them to the cells, locking them in.

Toran unlocks a door, isn’t surprised by the weres, axes wererat to his immediate right, but it makes its shock roll.

Vulk cast Virtues Armor on Devrik.

Devrik’s attack on Toran’s wererat is blocked. Mariala freezes again. Toran takes the rat out with his axe (helped by Devrik’s blocked attack).

Vulk cast Virtue’s Armor on Toran.

Draik arrows a wererat in the right foot. No stumble, no shock.

Wereboar attacks Draik, is wounded in the gut by his rapier.

Toran axes to death the second foot-wounded wererat, when it rushes him at a hobble, teeth bared and claws spread.

Mariala’s Fire Nerves fails, no doubt due to her own shaken nerves.

Devrik kills last wereboar.

They move thru the room of pillars, Mariala is first through the door in north wall which Toran unlocks. She screams like a girl at the sight of W’Laird and three Alpha weres: Tiger, Boar, and a very scary Wolf.

Toran takes out Alpha boar, but is wounded in the fight.

Rat Lord flees to north door, Draik arrows him in the back, abdomen injury. The wounded villain staggers on to the door.

Weretiger attacks, eschewing the sword at its side, CS vs. Toran, who counter strikes – Toran takes a skull hit, dazing him, and the WT takes a thorax injury — it is staggered but not down.

Werewolf attacks Devrik, biting him on the face; Devrik Counterstrikes, but misses. Vulk immediately uses his healing psionic power to disinfect and heal the wound, after Mariala’s Fire Nerves hits the two remaining Alphas, who roar and shriek in pain, momentarily stalled. But they power through, being super tough dudes.

A barely healed Devrik attacks Werewolf, just misses! The creature counterstrikes, and reeks his claws across Devrik’s belly.

Toran attacks were tiger with Ergonkïr, succeeding while its Dodge is a CF. Its left arm is nearly severed, and it collapses from blood-loss and shock.

Draik uses his rapier on the alpha wolf engaged with Devrik, with a CF… he stumbles but retains his footing when the thing doges into him.

Vulk invokes Kasira’s Curse on W’Laird, who fumbles his keys as he tries to open the door to escape.

Mariala attempts to Fire Nerve the Rat Lord, but freezes at the sight of him. CF on Will roll.

Alpha Wolf pulls his bastard sword at last, and manages to block Devrik’s attack. It immediately attacks him in turn, and Devrik counterstrikes – the special groin protector Raven made protects Devrik from a nasty injury, while the WW takes Devrik’s sword to the right arm, again almost severing it… the creature retains its grip on its blade, but passes out from blood-loss.

Toran races up to the still fumbling Rat Lord and hews at him with his battle-ax. W’Laird wheels and tries to duck and counter with his dagger, but the axe bites deep in his left arm (he’s left handed), and he drops the dagger. Clutching his arm, the wererat sinks to the ground, cursing feebly until he passes out.

Toran stands over the unconscious wererat – “And that’s how you open a door.”

Golden crust, savory filling,
Meat pies, my heart is willing.
Juicy chunks of beef and spice,
Served with gravy, oh so nice.

In the oven, they bake with care,
Making sure each one is fair.
The aroma fills the air with glee,
Making me so hungry, can’t you see?

With a fork and knife in hand,
I take a bite, so grand.
Flaky crust and flavors meld,
In my mouth, my taste buds yell.

Oh, the joy of eating pies,
Satisfies my heart’s desires.
A comfort food, a perfect treat,
Meat pies, can’t be beat.

The Hand continues on through the abattoir and finds the stairs up to the hidden room in Virgot’s Bakery where the meat magic happens. Exiting into the kitchen, the staff flees at the sight of the bloodied, burned and wild-eyed intruders.

Devrik starts a controlled, smokey fire in the kitchen, while Mariala follows the staff out front to tell the customers to exit immediately.

The Imperial government is not going to want to let any of this story get out. They will also make a dedicated effort to sweep up as many of the Zalik Mal lycanthropes as they can before they scatter. Once they have any evidence they need, Virgot’s will suffer a second fire, which will destroy the building utterly.

A Clockwork Amber, Part II: The Knife’s Edge

It was obvious to Devrik that there was no way they would be able to alter the course of the massive island-ship, but he didn’t interfere as some of the others focused their energies on various possibilities. He was just relieved to have Raven and Aldari back with him again and safe… although the latter state might be only temporary. In point of fact, he had no desire to change their course. This vessel was taking him exactly where he wanted to go – the source of the threat to his wife and child.

And the source of the danger to the Empire, he supposed. But if he was honest with himself, that theoretical concern for justice took a distant back seat to the threat these people posed to his family. If stopping them proved beneficial to the world at large, well and good… but what actually drove him was a hot rage that his loved ones had been placed in jeopardy — again. He fully intended that those responsible would come to see that as a terrible mistake… before paying for that mistake with their lives.

Korwin had suggested that perhaps they had already defeated the architects of this mechanistic horror show, with the destruction of the two clockwork overseers. But as poor Captain Rünalt had pointed out, someone had to have created those two to begin with. However much autonomy those constructs had appeared to possess, they certainly hadn’t created themselves.

As he stared down at the still-smoking form of the four-armed wizard automaton, Devrik had a nagging feeling that he was missing something. Eavesdropping on the creatures’ conversation, during the brief interlude before the fight, he had felt an odd sense of familiarity with the wizard, as if he should know who it was. But that seemed impossible… unless, maybe, he had known the man whose mind had been used (stolen?) to animate the thing? Just as Captain Rünalt’s had been taken to power the form he now wore…

Certainly Devrik had had no such feeling on hearing the much larger clockwork “commander” speak, no sense of familiarity there. Only an aura of immense arrogance had come through the thing’s cold, mechanical voice. Devrik glanced over to where Toran’s battle axe was still firmly embedded in the sparking, twisted wreckage of that massive metal chest, a thin spiral of smoke rising up to dissipate in the cool, damp air. Not so arrogant now, he thought with a grim chuckle.

“What’s so funny, Papa?” Aldari asked, momentarily distracted from his fascination with the undersea vista visible through the forward windows.

“Oh, just thinking about how very much our enemies are going to regret their actions, son… and how very soon,” Devrik said, clapping his boy on the shoulder. Aldari grinned in return and nodded enthusiastically.

“That’s right, now they’ve got the Hand of Fortune on to them, and we always win!” Fortunately the boy didn’t catch the glare directed at his father that his comment elicited from his mother; but Devrik had no trouble interpreting the meaning of it, and just shrugged in amused agreement. Really, it was hardly his fault if the lad thought of himself as part of the Hand, after all.

In the end his friends reached the same conclusion Devrik had already arrived at – they were going to this mysterious island base, this Teshunir (tesh-oo-NEER) will-or-nil, and they had best make use of their time to prepare for whatever they might face there. Easier said than done, of course, with so little information to work from. They could see little outside the great crystal windows of the control room, aside from the dark waters of the ocean through which they traveled. They needed some sort of reconnaissance to plan properly.

“Now that we no longer have to worry about alarms and such,” Toran suggested, finally pulling his axe from the clockwork corpse with a shriek of tortured metal, “why don’t we open that cursed hatch and see what is topside?” Putting action to his words, he strode over and gave the metal wheel in the center of the door several strong twists. There was a sudden hiss, and the bronze and brass portal swung open.

“I know we’re assuming this leads up to the surface of this artificial island,” Mariala said somewhat diffidently. “But if so, shouldn’t we be worried about all those clockwork animals that attacked us the last time we tried to explore it?”

“I don’t think that’s something you need to worry about, m’lady,” Captain Rünalt offered, his cold, mechanical monotone in some ways more disturbing than Devrik’s grating voice. “I have… I don’t know how to describe it… there are lists, of a sort, in my head… or maybe they’re more like structures… it’s very hard to describe. But the point is, they tell me about things around me, and tell me how to control some of those things. I have nothing about the control of this strange vessel, but I do know other things… the guard routines, the controls for cells and lights and such… and the signals to control the mechanical animals that patrol the surface. Or at least cause them to ignore anyone that I tell them is off limits.

With that assurance, the Hand ascended the long ladder beyond the hatch. It led to a steeply slanting corridor and, eventually, to another hatch, this one overhead. Erol, being the tallest amongst them, had to open it, a feat he managed with minimal trouble. Captain Rünalt insisted on being the first through, however, should any of the island’s guardians prove to be awaiting them.

None were, however, and the party found themselves once again on the constructed island façade which covered the top of the gigantic whale-ship, it’s artificial rocks and trees giving an almost, but not quite, perfect simulation of the real thing. They stood on a rocky bluff not far from the geyser-like “blowhole” which shot steam 50 meters up into the air at regular intervals. With none of the artificial vegetation blocking the view forward, they could see clear to the horizon as the great vessel plowed through the ocean towards its home base.

“From what those two were saying, I thought we were close to our destination,” Erol said, scanning the horizon for any sign of an island. “But I don’t see even a cloud bank… we must be some ways off yet.”

Before anyone could answer, there was a strange rippling in the air in front of the island-ship – and the leading edge of the vessel seemed to waver and vanish. The eerie rippling effect seemed to eat everything in its path, sweeping toward the gathered adventurers so quickly that they had time to do little more than turn toward the open hatch, ten meters away. Before they’d made more than a meter the ripple passed over them – and suddenly they could see the entire ship once more. They could also see the jagged peaks of a volcanic island directly ahead of them… less than two kilometers away, Korwin estimated.

“Ah,” laughed Mariala in sudden understanding. “Some sort of concealing shield must lay around this place, a great shroud of invisibility. Which explains why the Imperial Navy hasn’t been able to find these people yet.”

“By Tyvos!” Korwin exclaimed. “What power such a spell must require! If they’re capable of shielding an entire island like this, though, why didn’t they do the same for this ridiculous whale-island-ship of theirs? Why go to all the trouble of disguising it as an island?”

“A good question,” Devrik agreed. “Perhaps we’ll have the chance to ask them about it directly… before we kill them all. Vulk, can you send Cherdon aloft to scout out the island for us before we arrive? I’d really like to have some idea of the lay of the land before we’re forced into action on it.”

“I was just thinking the same thing,” Vulk agreed, and he threw up the arm upon which his familiar rested, casting the falcon to the skies. As he slipped almost effortlessly into the trance which allowed him to see through the bird’s eyes, Toran led him to a nearby boulder, helping him into a comfortable sitting position. It took the familiar several minutes for the bird to cover the distance, even as the great whale-ship drew closer to the island, and the others waited in tense silence. While the adults anxiously anticipated the report, Aldari stared at Uncle Vulk in fascination… he wondered if he might somehow contrive to acquire a familiar… Brann II was great and all, but a pet just wasn’t the same as a creature you could almost become

“I see… it looks like a large sea-cave carved into the shield-wall directly ahead…” Vulk spoke in the distracted, almost dreamy cadences he slipped into during his vision-sharing trances. “Ah, the island is definitely volcanic… I see the circle of a great caldera… high cliffs all around a central plain… a lagoon… no, two lagoons, one near the caldera wall close to the cave… maybe the cave is a tunnel through the shield wall? The second lagoon is larger… a great crescent around the far inner plain… but… by Kasira!” Vulk’s voice took on a more urgent tone.

“There are a few small buildings… crude stone structures, the largest no bigger than a small manor house, I think… but on the central plain… there must be thousands of them! Clockwork soldiers, rank upon rank of them… all perfectly motionless, as if in formation drill… as if awaiting orders… they all face inward, toward the center of the island… where a great circle of metal and… I think crystal… is embedded in the ground…”

Vulk answered his friends’ questions as best he could – no, he saw no sign of non-mechanical life… no, none of the clockwork soldiers had yet moved… his best guess? There were at least 5,000 of the soldiers, and perhaps 500 clockwork animals as well… no, Aldari, there didn’t seem to be any clockwork children… Eventually the cantor released his grip on Cherdon’s senses and let the bird take a perch on the crest of the shield wall overlooking the great sea cave.

It was decided that they were already in the best position to observe and take advantage of whatever opportunities might come their way when the island-ship docked. Vulk had assured them that the cave opening could not accommodate the entire vessel, and Captain Rünalt was sure the process of unloading was carried out entirely by rote instructions… instructions he could sense but by which he was not bound, for whatever reason. It was entirely possible that the absence of the wizard and commander might not be immediately noticed, although it was unlikely that such a state of affairs could last for long. If they didn’t report, eventually someone must come looking for them.

The leading edge of the island-ship proved to fit very snugly, almost like a puzzle-piece, into the wide, arched opening of the sea cave. Two great sections of the faux-topography, complete with trees and rocks, cantilevered up as two wide metal catwalks extruded from the darkness of the cave to fit perfectly into the openings. Within minutes, ranks of clockwork men began marching out of the guts of the great ship, each carrying massive loads of material plundered from the many captured ships. Including Captain Rünalt’s ship… even in his mechanical form Mariala could sense the man’s terrible anguish as he watched, knowing that some of those clockwork slaves were his own sailors and passengers, as horribly changed as he, but lacking his miraculous possession of free will.

It became clear after a time that the unloading of the great vessel would take awhile. Some of the plundered loot vanished down side tunnels, while some was loaded onto a series of barges within the cavern and then moved on to the inner lagoon, where it was unloaded once more. It was also clear that the absence of the two masters of the vessel was raising no immediate alarm. Vulk was preparing to send his familiar in closer, perhaps even into the cavern itself, when Korwin stopped him.

“Listen, what do you hear?” he asked suddenly, laying a restraining hand on Vulk’s shoulder. Everyone had been as silent as possible since the docking of the island ship, but it was only now that the unnatural quality of the silence around them fully caught their attention. Aside from the sound of waves on rock, the wind, and the clanking of metal feet on metal catwalks, there was no other sound – most especially, none of the perpetual cacophony of seabirds that should be natural to this setting.

“Right, no bird sounds,” Korwin went on as he saw the light dawn on his friends’ faces. “And does anyone see any sign of life, anywhere? Cliffs like these should be swarming with the nests of many species of sea birds, the skies should be full of their wheeling and turning and diving for fish… and I don’t see even a scrub bush anywhere.”

It was true that, aside from a grayish-green lichen or moss, there seemed to be no more plant life than there was bird life – and although his attention had been rather diverted by the clockwork army, Vulk agreed that he’d seen no sign of plant or animal life in the island’s interior, either.

“Something does seem to have made a trail, however,” Toran observed, pointing toward a faint, narrow track that began near the tideline on the right side of the cave entrance. It wound up the steep face of the encircling wall, vanishing behind outcroppings every now and again before reappearing higher up. “As fascinated as I am to explore that sea cavern, and all the passages that appear to branch off from it, perhaps we would be better off infiltrating our enemy’s lair this way?”

After some debate, it was agreed that the outer path was the better option, not least because it would, eventually, give them the high ground and an opportunity for everyone to see for themselves the lay of the inner island. With Mariala’s Wall Flower spell cast over them all, the group made their way off the island-ship and onto the true ground of the ancient island of Teshunir

The climb up the winding, narrow, crumbling path proved to be far more arduous than anyone, except perhaps Toran, had anticipated. In some places it was indeed more of a climb than a walk, and it was at one of these points, more than halfway up the 100 meter high volcanic ringwall, that disaster nearly overtook them.

Toran was in the lead, his expertise at finding and avoiding the weakest parts of the clearly ancient path making him the obvious trailblazer. Korwin was following close behind, and it was his foot that slipped on a crumbling bit of stone which the Khundari had bypassed. With a startled cry he reeled backwards, arms windmilling as he managed to snag Toran’s boot, pulling the Dwarf off balance as well. Devrik, immediately behind Korwin, was struck by the water mage’s other flailing arm – a glancing, harmless blow in itself, but enough to upset his own precarious balance and begin a chain reaction.

Devrik slid into Aldari, knocking the boy ass-over-tea-kettle, and only Raven’s quick reflexes saved their son from going over the edge. Unfortunately, as she yanked her son back, she overbalanced herself and staggered into Vulk. This sent the cantor wheeling backward in a spray of gravel and dust. His staff, flailing out as he tried to stop his slide, caught Mariala behind one knee even as she tried to leap aside, sending her crashing instead into Erol, who was bringing up the rear beside the Clockwork Captain.

Although momentarily staggered, Erol’s Telnori strength and reflexes allowed him to not only brace himself, stopping his own backward tumble, but also to grab Mariala and Vulk, bringing their own sliding falls to a halt. Above them, Toran’s own ninja-like reflexes clamped one hand onto a secure rock outcrop, and he instinctively invoked the Joining of Merkünon. Instantly his hand and feet became fused to the rock of the mountain, stopping his slide. The magic flowed through his other hand, which gripped Korwin’s arm, immediately locking the water mage into place; in turn, Korwin’s desperate grab caught Devrik’s cloak, sending the Tykizu energies through him as well, to arrest the fire mage’s precarious teetering on the brink. For a moment the world seemed to hold its breath, the only sound the clatter of stones bouncing down the cliffside…

A short time later the Hand resumed their climb, more cautiously, more subdued… and considerably more slowly.

Eventually, they reached the crest of the caldera wall, a little bruised and somewhat shaken, but alive and essentially uninjured. The view was much as Vulk had described it through Cherdon’s eyes – the handful of crude stone buildings, the innumerable ranks of clockwork soldiers and animals, and nothing moving beyond a wisp of smoke rising from an open forge near the largest of the buildings. The stillness and utter silence were eerie, and more than a little unnerving Vulk thought, shivering.

As they quietly debated their next course of action, a bored Aldari peered avidly down at the tableau below. He knew his parents were unhappy that he was with them and in constant danger, but the fact was, he himself couldn’t have been happier. This was what he had wanted, ever since they had left the cabin in the woods where he’d grown up and returned to the so-called “real world.” To be a part of his parents’ tales of adventure and excitement, to fight bad guys and save princesses, and–

His somewhat fevered daydreams were interrupted by a movement down by the small lagoon that connected with the sea cave. With a startled gasp he tugged hard on his father’s sleeve and pointed. The strange, undead, spider-legged clockwork monster which had abducted him and his mother aboard the Wind was now scittering off a barge and up the small dock toward the shore. At Devrik’s growl the others all craned forward to see, and Vulk gripped his Holy Baton tightly, paling a little. Why did it have to be the undead? he thought bleakly.

As the Hand warily watched the mechanized undead horror, secure in their hidden redoubt, it scittered from the dock up to the largest stone building nearby, and vanished within. They observed the structure intently for several more minutes, but the creature did not reappear, nor did any of the other, more mundane, clockwork constructs follow it inside. Instead, as they finished their unloading work, the mechanical soldier/slaves joined the motionless ranks of the existing army, forming several new files of unmoving figures.

A furious, whispered debate later, the Hand began moving cautiously down the trail on the inner side of the caldera wall. Although even steeper than the outer trail, this one seemed to be in better shape, less weathered and not so prone to crumbling. Taking care to stay out of sight from below as much as possible (although the clockwork men gave no indication of awareness once they joined the frozen ranks of their brethren), the party made their way down to the edge of the central plain of the island.

Once on relatively level terrain the Hand had Captain Rünalt lead the way, as if escorting prisoners. The subterfuge appeared to be unnecessary, however. Even passing within a few meters of the rearmost ranks of the amassed soldiers elicited no response at all. In some sort of sleep mode, supposed Toran, although he wasn’t inclined to test that theory by speaking aloud in their presence. At the stone building they found that there was no actual door, merely a wide, tall arch in the stone wall that opened into a single large, dimly lit interior room.

Entering cautiously, the Hand saw a great fireplace on the wall to their left, the hearth cold, with no sign that any fire had been lit there for a very long time. No windows pierced any of the other walls, and to the right, a wide, steep staircase of dressed stone led downward into darkness. No sign of the spider-like Zamora could be seen, and it was obvious that the only way forward was down, into the darkness

The wide, high-ceilinged passage proved not to be so dark as all that – some ten meters in and down, faint reddish glow stones appeared near the ceiling, giving enough ruddy light to see by, once Umantari eyes adjusted. To Erol and Toran, of course, the light was as adequate as that from a bright torch. At 20 meters the stairs ended in a wide, tall corridor, itself some 20 meters long. A second set of stairs then descended, less steeply and not as long, to another length of corridor, which ended in a very tall, very wide archway.

Stepping though the arch, the group found themselves in a very different environment. Whereas the structure until now had been made of ordinary dressed stone, if somewhat cyclopean in size, the space wherein they now stood was… strange. The material of walls, floor and ceiling was a peculiar greenish-gray, almost black, stone-like material. But it was not cut from blocks, dressed and fitted together, but seemed rather to be of one, solid piece, as if the structure were carved from living stone… a stone that not even Toran recognized.

His first thought was Torlixam, the almost impervious pseudo-stone of the Ancients. But this material had an oily sheen to it, as if it were wet. Torlixam, on the other hand, he knew to be bone-white, with a hard, matte finish, and always fairly cool to the touch, no matter how warm the surrounding environment. When he laid a strangely reluctant hand on a dark wall, while it felt dry and matte, it was also ever-so-slightly giving… and disturbingly warm. With a brief wave of nausea, Toran had the sudden idea that the material seemed almost alive… which was absurd! Nonetheless, he removed his hand very quickly, wiping his palm on his sleeve.

An eerie, gray-green light seemed to come from nowhere and everywhere at once, illuminating the stairs which spiraled down to their left with a luminance brighter than the glow stones, but still cold and oddly unsatisfying to the eye. The scale of this new architecture was even grander than that above, as if made for giants… or gods… and the indefinable sense of tremendous age was almost overwhelming. With a shrug, everyone silently acknowledged the need to press on… as well as everyone’s complete lack of real desire to do so, except perhaps for Devrik. And Aldari — the boy seemed entirely oblivious to the oppressive weight of eons, focused entirely as he was on the grand adventure of it all.

As a precaution Mariala renewed her Wall Flower spell, and they moved as quietly as possible, winding down the wide stairs in double combat formation, with Toran and Erol in the lead, Devrik and Mariala close behind, Raven and Aldari in the middle, and Vulk and Korwin bringing up the rear with the Clockwork Captain. Strange, inexplicable machines and engines occasionally appeared, either extruding from the walls or set into great alcoves.

“The look like giant metal ducks,” Aldari observed, evoking a shushing from his mother and a brief laugh from Vulk.

After a time, Toran broke the almost hermetic silence with a whispered observation. “By my calculations, we must now be almost directly below that great metal and crystal disc we saw set in the center of the island. “

At the center of this level they found a great pit going down into darkness and, as Toran had predicted, up to the underside of the immense disc far above them; a great, deep thrumming sound emanated from below, and a faint green glow in the darkness. The only egress seemed to be more spiraling stairs along the outer wall, and perforce they continued downward.

The next level had a great engine of utterly alien design at its heart. The power coming off it was palpable, and set every T’aran sensitive amongst them on edge. While the others explored the walls and crannies of the strange room, Mariala and Toran both tried to determine if the markings, observable in several areas, were a language.

“Aaarrrgh!” Mariala cried after moment, clutching her head and wincing in obvious pain. “I don’t know what they are, but if they represent some language, it’s not remotely an Umantari one. Dear Shala, the psychic backlash…”

“Nor any Khundari language,” Toran agreed, rubbing his own temples and grimacing. “And I’d wager not any language of Telnori or Immortal, either.”

Korwin declined to try his psychometry on the ancient machine.

To the north the alien wall had been breached, and a passage of actual Torlixam led away from the central shaft. While obviously old, it was still much, much younger than the surrounding shaft, Toran was certain. “By an order of magnitude, at least,” he muttered as they passed into the new section.

Unlike what had come before, the newer area consisted of rooms on a more human scale and of more conventional design… they soon recognized several examples of Co-Dominion technology. “Similar to what we’ve seen before,” Mariala noted, ”and yet not identical. The style is unmistakable, though, even if the functions remain inscrutable…”

Moving cautiously through the various chambers, they eventually found a room full of strange coffin-like beds, similar to the one once used to keep the doomed Earl of Ukonis in stasis. Similar, like the other technology they’d seen, but not quite the same. “Like tools made by different smiths,” Toran suggested.

Vulk cautiously cracked the next door, which opened onto a wide catwalk arcing around to his left and overlooking a large circular chamber. Twelve of the strange stasis-pods, upright, lined the walls, and those he could see were occupied by immobile bodies. Thick translucent cables connected the pods to a strange apparatus of pipes and beams in the center of the room. Four glowing spheres lay at the heart of the apparatus, about on level with the catwalk, while thicker conduits of the same translucent material rose up to vanish into the shadowy ceiling above.

But what was more immediately arresting, and stopped Vulk in his tracks, was the sight of the two most majestic and beautiful clockwork beings he’d yet laid eyes on. One was in the form of a stunning woman in silver and gold, the plates of her metallic form beautifully engraved and inlaid with bright enamel. Standing almost two meters tall, a glowing red crystal shone in the center of her steel breast, and her eyes pulsed with an actinic blue-white light. Somehow, despite her mechanical form, Vulk thought her body language radiated impatience.

Next to her was an even more impressive and much larger figure, well over two meters tall. It was the most elaborately gorgeous, even regal, clockwork construct of all. It… he, beyond doubt… was encased in massive, intricately filigreed armor that appeared to be gold (but which Toran, who had come up next to Vulk, was quite certain must be something much stronger) and a large golden diadem orbited his head, held in place by some unseen force.

Like his female companion, his mechanical features were far more expressive than any the Hand had yet seen, and both the deep satisfaction and cold cruelty of his gaze were clear as he stared down at the still form of the Myrmitron of the Ocean Empire. Lord Kavyn was encased in a horizontal stasis pod, another of the translucent cables running from it to the central core. The look of satisfaction on that metal face quickly gave way to something more like annoyance, however, as he turned to address his companion.

“I fail to see why we should move up our timetable, Lucinda Var… the discovery of our disguised ship-killer is a mere inconvenience at this point; one made even less of a problem by our opportune capture of Lord Kavyn.” Unlike every other construct the Hand had so far encountered, his voice was deep, resonate, and very human-like. “There’s now no chance of him learning of our plans untimely, nor of him marshaling Imperial forces to oppose them. But we still need at least another thousand soldiers to be sure of overwhelming force in every theater of our planned offensive.”

Lucinda Var shook her head in obvious exasperation. Why does she seem so familiar? Vulk wondered… something about her voice? It was as human-sounding as her companion’s, and obviously female, as if her form wasn’t clue enough…

“We need to move quickly, my Prince,” she was saying, “I sense the touch of those meddling interlopers, the so-called Hand of Fortune, in this! You would do well to heed my advice and not underestimate them! Do not give the little bastards the slightest opportunity to unravel my – our – plans when we are so close to success.

“In any case, you are too cautious, Quorün – the troops we have are more than sufficient to our needs, so long as we retain the element of surprise. But having been forced to move on Kavyn Stormborn, we must now advance the entire timetable. I assure you, the Myrmitron’s disappearance will spark a response in many quarters… and not just in the mortal kingdoms. Should certain of the Immortals learn of it…”

The clockwork Prince Quorün looked surprised and shot his fellow conspirator a worried glare. “You assured me that we were free from the interference of any of the Immortals, here on this hidden island of yours! Do you now say they might yet be a threat to us? You swore this shield was impenetrable!”

“And so it is,” Lucinda Var waved an elegant hand, as if swatting away an irritating fly, “as long as none suspect its existence. The shield has kept this place hidden, even from prying Immortal eyes, for more than four millennia. And I have taken care to follow the Strictures to the letter – there is no chance of our plans unleashing a new T’aran War, which is really all the Immortals care about, at this point.

“Once our blitzkrieg has overwhelmed the opposition and you are on the Coral Throne, it will be a fait accompli, and no direct war magics will have been used. In the end, my mechanical men are no different than the various support magics which the Strictures do allow, and the Immortals do not concern themselves with mere political shifts in mortal power. Trust me, my Prince… have I yet led you astray?”

Prince Quorün shrugged acquiescence, seeming somewhat mollified at her words. His voice remained a bit peevish, however, as he gestured at the pods lining the wall. “Well, I admit your plan to defang the insufferable busy-bodies of the thrice-cursed Star Council has proven almost flawless. Has there been any word yet from the last of your undead minions, from Servia?”

“No,” the sorceress admitted. “We must assume that the attempt to capture the Telnori King has failed. But I had already accounted for that likelihood – he is now the head of a Council with no body, and so is of little immediate threat to our plans. There will be time enough to deal with him once our power in the Empire is secured. But only if we move now, no further delay – if we give him time to think and to plan, I can’t guarantee – what the Void!

Lucinda Var turned to stare up at Vulk, who had crept out onto the wide catwalk in the hopes of getting a better look at who else was trapped in those stasis pods which were beneath the catwalk. Even as he’d stepped out onto the metal grating, however, he’d had a sinking feeling… the subtle, almost subliminal pressure he always felt when Mariala’s Wall Flower spell was in effect, as if the air around him was ever so slightly compressed, had popped like a soap bubble as soon as he passed through the doorway.

With a curse he ducked down and ran along the catwalk. He had spotted an alcove halfway around the room, just at the head of the stairs that lead down to the lower level and the two clockwork villains. A large console filled the space, and if his time on ancient Earth had taught him anything, it was that consoles were used to control the thing they called “technology.” He was pretty sure that it was technology which was at work here…

As soon as it became clear that the jig was up and they were detected, Toran hurled a blast of Stavin’s Arrows through the doorway, aimed at the head of the female automaton, whom he assumed was the mage behind all this madness. If he could take her out, the big bruiser was just— he stared in amazement as the shimmering force of his spell dissipated just inches from his hand, wafting away like the memory of summer in mid-winter.

Before he could quite get his mind around what was going on, young Aldari had darted past him and out onto the catwalk. With a high pitched yell he hurled his small spear down at the Golden Prince… who snatched it out of the air one-hand, snapping it in two with a snarl. Toran faded into the shadows at the back of the catwalk with a muttered suggestion to Raven, as she darted out to grab her son and pull him back into the room, that she put a leash on the kid!

Moving stealthily around the catwalk, Toran felt the heavy, shimmering energies of B’Harik’s Cloak, the protection spell he had cast on himself moments earlier, being snuffed out in an instant. With a sinking feeling, he tried to focus the Bladesharp spell on his battle axe, but there was nothing… curse it, an anti-magic field must fill this space!

As his mother yanked Aldari back to relative safety, Erol pushed past them and attempted to cast Burning Shaft, only to find… nothing as well. He could not sense the T’ara at all. Even if he could have summoned up a Form, he was apparently cut off from any Principle with which to fill it. He realized at almost the same instant ads Toran that the area must be filled with an anti-magic field, and a powerful one.

Erol spoke quietly but urgently into his comm unit, telling the others of his suspicion, for which Toran was grateful as it allowed him to maintain his stealth. An anti-magic field was not good, Erol thought as he leapt over the railing, but on the other hand it also meant that neither of their opponents could wield any of their own arcane powers either. If it came down to a merely physical fight, they outnumbered them three-to-one – more if you counted the current auxiliaries… he stabbed his trident at Lucinda Var, who nimbly dodged the blow.

From the magic-rich environment of the room they were currently in, both Mariala and Korwin attempted to launch attacks into the magic-dampened area beyond the wide doorway. Mariala’s Mental Bolt, being psionic in nature and partaking not at all from the power of the T’aran field, was unimpeded by the deadening aura. Unfortunately, Lucinda Var had apparently shielded her metal form well, and was obviously a strong psychic herself – the bolt blasted back at Mariala, nearly knocking her off her feet.

Korwin, who had been working for days on a possible spell to summon the power of the lightning, attempted an instant casting of his prototype, hoping the physical manifestation of the electricity itself, although summoned by magic, would be unaffected by the field. Unfortunately, his Form failed rather spectacularly, and he was forced to abort before summoning the Principle. Damn, he might have to use the final charge from the jorums with which Lord Kavyn had gifted him after all…

Devrik, thinking along similar lines about fire and its physical application, summoned Goraten’s Brand – with a woosh of superheated air his holy sword burst into brilliant flames. But before he could leap onto the catwalk and then to the floor below, the brass and bronze arm of Captain Rünalt shoved him aside. The Clockwork Captain, seeing the architects of his ruin, his very murderers, could hold back no more. He crashed down to the floor below, making a three-point landing directly in front of the Clockwork Prince, bringing his glaive up in a blinding strike.

The move was almost too fast for even a temporally-sped-up Erol to see – and yet it was blocked by an equally swift turn of a royal arm. Roaring, the Prince pulled a tremendous sword from his back and swung a savage one-handed blow at Rünalt, who barely managed to block it on the haft of his glaive.

Devrik used the Clockwork Captain’s distraction to race out and along the catwalk towards the stairs, joining Erol in engaging Lucinda Var — and cursed in frustration as his ethereal flames flickered and died along the length of his blade… as he’d feared, summoned by magic but also sustained by magic. Oh well, he’d just have to do this the old-fashioned way… he vaulted over the railing to land in a crouch beside Erol.

As he and Raven watched Devrik leap into the fray, Aldari managed to slip his mother’s distracted grip, darting out after his father. With a shout of frustration the harried Raven pulled her sling and several stones from the pouch at her belt and charged after her willful son. Well, it wasn’t like she wanted her son to be a coward, of course… but was a little common sense too much to ask for? She gave a silent apology to her own parents, for all the gray hairs she’d no doubt given them in her own childhood adventures…

Just as Toran was reaching the set of double doors halfway along the catwalk, his stealthy Shadow Knight skills keeping him essentially invisible to their enemies, Aldari sped passed him… apparently as blind to his Uncle Toran’s presence as their enemies were. The Khundari gave an exasperated, but silent, snarl and reached out to grab the kid before he could get himself killed…

Aldari had seen his father and Uncle Erol engaged with the mechanical sorceress, trading powerful blows but not seeming to make much headway. His parents, particularly Mama, were always going on about strategy and smart thinking, and it occurred to him that if he could come up from behind the lady robot, maybe that would give them a… what do you call it…? Oh yeah, a “decisive tactical advantage.” There was a doorway behind her down there… maybe these doors up here would lead him to her, and a surprise attack form behind! He skidded to a stop and shoved on the heavy metal doors, which swung open with surprising ease – to reveal two of the large undead spider-zombies in their glittering crystal encasements looming over him!

Aldari whipped his dagger from his belt and went into a fighting crouch — as if on instinct, Toran noted, with distant approval. But that approval was overwhelmed by fear, because the kid didn’t stand a chance against one of those things, much less two… and there was no guarantee that this time they’d be trying to take him alive. Toran’s great battle axe, Egrokon, came down with an almost musical note on the clear casing of the nearest monster, cracking the crystal and momentarily staggering the undead pilot…but no more.

Aldari was shocked to see Uncle Toran appearing from the shadows beside him like a ghost, but seized the opportunity of his surprise attack to dart in and land a blow of his own to a joint on the other creatures forward leg. He knew his dagger wasn’t likely to take out one of these things, but if he could just cripple it, that might be enough… he attempted to summon Goraten’s Brand, surely the flame damage would help… but there was nothing… not having one of the Areth-made communication bugs, he was unaware of the anti-magic field within which he now moved…

On the floor below, Lucinda Var laughed as she almost effortlessly blocked blow after blow from both Erol and Devrik. As they pressed her, she whirled as she redirected their latest attacks and slammed a metallic fist down on a panel behind her. With a thrum of sudden power, the spheres in the structure at the center of the room began to glow, and Devrik saw a greenish energy engulf the unconscious form of Lord Kavyn. As the hum of power increased, energy began flowing along the cable from the Myrmitron’s pod into the central core.

“I should have known you children would find a way to interfere,” the Clockwork Mage growled. “But soon enough you’ll be outnumbered by my Star Council puppets!” She smiled as she watched the energy flow from Lord Kavyn, into the core, and then vanish up the pipes in the ceiling.

Devrik realized that similar flows of energy were moving from the other nine forms trapped in stasis pods around the room, also vanishing up the central pipes into the shadows above them. In a sudden flash of insight, he realized that this must be the process by which these villains drained the minds or souls of their victims into their mechanical constructs, creating their clockwork army — and that they planned to do the same to the Star Council!

But the thought was driven from his mind almost as quickly as it came as his eye, following the flow of energy, saw his wife and son on the catwalk above him, being threatened by two of those crystal-encased undead monsters. Erol, following his gaze, yelled “Go! I’ll handle her!”

Devrik didn’t waste an instant, and was racing for the stairs even as Erol drove a wicked thrust at Lucinda Var, forcing her away from the control panel… too late to stop the process, unfortunately.

Vulk had been desperately studying the strange console in the nearby alcove, and had been able to make neither head nor tails of it. The labels were in what he recognized as the ancestral alphabet of his own Alfaic script, but thousands of years of usage and evolution had rendered the two mutually unintelligible. As the battle raged below him he finally decided he’d better just take action – what was the worst that could happen? And at best he might bring down the anti-magic field or at least awaken the Star CouncilKasira knew that would be helpful! It was about time their mysterious bosses pulled their own weight!

He began pushing buttons, but as Devrik barreled past him, face twisted into a snarl of fear and rage, he spun to follow his friend’s rush — and realized he was needed elsewhere. Two undead creatures threatened Raven, Aldari, and Toran, and even Devrik might not be enough. Vulk and his blessed Holy Baton, however, could literally turn the tide… pushing down the cold dread in the pit of his stomach, he pulled his Baton from his belt and ran after Devrik

Meanwhile, the Clockwork battle between Captain Renaült and Prince Quorün continued in a blinding flurry of blows, the sound of metal on metal almost deafening in the chamber. Both were dented and scraped, but neither could seem to quite take the upper hand, although the Captain was being driven steadily back. As they moved away from the pod containing Lord Kavyn, Mariala saw her chance, and dropped down from the catwalk to land on the far side from the combatants… and felt her ankle twist beneath her as she landed, poorly.

Her involuntary cry of pain drew the attention of the Clockwork Prince, who realized the threat she posed. He turned to reach for her across the stasis pod, but the Captain was on him in an instant, wrapping an arm around the Prince’s neck and grappling his sword arm. At the same moment Korwin swung down from the catwalk next to Mariala, helping her to her feet. Her arm over his shoulder, he got her to the stasis pods controls, where she feverishly began trying to stop the draining process…

Realizing that even if she succeeded with Lord Kavyn, there were nine other mages being drained. They’d never save them all, not one at a time. With gritted teeth, Korwin fished one of the electrical jorums which the Lord Myrmitron had gifted him from his belt pouch and, muttering an incantation, he unleashed the full power stored within. An immense, eye-searing bolt of blue-white lightning erupted from his clenched fist, striking the heart of the columnar structure at the center of the room. The four glowing spheres didn’t so much explode as simply vaporize, and when his vision cleared all that remained were twisted, smoking metal pipes and bracings at floor and ceiling.

With a howl of rage, the Clockwork Prince Quorün flung the Captain from him into the wreckage and, despite the loss of his sword, he bore down on Korwin like a golden tidal wave. Eyes going wide at the wall of furious metal rushing at him, Korwin nevertheless felt strangely calm. He could sense the residue of the electrical energy from the jorum still within his body… as the Prince grabbed him, lifting Korwin up to crush him to his chest, the water mage laid his palms on that vast expanse of cold metal and released the last of the lightning within him.

While not as powerful as the bolt that had destroyed the room’s machinery, Korwin’s second bolt nevertheless blew clean through the Clockwork Prince’s chest, and out his back… leaving a jagged, smoking hole where his artificial brain had been. His metallic face locked in a final expression of surprise and disbelieve, the glow in Prince Quorün’s eyes faded out and his tall, once-powerful body toppled backward to crash to the floor, inert. Korwin kicked free as it fell and landed in a crouch at the former Prince’s feet.

On the catwalk above Toran, Raven, Devrik and Vulk stared down in surprise, and Aldari let out an enthusiastic cheer. Devrik, one hand clasped over a deep cut in his left bicep, nodded down at Korwin in impressed approval. In the room behind them, the clockwork zombies struggled feebly in the mass of webs within which Vulk had imprisoned them, after having driven them back with his holy symbol of office. Below, Erol and Lucinda Var also paused in their battle to stare in equal surprise at the fallen Prince.

“You— you—“ the Clockwork Woman seemed choked with sudden rage. “Once again, you somehow manage to bring my plans crashing down around me! Well this is the last time, you meddling fools, the very last time!” She whirled and darted out the door behind her, ignoring Erol’s parting trident thrust, which skittered along her flank. She couldn’t ignore Toran’s axe quite so easily, however — his masterful throw embedded it in her neck as she staggered out of the door. Pausing in the hallway beyond, with a shriek of tortured metal she wrenched the weapon from her body, throwing it to the floor while she slammed her other hand down on the door’s control. But even as the door slid shut, Aldari’s throwing knife flew through the narrowing opening to embedded itself in her right knee…

Erol immediately tried to force open the door, but it was viciously hot to the touch, and he snatched his hands back with a yelp. “Curse it, I think she’s melted the thing shut,” he grumbled, sucking on scorched fingers.

“Still, I suppose we’d better find a way to follow,” Vulk said wearily, as the rest of the Hand descended the stairs to join the others. “Kasira knows what she might get up to, even yet.”

“Of course you have to follow her!” a querulous voice said from the other side of the room. They all turned to see Master Vetaris, grey-faced, weak and obviously shaken, leaning against the stasis pod from which he’d just been freed. Once Mariala had managed to get Lord Kavyn out of his own stasis tube, and despite his own debilitated condition, the two had begun freeing the rest of the Star Council, starting with Mariala’s old mentor.

“Don’t you realize who this “Lucinda Var” is?” he continued, trying to straighten up, but almost collapsing until Korwin got an arm under his elbow. “She’s my mother, Alvira… the architect of all our troubles for so long. She must not be allowed to escape again! Hand of Fortune, I feel it in my bones… this is the moment the prophecies speak of… the fate of our world hangs in the balance, and only you can stave off doom.”

“Or cause it,” one of the other freed Councilor’s muttered darkly.

“He’s right,” Lord Kavyn called, ignoring that last comment. He was helping an exotic looking woman with golden skin and almond-shaped eyes from a stasis pod, but his voice was shockingly shaky and weak. “None of us are in any condition to confront her… a group of school girls would be beyond us just now, I’m sure… It’s up to you… you must go after her and stop whatever her failsafe plan might be…”

“And we all know she has one,” Master Vetaris sighed, sitting down cross-legged on the flooring and leaning against a stasis pod and waving a hand at them. “Go! Go!”

Despite the urgency of the situation, it took a few minutes for the Hand to find an alternate way out of the area, and to pick up Alvira’s trail. “I knew she seemed familiar,” Vulk said as they re-entered the more ancient section of the underground structure. “How could I have missed that?”

“We all did,” Devrik shrugged, rubbing his arm where the Staff of Summer had so recently healed the deep cut inflicted by that Void-cursed clockwork Zamora. “Blinded by that impressive clockwork body of hers, I suppose. Although it’s not quite so impressive anymore, eh?” He gestured at the trail of oily fluid on the ancient stone floor, which was leading them downwards once again. “Not sure if it was Toran’s axe or Aldari’s taburi, but she’s injured now.”

“Which only makes her more dangerous, my love,” Raven said, tension adding a certain vibrato to her voice. She had wanted to leave their son with the recovering Council members, despite the boy’s protests… she’d even tried to cajole Aldari with the idea that the adults needed him to guard them, in their weakened state. But he’d seen right through that bit of sophistry, of course; and when Master Vetaris had been so strangely insistent that the boy should go with them, she’d finally given in. The truth was, she did feel better having him under her own eye, given that there was danger here wherever they might leave him…

Her thoughts were brought up short as the group reached the next level down. They were all brought up short at the sight of five massive statues that filled immense alcoves evenly space around the circular chamber. The towering figures were vaguely humanoid, she supposed, if one were generously elastic with that word. They were truly alien, so much so that her eye had trouble interpreting what she was seeing… or maybe it was just the dim light… all she could tell for certain was that she didn’t really want to see more.

“Could these be the Ancients?” Mariala wondered aloud, unable to pull her own gaze from the disturbing images.

“Maybe,” Devrik growled, turning away after a moment. “But we don’t have time to dwell on the mystery now. Assuming we stop Alvira, we’ll have plenty of time to figure it out later. Let’s keep moving.”

It was on the next level down, the bottommost layer of this strange underground structure, that they finally found their quarry. Alvira stood beside a vast pit of glowing green, magma-like material, her back to her enemies. The space around the vast chamber was lined with alien machines, etched with lines and rings of glowing green energy. The Hand tried to move into the chamber, but made it only a few meters before being brought up short by an invisible barrier of some kind. It glowed with a translucent pale green light when touched, and proved utterly impenetrable.

Alvira’s new mechanical body was definitely a little the worse for wear, but was apparently still fully functional. She glanced over her shoulder as the would-be heroes rushed into the chamber to stop her and were brought up short by her shield. Her crystal eyes glittered with malice and hate, but she didn’t stop what she was doing at the side of the nearest of the great machines. Capacitors, actually, although she suspected these dolts didn’t realize that… or even know what a capacitor was. But they’d learn soon enough…

Alvira, stop what you’re doing and surrender,” Devrik yelled over the tremendous thrumming of power from the pit and the capacitors. He could swear the sound was getting louder, the pulse faster, with each passing minute. “Lord Kavyn and your son are reviving the others, and soon you’ll face not only us but the entire Star Council. Even you must realize that you can’t succeed against us all!”

“Indeed not,” she screeched, her melodious artificial voice cracking for a moment under her sudden rage, splintering into a grating discordancy. “But you’ve ruined my plans for the last time, you meddling infants! I would have brought order and stability to the Empire, and eventually to the world; I would have ushered in a new Golden Age of learning, prosperity and peace. But you and your mewling masters just could’t let that happen, could you? Well, fine! If I can’t remake this world into what it could have been — I will unmake it altogether!”

“You’re mad, Alvira!” Vulk shouted. “However powerful this place might be, it’s not like it can destroy the entire world. Even if you’re only taking us with you, though, is some pointless revenge really worth your live? Life in defeat is life still —“

“You fools have no idea where we stand, do you?” Alvira cut the simpering cantor off with a malicious laugh. “This is the very spot where the Ancients first breeched the dimensional barriers and opened up this world to those truly alien beings we know as Chaos Demons – a mistake that ultimately lead to the death of their entire race, and the utter sterilization of this planet. For over a million years, until our precious Immortals came along and brought forth new life, this was a dead rock… but the Immortals proved to be no smarter than the Ancients, in the end.

“The Lost Immortal, the Unnamed, eventually discovered this place and just couldn’t resist tampering with what lay buried here. The Forgotten One and the four apprentices — oh, their names are remembered! Remembered and despised across the globe for unleashing a new plague of demons on the world and bringing down the Immortal’s shining Co-Dominion civilization. But they were never to blame… from what I have uncovered, I believe they all tried to stop the Immortal fool – Edergal, the Khundari, Zhezwan, the Telnori, and Besalyn and Trevon, the Umantari twins. But all were consumed by that first chaotic rush of demonic consciousness as it breeched the walls of our reality. Mortal and Immortal alike, their minds and souls were devoured, digested, merged — fated to become the core of Naventhül, the greatest of the new Demon Lords.”

“Wait, you have proof of this?” Mariala called out, momentarily distracted by this amazing tale. “There are legends… little more than fanciful rumors, really, but there’s never been any proof —“

“Oh, there has always been proof, at least amongst the Telnori… and certainly the Immortals know who was responsible, if not where exactly the event took place. The Lost Immortal, having found this island, placed powerful shields around it, reinforcing the fading ones left by the Ancients, and for millennia the other Immortals had their demi-godling hands full trying to undo and contain the damage unleashed by their wayward, and heartily cursed, sibling.

“But it was me, a mere Umantari mortal, who solved all the puzzles, broke though all the barriers and legends and lies, and rediscovered this place… although it took me nearly two lifetimes to do it. But unlike the Unnamed, I was smart enough not to tamper with the gates to realms which we were never meant to know. No, I stuck with the more basic technologies of the Co-Dominion and of ancient, lost Areth… and that’s all that magic is really, just another form of technology.

“With all the knowledge I gained here I would have — well, it hardly matters now. As you say, my plans are in ruins, and there is no longer a path to the victory I have worked toward for so long.” Her voice was calmer now, all the rage seemingly spent, and she finally turned to fully face her gathered enemies… Mariala realized Alvira’s hands had been busy the entire time she’d been speaking…

“You’re too late, my poppets! I’ve made sure that the tear between dimensional realities will be torn wide open – and this time there will be no closing it. If the world rejects my benevolent guidance, then so be it! It can die, instead! Yes, we can all die together!”

The rate of the pulsing thrum of power coming off the capacitors circling the pit had been steadily increasing in rate while Alvira had been working and talking, and now it reached a crescendo in a single blast of force that knocked everyone on their asses. As they staggered back to their feet, the Hand realized that the wall of force which had kept them from the mad clockwork woman was gone – and the pulsing light from the ring of capacitors had reversed itself.

They were now pumping energy back into the seething green magma pit, which was glowing brighter, the roiling energies growing more and more tumultuous. With the barrier gone, the Hand rushed forward to attack their old enemy — who laughed manically, and gestured toward the would-be heroes with a muttered a word of power.

Whatever she had expected to happen, she was clearly shocked by the actual outcome – her left hand flared with a blinding flash of light and blew apart into a thousand glowing metal shards. As she staggered back, glaring at her shattered limb, Erol unleashed a Blast of Norinos at her, sending shards of solid light into her metallic form. At the same time Mariala’s cross-bow bolt struck Avira in the abdomen, lodging between two plates. The Clockwork Mage staggered back another step.

Taking the opening, Toran leaped forward, his battle axe striking Alvira in the stomach. With a screeing of metal on metal, the blow did little damage, but kept her off balance, allowing Aldari to dart in and slam his now-flaming dagger into the sorceress’ right knee — the one already damaged by his thrown taburi. The limb sparked and buckled, bringing her to one knee, snarling in fury.

Korwin, who had held back, looking for the right opportunity, saw it as the clockwork villain staggered back up, reeling against the edge of the magma pit. He unlimbered his Ice Wand and muttered the control word to unleash a searing blast of super-cooled ice at Alvira – only to feel something go very wrong with the embedded spell!

Maybe it was the strange, seething energies of the magma, interacting with the opposite convocational power of the wand, or simply a poorly cast original spell; whatever the cause, instead of a lance of ice impaling the madwoman, a sheet of ice fanned out in a wide arc all around her. It briefly covered much of the magma pit… even as the heat blasted away the short-lived shell of ice, the rising thrum of power growing out of control slowed, and the frenzied pulsing of the capacitors noticeably decreased in rate.

Erol had followed up Toran and Aldari’s attacks to strike at Alvira with his trident, but she recovered quickly, taking the trident’s blow on her damaged left arm, at the same time seizing the ex-gladiator by the neck with her right hand. Lifting him off his feet as if he weighed nothing, she hurled him across the chamber.

As the mechanical woman tossed his Uncle Erol aside Aldari darted in for another attack… but this time she saw him coming. Her still-sparking left forearm backhanded him across the room as well, where he fell into a stunned, semi-conscious heap on the floor.

Raven, enraged at this attack on her son, sent a sling stone flying with all her skill, accuracy and fury behind it— the stone struck with a sharp crack, and the red crystal in Alvira’s chestpiece fractured. The damage, however, didn’t appear to greatly concern the madwoman, who seemed more focused on the sudden slowing of the energy build-up in the pit. Turning her back contemptuously on her enemies, she gestured at the slowly calming magma pit… and this time her spell worked!

A ball of orange-red flame burst forth from her undamaged hand and buried itself in the heart of the roiling energy. In a flash of brilliant green-white light the churning of the magma again began to increase in intensity, and the rate of pulsing light from the capacitors sped up.

Devrik, realizing that Korwin had inadvertently stumbled onto a way to stop Alvira, sheathed his sword and focused all of his concentration on his arcane mastery of flame and heat. In this place he felt his connection to his element bolstered, and the spell he unleashed felt more powerful than any he’d ever cast before. Quench radiated out from him to dampen the rising heat from the magma pit, absorbing much of the energy pulsing into it from the overloaded capacitors.

“We need to keep her from adding more energy,” he bellowed to his friends, sweat streaming down his fiercely contorted face as he struggled to pull in and redirect the massive energies in the chamber. “Korwin, more ice!”

Mariala, Vulk and Erol all began casting variations on Dispell, interrupting and deflecting Alvira’s further attempts to cast fireballs into the pit, while Korwin unleashed Korbid’s Icy Bite and Breath of Arandu in quick succession. The temperature in the room plummeted, and the throbbing sound of the building energies began to slow once more.

“No!” screamed Alvira. “You will NOT stop me this time! I’ve bound more than enough power into this new form of mine – and you’re exhausting yourselves already! I’ll see to it that you can never stop the overload!”

With that she turned and leapt for the edge of the magma pit. Glowing white webs flashed out from the Staff of Summer in Vulk’s hand, ensnaring the sorceress’ clockwork form… while the binding failed to completely stop her, it did slow her down. The tremendous strength of her constructed body allowed her to rip free of many of the clinging strands… and when her sparking left arm touched one of the glowing fibers it set off a flaming chain reaction that melted away the remaining webs, harming her metal body not at all.

She reached the edge of the magma pit and started to pull herself up onto its containment wall, laughing in psychotic glee in anticipation of her final, triumphant act – only to jerk to a sudden stop. Toran, taking advantage of Vulk’s delaying tactic and moving with his ninja-dwarf stealth, had grabbed her left ankle. Casting the Joining of Merkünon on himself, he was suddenly immovably welded to the stone of the chamber floor – and the power flowed through him to anchor her to him just as securely.

Alvira shrieked in rage and twisted to strike at the impudent Khundari, but between the angle, her foreshortened left arm, and his own reflexes she could land no blow that might force him to release her. As she struggled, the magma pool, under the combined assault of Korwin’s ice powers and Devrik’s psionic leeching of its heat, slowly settled back down to near its earlier levels.

Aldari, laying groggy and barely semi-conscious nearby, suddenly felt himself rising out of his body. Looking down in surprise, he saw himself sprawled on the strange stone floor… and he realized that this felt familiar. He had hovered outside his body before, he was certain of that, but he couldn’t quite remember when that had been…

Looking away from his dazed mortal body, the boy turned to glare at the evil clockwork lady, as she struggled against Uncle Toran’s grip. In his mind’s eye he saw the amber energies of the spell that anchored them both to the ground, as well as the violent, white power that was barely contained within her mechanical form; the roiling energy of the pit was something new, he realized, a color he couldn’t describe and that was difficult to even look at…

Aldari’s eye was suddenly caught by a strange ripple in the air over the pit… oh, he’d seen something like this before, more than once… but he had thought it was just in his dreams. In those dreams, when he had pulled at the edges of such a ripple, a doorway had opened… sometimes nothing came through the doorway, sometimes innocent creatures, like bunnies or deer, came through… but other times terrible things came through! Maybe that was why he never remembered, after he woke up, because was sure he’d done a bad thing… but the last time… he remembered that now! The last time, Papa and his friends had come through the door he’d opened in his sleep, to rescue Mama and him!

He sensed that he could open a doorway to anyplace now, anywhere at all. And he also felt his connection to the elemental force of fire so much more powerfully here than he ever had before – even that time he barely remembered, in the volcano chamber, when he was a baby. He felt like he could rip open a doorway into the very heart of the Fire – and with that thought came a sudden flash of inspiration!

He would open a doorway into the sun itself, the greatest fire there was, Papa had once told him! That would show that bad metal lady, she wouldn’t be able to resist their fireballs then! He and Papa would melt her right into a puddle! He reached out his astral hands and began to pull on the edge of that fuzzy place

Then another sudden thought struck him, and he paused. The metal lady had been casting spells, too, including fire spells… she was obviously a Gray Mage, like Aunt Mariala had told him about. Maybe she’d be able to use the fire herself, if he opened a door into the sunthat wouldn’t be good. Then he thought about what Mama and Aunt Mariala had been telling him in his lessons, about using just the right amount of force to get a job done, no more. That more wasn’t always better. So maybe more fire wasn’t the answer, or more power

Well, maybe he could send the bad lady away, instead… someplace cold and empty of power. He wasn’t quite sure what was going on, but he understood enough to know his friends did NOT want her to reach that strange pool with the color that hurt his mind to look at… and that bad things would happen if she did. Confident in his decision now, Aldari reached out again and grasped the edges of the slight ripple… and pulled.

Mariala saw the rift in the air over the pit as soon as it began to open. She watched in horror as it grew wider and wider, until it was nearly two meters across. Dear Shala, had they failed? Had that bitch managed to open the dimensional rift after all? But what she saw beyond the shimmering edges of the portal didn’t look like what she’d imagined the realm of pure chaos would. In fact, it looked more like a night sky, full of a billion stars, but each brilliant point of light steady and unflickering —

With a roar, the air in the vast chamber began to pour through the rift and into the vacuum beyond it. Every loose object for ten meters around was pulled relentlessly toward that sucking maw, the lighter bits of debris and unsecured clothing vanishing quickly into the void beyond. Mariala felt the tug and grabbed at the nearest fixed support, barely keeping herself from being sucked upward.

Erol wedged his trident into a crevice of floor and held on with all his strength, and when Aldari’s limp form skittered along nearby he reached out and snagged the boy as well. Devrik and Korwin were well placed to grab on to fixed structures, and Raven dropped down behind the nearest capacitor, while Vulk used the Staff to web himself in place. Toran was in no danger at all, of course, being magically fused to the planet itself… but, unfortunately, by the same token, so was Alvira.

Toran, release her!” Mariala screamed over the relentless roar of outrushing air… was it getting hard to breathe, or was that just her imagination…?

Toran had already understood what was happening and needed no further urging — he relaxed his grip on the metal woman’s ankle, freeing her from the Joining at the same time. In the instant she realized what he was doing she screamed in inarticulate rage and reached out to grab him, to anchor herself to him with her great strength… but she was the closet of all of them to the sucking vortex, and her fingertips just brushed the Khundari’s arm before it lifted her like a leaf in a storm, pulling her up, up, and away. She spun madly through the portal, her screams unheard in the vacuum beyond… she shrank from sight with a shocking rapidity…

Aldari, transfixed by what he had done, suddenly realized that his family was now in danger… could he close what he had opened? Before, he thought his doorways had just closed on their own… but if he could open a doorway, he must be able to close it, right? He envisioned grasping the pulsing edge of the gateway and pulling it back towards its own center… and as he did the aperture began to grow smaller and smaller… in a few seconds it was gone altogether, and everything returned to normal…

Looking back at his body down on the floor, Aldari saw that his mother had reached him and was cradling him in her arms, patting his face, urging him to wake up, Uncle Erol kneeling next to them… and without volition he felt himself being pulled back into his physical body, as inexorably as Alvira Ketaris had been pulled into the void…